Quotations.ch
  Directory : The Black Arrow
GUIDE SUPPORT US BLOG
  • The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Black Arrow, by Robert Louis Stevenson
  • This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
  • almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
  • re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
  • with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.net
  • Title: The Black Arrow
  • A Tale of the Two Roses
  • Author: Robert Louis Stevenson
  • Illustrator: N. C. Wyeth
  • Release Date: June 23, 2010 [EBook #32954]
  • Language: English
  • *** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BLACK ARROW ***
  • Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Anne Grieve and the Online
  • Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
  • THE BLACK ARROW
  • A TALE OF THE TWO ROSES
  • ROBERT LOUIS STEVENSON
  • ILLUSTRATED BY N. C. WYETH
  • [Illustration]
  • NEW YORK
  • CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS
  • MCMXXXIII
  • COPYRIGHT, 1916, BY
  • CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS
  • Printed in the United States of America
  • _All rights reserved._
  • _No part of this book may be reproduced in any form without
  • the permission of Charles Scribner's Sons._
  • CRITIC ON THE HEARTH:
  • No one but myself knows what I have suffered, nor what my books have
  • gained, by your unsleeping watchfulness and admirable pertinacity. And
  • now here is a volume that goes into the world and lacks your
  • _imprimatur_: a strange thing in our joint lives; and the reason of it
  • stranger still! I have watched with interest, with pain, and at length
  • with amusement, your unavailing attempts to peruse _The Black Arrow_;
  • and I think I should lack humour indeed, if I let the occasion slip and
  • did not place your name in the fly-leaf of the only book of mine that
  • you have never read--and never will read.
  • That others may display more constancy is still my hope. The tale was
  • written years ago for a particular audience and (I may say) in rivalry
  • with a particular author; I think I should do well to name him, Mr.
  • Alfred R. Phillips. It was not without its reward at the time. I could
  • not, indeed, displace Mr. Phillips from his well-won priority; but in
  • the eyes of readers who thought less than nothing of _Treasure Island_,
  • _The Black Arrow_ was supposed to mark a clear advance. Those who read
  • volumes and those who read story papers belong to different worlds. The
  • verdict on _Treasure Island_ was reversed in the other court; I wonder,
  • will it be the same with its successor?
  • R. L. S.
  • SARANAC LAKE, April 8, 1888
  • CONTENTS
  • PROLOGUE
  • PAGE
  • JOHN AMEND-ALL 3
  • BOOK I
  • THE TWO LADS
  • CHAPTER
  • I. AT THE SIGN OF THE SUN IN KETTLEY 25
  • II. IN THE FEN 36
  • III. THE FEN FERRY 44
  • IV. A GREENWOOD COMPANY 54
  • V. "BLOODY AS THE HUNTER" 64
  • VI. TO THE DAY'S END 75
  • VII. THE HOODED FACE 84
  • BOOK II
  • THE MOAT HOUSE
  • I. DICK ASKS QUESTIONS 97
  • II. THE TWO OATHS 108
  • III. THE ROOM OVER THE CHAPEL 118
  • IV. THE PASSAGE 127
  • V. HOW DICK CHANGED SIDES 133
  • BOOK III
  • MY LORD FOXHAM
  • I. THE HOUSE BY THE SHORE 147
  • II. A SKIRMISH IN THE DARK 156
  • III. ST. BRIDE'S CROSS 164
  • IV. THE "GOOD HOPE" 169
  • V. THE "GOOD HOPE" (_Continued_) 180
  • VI. THE "GOOD HOPE" (_Concluded_) 188
  • BOOK IV
  • THE DISGUISE
  • I. THE DEN 197
  • II. "IN MINE ENEMIES' HOUSE" 206
  • III. THE DEAD SPY 218
  • IV. IN THE ABBEY CHURCH 228
  • V. EARL RISINGHAM 240
  • VI. ARBLASTER AGAIN 245
  • BOOK V
  • CROOKBACK
  • I. THE SHRILL TRUMPET 261
  • II. THE BATTLE OF SHOREBY 270
  • III. THE BATTLE OF SHOREBY (_Concluded_) 279
  • IV. THE SACK OF SHOREBY 285
  • V. NIGHT IN THE WOODS: ALICIA RISINGHAM 298
  • VI. NIGHT IN THE WOODS (_Concluded_): DICK AND JOAN 308
  • VII. DICK'S REVENGE 320
  • VIII. CONCLUSION 325
  • ILLUSTRATIONS
  • FACING PAGE
  • "Now, mark me, mine host," Sir Daniel said, "follow but mine
  • orders and I shall be your good lord ever" 26
  • In the fork, like a mastheaded seaman, there stood a man in a
  • green tabard, spying far and wide 56
  • Lastly, a little before dawn, a spearman had come staggering to
  • the moat side, pierced by arrows 98
  • "We must be in the dungeons," Dick remarked 128
  • The little cockle dipped into the swell and staggered under
  • every gust of wind 174
  • And Lawless, keeping half a step in front of his companion and
  • holding his head forward like a hunting-dog upon the scent, ...
  • studied out their path 198
  • First came the bride, a sorry sight, as pale as the winter,
  • clinging to Sir Daniel's arm 234
  • There were seven or eight assailants, and but one to keep head
  • against them 262
  • "But be at rest; the Black Arrow flieth nevermore" 324
  • PROLOGUE
  • PROLOGUE
  • JOHN AMEND-ALL
  • On a certain afternoon, in the late springtime, the bell upon Tunstall
  • Moat House was heard ringing at an unaccustomed hour. Far and near, in
  • the forest and in the fields along the river, people began to desert
  • their labours and hurry towards the sound; and in Tunstall hamlet a
  • group of poor countryfolk stood wondering at the summons.
  • Tunstall hamlet at that period, in the reign of old King Henry VI., wore
  • much the same appearance as it wears to-day. A score or so of houses,
  • heavily framed with oak, stood scattered in a long green valley
  • ascending from the river. At the foot, the road crossed a bridge, and
  • mounting on the other side, disappeared into the fringes of the forest
  • on its way to the Moat House, and further forth to Holywood Abbey.
  • Half-way up the village, the church stood among yews. On every side the
  • slopes were crowned and the view bounded by the green elms and greening
  • oak-trees of the forest.
  • Hard by the bridge, there was a stone cross upon a knoll, and here the
  • group had collected--half-a-dozen women and one tall fellow in a russet
  • smock--discussing what the bell betided. An express had gone through the
  • hamlet half an hour before, and drunk a pot of ale in the saddle, not
  • daring to dismount for the hurry of his errand; but he had been ignorant
  • himself of what was forward, and only bore sealed letters from Sir
  • Daniel Brackley to Sir Oliver Oates, the parson, who kept the Moat House
  • in the master's absence.
  • But now there was the noise of a horse; and soon, out of the edge of the
  • wood and over the echoing bridge, there rode up young Master Richard
  • Shelton, Sir Daniel's ward. He, at the least, would know, and they
  • hailed him and begged him to explain. He drew bridle willingly enough--a
  • young fellow not yet eighteen, sun-browned and grey-eyed, in a jacket of
  • deer's leather, with a black velvet collar, a green hood upon his head,
  • and a steel cross-bow at his back. The express, it appeared, had brought
  • great news. A battle was impending. Sir Daniel had sent for every man
  • that could draw a bow or carry a bill to go post-haste to Kettley, under
  • pain of his severe displeasure; but for whom they were to fight, or of
  • where the battle was expected, Dick knew nothing. Sir Oliver would come
  • shortly himself, and Bennet Hatch was arming at that moment, for he it
  • was who should lead the party.
  • "It is the ruin of this kind land," a woman said. "If the barons live at
  • war, ploughfolk must eat roots."
  • "Nay," said Dick, "every man that follows shall have sixpence a day, and
  • archers twelve."
  • "If they live," returned the woman, "that may very well be; but how if
  • they die, my master?"
  • "They cannot better die than for their natural lord," said Dick.
  • "No natural lord of mine," said the man in the smock. "I followed the
  • Walsinghams; so we all did down Brierly way, till two years ago, come
  • Candlemas. And now I must side with Brackley! It was the law that did
  • it; call ye that natural? But now, what with Sir Daniel and what with
  • Sir Oliver--that knows more of law than honesty--I have no natural lord
  • but poor King Harry the Sixt, God bless him!--the poor innocent that
  • cannot tell his right hand from his left."
  • "Ye speak with an ill tongue, friend," answered Dick, "to miscall your
  • good master and my lord the king in the same libel. But King
  • Harry--praised be the saints!--has come again into his right mind, and
  • will have all things peaceably ordained. And as for Sir Daniel, y'are
  • very brave behind his back. But I will be no tale-bearer; and let that
  • suffice."
  • "I say no harm of you, Master Richard," returned the peasant. "Y'are a
  • lad; but when ye come to a man's inches, ye will find ye have an empty
  • pocket. I say no more: the saints help Sir Daniel's neighbours, and the
  • Blessed Maid protect his wards!"
  • "Clipsby," said Richard, "you speak what I cannot hear with honour. Sir
  • Daniel is my good master, and my guardian."
  • "Come, now, will ye read me a riddle?" returned Clipsby. "On whose side
  • is Sir Daniel?"
  • "I know not," said Dick, colouring a little; for his guardian had
  • changed sides continually in the troubles of that period, and every
  • change had brought him some increase of fortune.
  • "Ay," returned Clipsby, "you, nor no man. For, indeed, he is one that
  • goes to bed Lancaster and gets up York."
  • Just then the bridge rang under horse-shoe iron, and the party turned
  • and saw Bennet Hatch come galloping--a brown-faced, grizzled fellow,
  • heavy of hand and grim of mien, armed with sword and spear, a steel
  • salet on his head, a leather jack upon his body. He was a great man in
  • these parts; Sir Daniel's right hand in peace and war, and at that time,
  • by his master's interest, bailiff of the hundred.
  • "Clipsby," he shouted, "off to the Moat House, and send all other
  • laggards the same gate. Bowyer will give you jack and salet. We must
  • ride before curfew. Look to it: he that is last at the lych-gate Sir
  • Daniel shall reward. Look to it right well! I know you for a man of
  • naught. Nance," he added, to one of the women, "is old Appleyard up
  • town?"
  • "I'll warrant you," replied the woman. "In his field, for sure."
  • So the group dispersed, and while Clipsby walked leisurely over the
  • bridge, Bennet and young Shelton rode up the road together, through the
  • village and past the church.
  • "Ye will see the old shrew," said Bennet. "He will waste more time
  • grumbling and prating of Harry the Fift than would serve a man to shoe a
  • horse. And all because he has been to the French wars!"
  • The house to which they were bound was the last in the village, standing
  • alone among lilacs; and beyond it, on three sides, there was open meadow
  • rising towards the borders of the wood.
  • Hatch dismounted, threw his rein over the fence, and walked down the
  • field, Dick keeping close at his elbow, to where the old soldier was
  • digging, knee-deep in his cabbages, and now and again, in a cracked
  • voice, singing a snatch of song. He was all dressed in leather, only his
  • hood and tippet were of black frieze, and tied with scarlet; his face
  • was like a walnut-shell, both for colour and wrinkles; but his old grey
  • eye was still clear enough, and his sight unabated. Perhaps he was deaf;
  • perhaps he thought it unworthy of an old archer of Agincourt to pay any
  • heed to such disturbances; but neither the surly notes of the alarm
  • bell, nor the near approach of Bennet and the lad, appeared at all to
  • move him; and he continued obstinately digging, and piped up, very thin
  • and shaky:
  • "Now, dear lady, if thy will be,
  • I pray you that you will rue on me."
  • "Nick Appleyard," said Hatch, "Sir Oliver commends him to you, and bids
  • that ye shall come within this hour to the Moat House, there to take
  • command."
  • The old fellow looked up.
  • "Save you, my masters!" he said, grinning. "And where goeth Master
  • Hatch?"
  • "Master Hatch is off to Kettley, with every man that we can horse,"
  • returned Bennet. "There is a fight toward, it seems, and my lord stays a
  • reinforcement."
  • "Ay, verily," returned Appleyard. "And what will ye leave me to garrison
  • withal?"
  • "I leave you six good men, and Sir Oliver to boot," answered Hatch.
  • "It'll not hold the place," said Appleyard; "the number sufficeth not.
  • It would take two-score to make it good."
  • "Why, it's for that we came to you, old shrew!" replied the other. "Who
  • else is there but you that could do aught in such a house with such a
  • garrison?"
  • "Ay! when the pinch comes, ye remember the old shoe," returned Nick.
  • "There is not a man of you can back a horse or hold a bill; and as for
  • archery--St. Michael! if old Harry the Fift were back again, he would
  • stand and let ye shoot at him for a farthen a shoot!"
  • "Nay, Nick, there's some can draw a good bow yet," said Bennet.
  • "Draw a good bow!" cried Appleyard. "Yes! But who'll shoot me a good
  • shoot? It's there the eye comes in, and the head between your shoulders.
  • Now, what might you call a long shoot, Bennet Hatch?"
  • "Well," said Bennet, looking about him, "it would be a long shoot from
  • here into the forest."
  • "Ay, it would be a longish shoot," said the old fellow, turning to look
  • over his shoulder; and then he put up his hand over his eyes, and stood
  • staring.
  • "Why, what are you looking at?" asked Bennet, with a chuckle. "Do you
  • see Harry the Fift?"
  • The veteran continued looking up the hill in silence. The sun shone
  • broadly over the shelving meadows; a few white sheep wandered browsing;
  • all was still but the distant jangle of the bell.
  • "What is it, Appleyard?" asked Dick.
  • "Why, the birds," said Appleyard.
  • And, sure enough, over the top of the forest, where it ran down in a
  • tongue among the meadows, and ended in a pair of goodly green elms,
  • about a bowshot from the field where they were standing, a flight of
  • birds was skimming to and fro, in evident disorder.
  • "What of the birds?" said Bennet.
  • "Ay!" returned Appleyard, "y'are a wise man to go to war, Master Bennet.
  • Birds are a good sentry; in forest places they be the first line of
  • battle. Look you, now, if we lay here in camp, there might be archers
  • skulking down to get the wind of us; and here would you be, none the
  • wiser!"
  • "Why, old shrew," said Hatch, "there be no men nearer us than Sir
  • Daniel's, at Kettley; y'are as safe as in London Tower; and ye raise
  • scares upon a man for a few chaffinches and sparrows!"
  • "Hear him!" grinned Appleyard. "How many a rogue would give his two crop
  • ears to have a shoot at either of us? St. Michael, man! they hate us
  • like two polecats!"
  • "Well, sooth it is, they hate Sir Daniel," answered Hatch, a little
  • sobered.
  • "Ay, they hate Sir Daniel, and they hate every man that serves with
  • him," said Appleyard; "and in the first order of hating, they hate
  • Bennet Hatch and old Nicholas the bow-man. See ye here: if there was a
  • stout fellow yonder in the wood-edge, and you and I stood fair for
  • him--as, by St. George, we stand!--which, think ye, would he choose?"
  • "You, for a good wager," answered Hatch.
  • "My surcoat to a leather belt, it would be you!" cried the old archer.
  • "Ye burned Grimstone, Bennet--they'll ne'er forgive you that, my
  • master. And as for me, I'll soon be in a good place, God grant, and out
  • of bow-shoot--ay, and cannon-shoot--of all their malices. I am an old
  • man, and draw fast to homeward, where the bed is ready. But for you,
  • Bennet, y'are to remain behind here at your own peril, and if ye come to
  • my years unhanged, the old true-blue English spirit will be dead."
  • "Y'are the shrewishest old dolt in Tunstall Forest," returned Hatch,
  • visibly ruffled by these threats. "Get ye to your arms before Sir Oliver
  • come, and leave prating for one good while. An' ye had talked so much
  • with Harry the Fift, his ears would ha' been richer than his pocket."
  • An arrow sang in the air, like a huge hornet; it struck old Appleyard
  • between the shoulder-blades, and pierced him clean through, and he fell
  • forward on his face among the cabbages. Hatch, with a broken cry, leapt
  • into the air; then, stooping double, he ran for the cover of the house.
  • And in the meanwhile Dick Shelton had dropped behind a lilac, and had
  • his cross-bow bent and shouldered, covering the point of the forest.
  • Not a leaf stirred. The sheep were patiently browsing; the birds had
  • settled. But there lay the old man, with a cloth-yard arrow standing in
  • his back; and there were Hatch holding to the gable, and Dick crouching
  • and ready behind the lilac bush.
  • "D'ye see aught?" cried Hatch.
  • "Not a twig stirs," said Dick.
  • "I think shame to leave him lying," said Bennet, coming forward once
  • more with hesitating steps and a very pale countenance. "Keep a good
  • eye on the wood, Master Shelton--keep a clear eye on the wood. The
  • saints assoil us! here was a good shoot!"
  • Bennet raised the old archer on his knee. He was not yet dead; his face
  • worked, and his eyes shut and opened like machinery, and he had a most
  • horrible, ugly look of one in pain.
  • "Can ye hear, old Nick?" asked Hatch. "Have ye a last wish before ye
  • wend, old brother?"
  • "Pluck out the shaft, and let me pass, a' Mary's name!" gasped
  • Appleyard. "I be done with Old England. Pluck it out!"
  • "Master Dick," said Bennet, "come hither, and pull me a good pull upon
  • the arrow. He would fain pass, the poor sinner."
  • Dick laid down his cross-bow, and pulling hard upon the arrow, drew it
  • forth. A gush of blood followed; the old archer scrambled half upon his
  • feet, called once upon the name of God, and then fell dead. Hatch, upon
  • his knees among the cabbages, prayed fervently for the welfare of the
  • passing spirit. But even as he prayed, it was plain that his mind was
  • still divided, and he kept ever an eye upon the corner of the wood from
  • which the shot had come. When he had done, he got to his feet again,
  • drew off one of his mailed gauntlets, and wiped his pale face, which was
  • all wet with terror.
  • "Ay," he said, "it'll be my turn next."
  • "Who hath done this, Bennet?" Richard asked, still holding the arrow in
  • his hand.
  • "Nay, the saints know," said Hatch. "Here are a good two-score Christian
  • souls that we have hunted out of house and holding, he and I. He has
  • paid his shot, poor shrew, nor will it be long, mayhap, ere I pay mine.
  • Sir Daniel driveth overhard."
  • "This is a strange shaft," said the lad, looking at the arrow in his
  • hand.
  • "Ay, by my faith!" cried Bennet. "Black, and black-feathered. Here is an
  • ill-favoured shaft, by my sooth! for black, they say, bodes burial. And
  • here be words written. Wipe the blood away. What read ye?"
  • "'_Appulyaird fro Jon Amend-All,_'" read Shelton. "What should this
  • betoken?"
  • "Nay, I like it not," returned the retainer, shaking his head. "John
  • Amend-All! Here is a rogue's name for those that be up in the world! But
  • why stand we here to make a mark? Take him by the knees, good Master
  • Shelton, while I lift him by the shoulders, and let us lay him in his
  • house. This will be a rare shog to poor Sir Oliver; he will turn paper
  • colour; he will pray like a windmill."
  • They took up the old archer, and carried him between them into his
  • house, where he had dwelt alone. And there they laid him on the floor,
  • out of regard for the mattress and sought, as best they might, to
  • straighten and compose his limbs.
  • Appleyard's house was clean and bare. There was a bed, with a blue
  • cover, a cupboard, a great chest, a pair of joint-stools, a hinged table
  • in the chimney-corner, and hung upon the wall the old soldier's armoury
  • of bows and defensive armour. Hatch began to look about him curiously.
  • "Nick had money," he said. "He may have had three-score pounds put by. I
  • would I could light upon't! When ye lose an old friend, Master Richard,
  • the best consolation is to heir him. See, now, this chest. I would go a
  • mighty wager there is a bushel of gold therein. He had a strong hand to
  • get, and a hard hand to keep withal, had Appleyard the archer. Now may
  • God rest his spirit! Near eighty year he was afoot and about, and ever
  • getting; but now he's on the broad of his back, poor shrew, and no more
  • lacketh; and if his chattels came to a good friend, he would be merrier,
  • methinks, in heaven."
  • "Come, Hatch," said Dick, "respect his stone-blind eyes. Would ye rob
  • the man before his body? Nay, he would walk!"
  • Hatch made several signs of the cross; but by this time his natural
  • complexion had returned, and he was not easily to be dashed from any
  • purpose. It would have gone hard with the chest had not the gate
  • sounded, and presently after the door of the house opened and admitted a
  • tall, portly, ruddy, black-eyed man of near fifty, in a surplice and
  • black robe.
  • "Appleyard--" the newcomer was saying, as he entered; but he stopped
  • dead. "Ave Maria!" he cried. "Saints be our shield! What cheer is this?"
  • "Cold cheer with Appleyard, sir parson," answered Hatch, with perfect
  • cheerfulness. "Shot at his own door, and alighteth even now at purgatory
  • gates. Ay! there, if tales be true, he shall lack neither coal nor
  • candle."
  • Sir Oliver groped his way to a joint-stool, and sat down upon it, sick
  • and white.
  • "This is a judgment! O, a great stroke!" he sobbed, and rattled off a
  • leash of prayers.
  • Hatch meanwhile reverently doffed his salet and knelt down.
  • "Ay, Bennet," said the priest, somewhat recovering, "and what may this
  • be? What enemy hath done this?"
  • "Here, Sir Oliver, is the arrow. See, it is written upon with words,"
  • said Dick.
  • "Nay," cried the priest, "this is a foul hearing! John Amend-All! A
  • right Lollardy word. And black of hue, as for an omen! Sirs, this knave
  • arrow likes me not. But it importeth rather to take counsel. Who should
  • this be? Bethink you, Bennet. Of so many black ill-willers, which should
  • he be that doth so hardily outface us? Simnel? I do much question it.
  • The Walsinghams? Nay, they are not yet so broken; they still think to
  • have the law over us, when times change. There was Simon Malmesbury,
  • too. How think ye, Bennet?"
  • "What think ye, sir," returned Hatch, "of Ellis Duckworth?"
  • "Nay, Bennet, never. Nay, not he," said the priest. "There cometh never
  • any rising, Bennet, from below--so all judicious chroniclers concord in
  • their opinion; but rebellion travelleth ever downward from above; and
  • when Dick, Tom, and Harry take them to their bills, look ever narrowly
  • to see what lord is profited thereby. Now, Sir Daniel, having once more
  • joined him to the Queen's party, is in ill odour with the Yorkist
  • lords. Thence, Bennet, comes the blow--by what procuring, I yet seek;
  • but therein lies the nerve of this discomfiture."
  • "An't please you, Sir Oliver," said Bennet, "the axles are so hot in
  • this country that I have long been smelling fire. So did this poor
  • sinner, Appleyard. And, by your leave, men's spirits are so foully
  • inclined to all of us, that it needs neither York nor Lancaster to spur
  • them on. Hear my plain thoughts: You, that are a clerk, and Sir Daniel,
  • that sails on any wind, ye have taken many men's goods, and beaten and
  • hanged not a few. Y'are called to count for this; in the end, I wot not
  • how, ye have ever the uppermost at law, and ye think all patched. But
  • give me leave, Sir Oliver: the man that ye have dispossessed and beaten
  • is but the angrier, and some day, when the black devil is by, he will up
  • with his bow and clout me a yard of arrow through your inwards."
  • "Nay, Bennet, y'are in the wrong. Bennet, ye should be glad to be
  • corrected," said Sir Oliver. "Y'are a prater, Bennet, a talker, a
  • babbler; your mouth is wider than your two ears. Mend it, Bennet, mend
  • it."
  • "Nay, I say no more. Have it as ye list," said the retainer.
  • The priest now rose from the stool, and from the writing-case that hung
  • about his neck took forth wax and a taper, and a flint and steel. With
  • these he sealed up the chest and the cupboard with Sir Daniel's arms,
  • Hatch looking on disconsolate; and then the whole party proceeded,
  • somewhat timorously, to sally from the house and get to horse.
  • "'Tis time we were on the road, Sir Oliver," said Hatch, as he held the
  • priest's stirrup while he mounted.
  • "Ay; but, Bennet, things are changed," returned the parson. "There is
  • now no Appleyard--rest his soul!--to keep the garrison. I shall keep
  • you, Bennet. I must have a good man to rest me on in this day of black
  • arrows. 'The arrow that flieth by day,' saith the evangel; I have no
  • mind of the context; nay, I am a sluggard priest, I am too deep in men's
  • affairs. Well, let us ride forth, Master Hatch. The jackmen should be at
  • the church by now."
  • So they rode forward down the road, with the wind after them, blowing
  • the tails of the parson's cloak; and behind them, as they went, clouds
  • began to arise and blot out the sinking sun. They had passed three of
  • the scattered houses that make up Tunstall hamlet, when, coming to a
  • turn, they saw the church before them. Ten or a dozen houses clustered
  • immediately round it; but to the back the churchyard was next the
  • meadows. At the lych-gate, near a score of men were gathered, some in
  • the saddle, some standing by their horses' heads. They were variously
  • armed and mounted; some with spears, some with bills, some with bows,
  • and some bestriding plough-horses, still splashed with the mire of the
  • furrow; for these were the very dregs of the country, and all the better
  • men and the fair equipments were already with Sir Daniel in the field.
  • "We have not done amiss, praised be the cross of Holywood! Sir Daniel
  • will be right well content," observed the priest, inwardly numbering the
  • troop.
  • "Who goes? Stand! if ye be true!" shouted Bennet.
  • A man was seen slipping through the churchyard among the yews; and at
  • the sound of this summons he discarded all concealment, and fairly took
  • to his heels for the forest. The men at the gate, who had been hitherto
  • unaware of the stranger's presence, woke and scattered. Those who had
  • dismounted began scrambling into the saddle; the rest rode in pursuit;
  • but they had to make the circuit of the consecrated ground, and it was
  • plain their quarry would escape them. Hatch, roaring an oath, put his
  • horse at the hedge, to head him off; but the beast refused, and sent his
  • rider sprawling in the dust. And though he was up again in a moment, and
  • had caught the bridle, the time had gone by, and the fugitive had gained
  • too great a lead for any hope of capture.
  • The wisest of all had been Dick Shelton. Instead of starting in a vain
  • pursuit, he had whipped his cross-bow from his back, bent it, and set a
  • quarrel to the string; and now, when the others had desisted, he turned
  • to Bennet and asked if he should shoot.
  • "Shoot! shoot!" cried the priest, with sanguinary violence.
  • "Cover him, Master Dick," said Bennet. "Bring me him down like a ripe
  • apple."
  • The fugitive was now within but a few leaps of safety; but this last
  • part of the meadow ran very steeply up-hill; and the man ran slower in
  • proportion. What with the greyness of the falling night, and the uneven
  • movements of the runner, it was no easy aim; and as Dick levelled his
  • bow, he felt a kind of pity, and a half desire that he might miss. The
  • quarrel sped.
  • The man stumbled and fell, and a great cheer arose from Hatch and the
  • pursuers. But they were counting their corn before the harvest. The man
  • fell lightly; he was lightly afoot again, turned and waved his cap in a
  • bravado, and was out of sight next moment in the margin of the wood.
  • "And the plague go with him!" cried Bennet. "He has thieves' heels; he
  • can run, by St. Banbury! But you touched him, Master Shelton; he has
  • stolen your quarrel, may he never have good I grudge him less!"
  • "Nay, but what made he by the church?" asked Sir Oliver. "I am shrewdly
  • afeared there has been mischief here. Clipsby, good fellow, get ye down
  • from your horse, and search thoroughly among the yews."
  • Clipsby was gone but a little while ere he returned, carrying a paper.
  • "This writing was pinned to the church door," he said, handing it to the
  • parson. "I found naught else, sir parson."
  • "Now, by the power of Mother Church," cried Sir Oliver, "but this runs
  • hard on sacrilege! For the king's good pleasure, or the lord of the
  • manor--well! But that every run-the-hedge in a green jerkin should
  • fasten papers to the chancel door--nay, it runs hard on sacrilege, hard;
  • and men have burned for matters of less weight. But what have we here?
  • The light falls apace. Good Master Richard, y' have young eyes. Read me,
  • I pray, this libel."
  • Dick Shelton took the paper in his hand and read it aloud. It contained
  • some lines of very rugged doggerel, hardly even rhyming, written in a
  • gross character, and most uncouthly spelt. With the spelling somewhat
  • bettered, this is how they ran:
  • "I had four blak arrows under my belt,
  • Four for the greefs that I have felt,
  • Four for the nomber of ill menne
  • That have opressid me now and then.
  • One is gone; one is wele sped;
  • Old Apulyaird is ded.
  • One is for Maister Bennet Hatch,
  • That burned Grimstone, walls and thatch.
  • One for Sir Oliver Oates,
  • That cut Sir Harry Shelton's throat.
  • Sir Daniel, ye shull have the fourt;
  • We shall think it fair sport.
  • Ye shull each have your own part,
  • A blak arrow in each blak heart.
  • Get ye to your knees for to pray:
  • Ye are ded theeves, by yea and nay!
  • "JON AMEND-ALL
  • of the Green Wood,
  • And his jolly fellaweship.
  • "Item, we have mo arrowes and goode hempen cord for otheres of your
  • following."
  • "Now, well-a-day for charity and the Christian graces!" cried Sir
  • Oliver, lamentably. "Sirs, this is an ill world, and groweth daily
  • worse. I will swear upon the cross of Holywood I am as innocent of that
  • good knight's hurt, whether in act or purpose, as the babe
  • unchristened. Neither was his throat cut; for therein they are again in
  • error, as there still live credible witnesses to show."
  • "It boots not, sir parson," said Bennet. "Here is unseasonable talk."
  • "Nay, Master Bennet, not so. Keep ye in your due place, good Bennet,"
  • answered the priest. "I shall make mine innocence appear. I will, upon
  • no consideration, lose my poor life in error. I take all men to witness
  • that I am clear of this matter. I was not even in the Moat House. I was
  • sent of an errand before nine upon the clock----"
  • "Sir Oliver," said Hatch, interrupting, "since it please you not to stop
  • this sermon, I will take other means. Goffe, sound to horse."
  • And while the tucket was sounding, Bennet moved close to the bewildered
  • parson, and whispered violently in his ear.
  • Dick Shelton saw the priest's eye turned upon him for an instant in a
  • startled glance. He had some cause for thought; for this Sir Harry
  • Shelton was his own natural father. But he said never a word, and kept
  • his countenance unmoved.
  • Hatch and Sir Oliver discussed together for awhile their altered
  • situation; ten men, it was decided between them, should be reserved, not
  • only to garrison the Moat House, but to escort the priest across the
  • wood. In the meantime, as Bennet was to remain behind, the command of
  • the reinforcement was given to Master Shelton. Indeed, there was no
  • choice; the men were loutish fellows, dull and unskilled in war, while
  • Dick was not only popular, but resolute and grave beyond his age.
  • Although his youth had been spent in these rough, country places, the
  • lad had been well taught in letters by Sir Oliver, and Hatch himself had
  • shown him the management of arms and the first principles of command.
  • Bennet had always been kind and helpful; he was one of those who are
  • cruel as the grave to those they call their enemies, but ruggedly
  • faithful and well willing to their friends; and now, while Sir Oliver
  • entered the next house to write, in his swift, exquisite penmanship, a
  • memorandum of the last occurrences to his master, Sir Daniel Brackley,
  • Bennet came up to his pupil to wish him God-speed upon his enterprise.
  • "Ye must go the long way about, Master Shelton," he said; "round by the
  • bridge, for your life! Keep a sure man fifty paces afore you, to draw
  • shots; and go softly till y'are past the wood. If the rogues fall upon
  • you, ride for't; ye will do naught by standing. And keep ever forward,
  • Master Shelton; turn me not back again, an ye love your life; there is
  • no help in Tunstall, mind ye that. And now, since ye go to the great
  • wars about the king, and I continue to dwell here in extreme jeopardy of
  • my life, and the saints alone can certify if we shall meet again below,
  • I give you my last counsels now at your riding. Keep an eye on Sir
  • Daniel; he is unsure. Put not your trust in the jack-priest; he
  • intendeth not amiss, but doth the will of others; it is a hand-gun for
  • Sir Daniel! Get your good lordship where ye go; make you strong friends;
  • look to it. And think ever a paternoster while on Bennet Hatch. There
  • are worse rogues afoot than Bennet. So, God-speed!"
  • "And Heaven be with you, Bennet!" returned Dick. "Ye were a good friend
  • to meward, and so I shall say ever."
  • "And, look ye, master," added Hatch, with a certain embarrassment, "if
  • this Amend-All should get a shaft into me, ye might, mayhap, lay out a
  • gold mark or mayhap a pound for my poor soul; for it is like to go stiff
  • with me in purgatory."
  • "Ye shall have your will of it, Bennet," answered Dick. "But, what
  • cheer, man! we shall meet again, where ye shall have more need of ale
  • than masses."
  • "The saints so grant it, Master Dick!" returned the other. "But here
  • comes Sir Oliver. An he were as quick with the long-bow as with the pen,
  • he would be a brave man-at-arms."
  • Sir Oliver gave Dick a sealed packet, with this superscription: "To my
  • ryght worchypful master. Sir Daniel Brackley, knyght, be thys delyvered
  • in haste."
  • And Dick, putting it in the bosom of his jacket, gave the word and set
  • forth westward up the village.
  • BOOK I
  • THE TWO LADS
  • CHAPTER I
  • AT THE SIGN OF THE SUN IN KETTLEY
  • Sir Daniel and his men lay in and about Kettley that night, warmly
  • quartered and well patrolled. But the Knight of Tunstall was one who
  • never rested from money-getting; and even now, when he was on the brink
  • of an adventure which should make or mar him, he was up an hour after
  • midnight to squeeze poor neighbours. He was one who trafficked greatly
  • in disputed inheritances; it was his way to buy out the most unlikely
  • claimant, and then, by the favour he curried with great lords about the
  • king, procure unjust decisions in his favour; or, if that was too
  • roundabout, to seize the disputed manor by force of arms, and rely on
  • his influence and Sir Oliver's cunning in the law to hold what he had
  • snatched. Kettley was one such place; it had come very lately into his
  • clutches; he still met with opposition from the tenants; and it was to
  • overawe discontent that he had led his troops that way.
  • By two in the morning, Sir Daniel sat in the inn room, close by the
  • fireside, for it was cold at that hour among the fens of Kettley. By his
  • elbow stood a pottle of spiced ale. He had taken off his visored
  • headpiece, and sat with his bald head and thin, dark visage resting on
  • one hand, wrapped warmly in a sanguine-coloured cloak. At the lower end
  • of the room about a dozen of his men stood sentry over the door or lay
  • asleep on benches; and somewhat nearer hand, a young lad, apparently of
  • twelve or thirteen, was stretched in a mantle on the floor. The host of
  • the Sun stood before the great man.
  • "Now, mark me, mine host," Sir Daniel said, "follow but mine orders, and
  • I shall be your good lord ever. I must have good men for head boroughs,
  • and I will have Adam-a-More high constable; see to it narrowly. If other
  • men be chosen, it shall avail you nothing; rather it shall be found to
  • your sore cost. For those that have paid rent to Walsingham I shall take
  • good measure--you among the rest, mine host."
  • "Good knight," said the host, "I will swear upon the cross of Holywood I
  • did but pay to Walsingham upon compulsion. Nay, bully knight, I love not
  • the rogue Walsinghams; they were as poor as thieves, bully knight. Give
  • me a great lord like you. Nay; ask me among the neighbours, I am stout
  • for Brackley."
  • "It may be," said Sir Daniel, drily. "Ye shall then pay twice."
  • The innkeeper made a horrid grimace; but this was a piece of bad luck
  • that might readily befall a tenant in these unruly times, and he was
  • perhaps glad to make his peace so easily.
  • "Bring up yon fellow, Selden!" cried the knight.
  • And one of his retainers led up a poor, cringing old man, as pale as a
  • candle, and all shaking with the fen fever.
  • "Sirrah," said Sir Daniel, "your name?"
  • [Illustration: _"Now, mark me, mine host," Sir Daniel said, "follow but
  • mine orders, and I shall be your good lord ever"_]
  • "An't please your worship," replied the man, "my name is
  • Condall--Condall of Shoreby, at your good worship's pleasure."
  • "I have heard you ill reported on," returned the knight. "Ye deal in
  • treason, rogue; ye trudge the country leasing; y'are heavily suspicioned
  • of the death of severals. How, fellow, are ye so bold? But I will bring
  • you down."
  • "Right honourable and my reverend lord," the man cried, "here is some
  • hodge-podge, saving your good presence. I am but a poor private man, and
  • have hurt none."
  • "The under-sheriff did report of you most vilely," said the knight.
  • "'Seize me,' saith he, 'that Tyndal of Shoreby.'"
  • "Condall, my good lord; Condall is my poor name," said the unfortunate.
  • "Condall or Tyndal, it is all one," replied Sir Daniel, coolly. "For, by
  • my sooth, y'are here, and I do mightily suspect your honesty. If ye
  • would save your neck, write me swiftly an obligation for twenty pound."
  • "For twenty pound, my good lord!" cried Condall. "Here is midsummer
  • madness! My whole estate amounteth not to seventy shillings."
  • "Condall or Tyndal," returned Sir Daniel, grinning, "I will run my peril
  • of that loss. Write me down twenty, and when I have recovered all I may,
  • I will be good lord to you, and pardon you the rest."
  • "Alas! my good lord, it may not be; I have no skill to write," said
  • Condall.
  • "Well-a-day!" returned the knight. "Here, then, is no remedy. Yet I
  • would fain have spared you, Tyndal, had my conscience suffered. Selden,
  • take me this old shrew softly to the nearest elm, and hang me him
  • tenderly by the neck, where I may see him at my riding. Fare ye well,
  • good Master Condall, dear Master Tyndal; y'are post-haste for Paradise;
  • fare ye then well!"
  • "Nay, my right pleasant lord," replied Condall, forcing an obsequious
  • smile, "an ye be so masterful, as doth right well become you, I will
  • even, with all my poor skill, do your good bidding."
  • "Friend," quoth Sir Daniel, "ye will now write two-score. Go to! y'are
  • too cunning for a livelihood of seventy shillings. Selden, see him write
  • me this in good form, and have it duly witnessed."
  • And Sir Daniel, who was a very merry knight, none merrier in England,
  • took a drink of his mulled ale, and lay back, smiling.
  • Meanwhile, the boy upon the floor began to stir, and presently sat up
  • and looked about him with a scare.
  • "Hither," said Sir Daniel; and as the other rose at his command and came
  • slowly towards him, he leaned back and laughed outright. "By the rood!"
  • he cried, "a sturdy boy!"
  • The lad flushed crimson with anger, and darted a look of hate out of his
  • dark eyes. Now that he was on his legs, it was more difficult to make
  • certain of his age. His face looked somewhat older in expression, but it
  • was as smooth as a young child's; and in bone and body he was unusually
  • slender, and somewhat awkward of gait.
  • "Ye have called me, Sir Daniel," he said. "Was it to laugh at my poor
  • plight?"
  • "Nay, now, let laugh," said the knight. "Good shrew, let laugh, I pray
  • you. An ye could see yourself, I warrant ye would laugh the first."
  • "Well," cried the lad, flushing, "ye shall answer this when ye answer
  • for the other. Laugh while yet ye may!"
  • "Nay, now, good cousin," replied Sir Daniel, with some earnestness,
  • "think not that I mock at you, except in mirth, as between kinsfolk and
  • singular friends. I will make you a marriage of a thousand pounds, go
  • to! and cherish you exceedingly. I took you, indeed, roughly, as the
  • time demanded; but from henceforth I shall ungrudgingly maintain and
  • cheerfully serve you. Ye shall be Mrs. Shelton--Lady Shelton, by my
  • troth! for the lad promiseth bravely. Tut! ye will not shy for honest
  • laughter; it purgeth melancholy. They are no rogues who laugh, good
  • cousin. Good mine host, lay me a meal now for my cousin, Master John.
  • Sit ye down, sweetheart, and eat."
  • "Nay," said Master John, "I will break no bread. Since ye force me to
  • this sin, I will fast for my soul's interest. But, good mine host, I
  • pray you of courtesy give me a cup of fair water; I shall be much
  • beholden to your courtesy indeed."
  • "Ye shall have a dispensation, go to!" cried the knight. "Shalt be well
  • shriven, by my faith! Content you, then, and eat."
  • But the lad was obstinate, drank a cup of water, and, once more wrapping
  • himself closely in his mantle, sat in a far corner, brooding.
  • In an hour or two, there rose a stir in the village of sentries
  • challenging and the clatter of arms and horses; and then a troop drew up
  • by the inn door, and Richard Shelton, splashed with mud, presented
  • himself upon the threshold.
  • "Save you, Sir Daniel," he said.
  • "How! Dickie Shelton!" cried the knight; and at the mention of Dick's
  • name the other lad looked curiously across. "What maketh Bennet Hatch?"
  • "Please you, sir knight, to take cognisance of this packet from Sir
  • Oliver, wherein are all things fully stated," answered Richard,
  • presenting the priest's letter. "And please you farther, ye were best
  • make all speed to Risingham; for on the way hither we encountered one
  • riding furiously with letters, and by his report, my Lord of Risingham
  • was sore bested, and lacked exceedingly your presence."
  • "How say you? Sore bested?" returned the knight. "Nay, then, we will
  • make speed sitting down, good Richard. As the world goes in this poor
  • realm of England, he that rides softliest rides surest. Delay, they say,
  • begetteth peril; but it is rather this itch of doing that undoes men;
  • mark it, Dick. But let me see, first, what cattle ye have brought.
  • Selden, a link here at the door!"
  • And Sir Daniel strode forth into the village street, and, by the red
  • glow of a torch, inspected his new troops. He was an unpopular neighbour
  • and an unpopular master; but as a leader in war he was well beloved by
  • those who rode behind his pennant. His dash, his proved courage, his
  • forethought for the soldiers' comfort, even his rough gibes, were all to
  • the taste of the bold blades in jack and salet.
  • "Nay, by the rood!" he cried, "what poor dogs are these? Here be some
  • as crooked as a bow, and some as lean as a spear. Friends, ye shall ride
  • in the front of the battle; I can spare you, friends. Mark me this old
  • villain on the piebald! A two-year mutton riding on a hog would look
  • more soldierly! Ha! Clipsby, are ye there, old rat? Y'are a man I could
  • lose with a good heart; ye shall go in front of all, with a bull's eye
  • painted on your jack, to be the better butt for archery; sirrah, ye
  • shall show me the way."
  • "I will show you any way, Sir Daniel, but the way to change sides,"
  • returned Clipsby, sturdily.
  • Sir Daniel laughed a guffaw.
  • "Why, well said!" he cried. "Hast a shrewd tongue in thy mouth, go to! I
  • will forgive you for that merry word. Selden, see them fed, both man and
  • brute."
  • The knight re-entered the inn.
  • "Now, friend Dick," he said, "fall to. Here is good ale and bacon. Eat,
  • while that I read."
  • Sir Daniel opened the packet, and as he read his brow darkened. When he
  • had done he sat a little, musing. Then he looked sharply at his ward.
  • "Dick," said he, "y' have seen this penny rhyme?"
  • The lad replied in the affirmative.
  • "It bears your father's name," continued the knight; "and our poor shrew
  • of a parson is, by some mad soul, accused of slaying him."
  • "He did most eagerly deny it," answered Dick.
  • "He did?" cried the knight, very sharply. "Heed him not. He has a loose
  • tongue; he babbles like a jack-sparrow. Some day, when I may find the
  • leisure, Dick, I will myself more fully inform you of these matters.
  • There was one Duckworth shrewdly blamed for it; but the times were
  • troubled, and there was no justice to be got."
  • "It befell at the Moat House?" Dick ventured, with a beating at his
  • heart.
  • "It befell between the Moat House and Holywood," replied Sir Daniel,
  • calmly; but he shot a covert glance, black with suspicion, at Dick's
  • face. "And now," added the knight, "speed you with your meal; ye shall
  • return to Tunstall with a line from me."
  • Dick's face fell sorely.
  • "Prithee, Sir Daniel," he cried, "send one of the villains! I beseech
  • you let me to the battle. I can strike a stroke, I promise you."
  • "I misdoubt it not," replied Sir Daniel, sitting down to write. "But
  • here, Dick, is no honour to be won. I lie in Kettley till I have sure
  • tidings of the war, and then ride to join me with the conqueror. Cry not
  • on cowardice; it is but wisdom, Dick; for this poor realm so tosseth
  • with rebellion, and the king's name and custody so changeth hands, that
  • no man may be certain of the morrow. Toss-pot and Shuttle-wit run in,
  • but my Lord Good-Counsel sits o' one side, waiting."
  • With that, Sir Daniel, turning his back to Dick, and quite at the
  • farther end of the long table, began to write his letter, with his mouth
  • on one side, for this business of the Black Arrow stuck sorely in his
  • throat.
  • Meanwhile, young Shelton was going on heartily enough with his
  • breakfast, when he felt a touch upon his arm, and a very soft voice
  • whispering in his ear.
  • "Make not a sign, I do beseech you," said the voice, "but of your
  • charity tell me the straight way to Holywood. Beseech you, now, good
  • boy, comfort a poor soul in peril and extreme distress, and set me so
  • far forth upon the way to my repose."
  • "Take the path by the windmill," answered Dick, in the same tone; "it
  • will bring you to Till Ferry; there inquire again."
  • And without turning his head, he fell again to eating. But with the tail
  • of his eye he caught a glimpse of the young lad called Master John
  • stealthily creeping from the room.
  • "Why," thought Dick, "he is as young as I. 'Good boy' doth he call me?
  • An I had known, I should have seen the varlet hanged ere I had told him.
  • Well, if he goes through the fen, I may come up with him and pull his
  • ears."
  • Half an hour later, Sir Daniel gave Dick the letter, and bade him speed
  • to the Moat House. And, again, some half an hour after Dick's departure,
  • a messenger came, in hot haste, from my Lord of Risingham.
  • "Sir Daniel," the messenger said, "ye lose great honour, by my sooth!
  • The fight began again this morning ere the dawn, and we have beaten
  • their van and scattered their right wing. Only the main battle standeth
  • fast. An we had your fresh men, we should tilt you them all into the
  • river. What, sir knight! Will ye be the last? It stands not with your
  • good credit."
  • "Nay," cried the knight, "I was but now upon the march. Selden, sound me
  • the tucket. Sir, I am with you on the instant. It is not two hours since
  • the more part of my command came in, sir messenger. What would ye have?
  • Spurring is good meat, but yet it killed the charger. Bustle, boys!"
  • By this time the tucket was sounding cheerily in the morning, and from
  • all sides Sir Daniel's men poured into the main street and formed before
  • the inn. They had slept upon their arms, with chargers saddled, and in
  • ten minutes five-score men-at-arms and archers, cleanly equipped and
  • briskly disciplined, stood ranked and ready. The chief part were in Sir
  • Daniel's livery, murrey and blue, which gave the greater show to their
  • array. The best armed rode first; and away out of sight, at the tail of
  • the column, came the sorry reinforcement of the night before. Sir Daniel
  • looked with pride along the line.
  • "Here be the lads to serve you in a pinch," he said.
  • "They are pretty men, indeed," replied the messenger. "It but augments
  • my sorrow that ye had not marched the earlier."
  • "Well," said the knight, "what would ye? The beginning of a feast and
  • the end of a fray, sir messenger"; and he mounted into his saddle. "Why!
  • how now!" he cried. "John! Joanna! Nay, by the sacred rood! where is
  • she? Host, where is that girl?"
  • "Girl, Sir Daniel?" cried the landlord. "Nay, sir, I saw no girl."
  • "Boy, then, dotard!" cried the knight. "Could ye not see it was a wench?
  • She in the murrey-coloured mantle--she that broke her fast with water,
  • rogue--where is she?"
  • "Nay, the saints bless us! Master John, ye called him," said the host.
  • "Well, I thought none evil. He is gone. I saw him--her--I saw her in the
  • stable a good hour agone; 'a was saddling a grey horse."
  • "Now, by the rood!" cried Sir Daniel, "the wench was worth five hundred
  • pound to me and more."
  • "Sir knight," observed the messenger, with bitterness, "while that ye
  • are here, roaring for five hundred pounds, the realm of England is
  • elsewhere being lost and won."
  • "It is well said," replied Sir Daniel. "Selden, fall me out with six
  • cross-bowmen; hunt me her down. I care not what it cost; but, at my
  • returning, let me find her at the Moat House. Be it upon your head. And
  • now, sir messenger, we march."
  • And the troop broke into a good trot, and Selden and his six men were
  • left behind upon the street of Kettley, with the staring villagers.
  • CHAPTER II
  • IN THE FEN
  • It was near six in the May morning when Dick began to ride down into the
  • fen upon his homeward way. The sky was all blue; the jolly wind blew
  • loud and steady; the windmill sails were spinning; and the willows over
  • all the fen rippling and whitening like a field of corn. He had been all
  • night in the saddle, but his heart was good and his body sound, and he
  • rode right merrily.
  • The path went down and down into the marsh, till he lost sight of all
  • the neighbouring landmarks but Kettley windmill on the knoll behind him,
  • and the extreme top of Tunstall Forest far before. On either hand there
  • were great fields of blowing reeds and willows, pools of water shaking
  • in the wind, and treacherous bogs, as green as emerald, to tempt and to
  • betray the traveller. The path lay almost straight through the morass.
  • It was already very ancient; its foundation had been laid by Roman
  • soldiery; in the lapse of ages much of it had sunk, and every here and
  • there, for a few hundred yards, it lay submerged below the stagnant
  • waters of the fen.
  • About a mile from Kettley, Dick came to one such break in the plain line
  • of causeway, where the reeds and willows grew dispersedly like little
  • islands and confused the eye. The gap, besides, was more than usually
  • long; it was a place where any stranger might come readily to mischief;
  • and Dick bethought him, with something like a pang, of the lad whom he
  • had so imperfectly directed. As for himself, one look backward to where
  • the windmill sails were turning black against the blue of heaven--one
  • look forward to the high ground of Tunstall Forest, and he was
  • sufficiently directed and held straight on, the water washing to his
  • horse's knees, as safe as on a highway.
  • Half-way across, and when he had already sighted the path rising high
  • and dry upon the farther side, he was aware of a great splashing on his
  • right, and saw a grey horse, sunk to its belly in the mud, and still
  • spasmodically struggling. Instantly, as though it had divined the
  • neighbourhood of help, the poor beast began to neigh most piercingly. It
  • rolled, meanwhile, a bloodshot eye, insane with terror; and as it
  • sprawled wallowing in the quag, clouds of stinging insects rose and
  • buzzed about it in the air.
  • "Alack!" thought Dick, "can the poor lad have perished? There is his
  • horse, for certain--a brave grey! Nay, comrade, if thou criest to me so
  • piteously, I will do all man can to help thee. Shalt not lie there to
  • drown by inches!"
  • And he made ready his cross-bow, and put a quarrel through the
  • creature's head.
  • Dick rode on after this act of rugged mercy, somewhat sobered in spirit,
  • and looking closely about him for any sign of his less happy predecessor
  • in the way.
  • "I would I had dared to tell him further," he thought; "for I fear he
  • has miscarried in the slough."
  • And just as he was so thinking, a voice cried upon his name from the
  • causeway-side, and, looking over his shoulder, he saw the lad's face
  • peering from a clump of reeds.
  • "Are ye there?" he said, reining in. "Ye lay so close among the reeds
  • that I had passed you by. I saw your horse bemired, and put him from his
  • agony; which, by my sooth! an ye had been a more merciful rider, ye had
  • done yourself. But come forth out of your hiding. Here be none to
  • trouble you."
  • "Nay, good boy, I have no arms, nor skill to use them if I had," replied
  • the other, stepping forth upon the pathway.
  • "Why call me 'boy'?" cried Dick. "Y'are not, I trow, the elder of us
  • twain."
  • "Good Master Shelton," said the other, "prithee forgive me. I have none
  • the least intention to offend. Rather I would in every way beseech your
  • gentleness and favour, for I am now worse bested than ever, having lost
  • my way, my cloak, and my poor horse. To have a riding-rod and spurs, and
  • never a horse to sit upon! And before all," he added, looking ruefully
  • upon his clothes--"before all, to be so sorrily besmirched!"
  • "Tut!" cried Dick. "Would ye mind a ducking? Blood of wound or dust of
  • travel--that's a man's adornment."
  • "Nay, then, I like him better plain," observed the lad. "But, prithee,
  • how shall I do? Prithee, good Master Richard, help me with your good
  • counsel. If I come not safe to Holywood, I am undone."
  • "Nay," said Dick, dismounting, "I will give more than counsel. Take my
  • horse, and I will run awhile, and when I am weary we shall change
  • again, that so, riding and running, both may go the speedier."
  • So the change was made, and they went forward as briskly as they durst
  • on the uneven causeway, Dick with his hand upon the other's knee.
  • "How call ye your name?" asked Dick.
  • "Call me John Matcham," replied the lad.
  • "And what make ye to Holywood?" Dick continued.
  • "I seek sanctuary from a man that would oppress me," was the answer.
  • "The good Abbot of Holywood is a strong pillar to the weak."
  • "And how came ye with Sir Daniel, Master Matcham?" pursued Dick.
  • "Nay," cried the other, "by the abuse of force! He hath taken me by
  • violence from my own place; dressed me in these weeds; ridden with me
  • till my heart was sick; gibed me till I could 'a' wept; and when certain
  • of my friends pursued, thinking to have me back, claps me in the rear to
  • stand their shot! I was even grazed in the right foot, and walk but
  • lamely. Nay, there shall come a day between us; he shall smart for all!"
  • "Would ye shoot at the moon with a hand-gun?" said Dick. "'Tis a valiant
  • knight, and hath a hand of iron. An he guessed I had made or meddled
  • with your flight, it would go sore with me."
  • "Ay, poor boy," returned the other, "y'are his ward, I know it. By the
  • same token, so am I, or so he saith; or else he hath bought my
  • marriage--I wot not rightly which; but it is some handle to oppress me
  • by."
  • "Boy again!" said Dick.
  • "Nay, then, shall I call you girl, good Richard?" asked Matcham.
  • "Never a girl for me," returned Dick. "I do abjure the crew of them!"
  • "Ye speak boyishly," said the other. "Ye think more of them than ye
  • pretend."
  • "Not I," said Dick, stoutly. "They come not in my mind. A plague of
  • them, say I! Give me to hunt and to fight and to feast, and to live with
  • jolly foresters. I never heard of a maid yet that was for any service,
  • save one only; and she, poor shrew, was burned for a witch and the
  • wearing of men's clothes in spite of nature."
  • Master Matcham crossed himself with fervour, and appeared to pray.
  • "What make ye?" Dick inquired.
  • "I pray for her spirit," answered the other, with a somewhat troubled
  • voice.
  • "For a witch's spirit?" Dick cried. "But pray for her, an ye list; she
  • was the best wench in Europe, was this Joan of Arc. Old Appleyard the
  • archer ran from her, he said, as if she had been Mahoun. Nay, she was a
  • brave wench."
  • "Well, but, good Master Richard," resumed Matcham, "an ye like maids so
  • little, y'are no true natural man; for God made them twain by intention,
  • and brought true love into the world, to be man's hope and woman's
  • comfort."
  • "Faugh!" said Dick. "Y'are a milk-sopping baby, so to harp on women. An
  • ye think I be no true man, get down upon the path, and whether at
  • fists, backsword, or bow and arrow, I will prove my manhood on your
  • body."
  • "Nay, I am no fighter," said Matcham, eagerly. "I mean no tittle of
  • offence. I meant but pleasantry. And if I talk of women, it is because I
  • heard ye were to marry."
  • "I to marry!" Dick exclaimed. "Well, it is the first I hear of it. And
  • with whom was I to marry?"
  • "One Joan Sedley," replied Matcham, colouring. "It was Sir Daniel's
  • doing; he hath money to gain upon both sides; and, indeed, I have heard
  • the poor wench bemoaning herself pitifully of the match. It seems she is
  • of your mind, or else distasted to the bridegroom."
  • "Well! marriage is like death, it comes to all," said Dick, with
  • resignation. "And she bemoaned herself? I pray ye now, see there how
  • shuttle-witted are these girls: to bemoan herself before that she had
  • seen me! Do I bemoan myself? Not I. An I be to marry, I will marry
  • dry-eyed! But if ye know her, prithee, of what favour is she? fair or
  • foul? And is she shrewish or pleasant?"
  • "Nay, what matters it?" said Matcham. "An y'are to marry, ye can but
  • marry. What matters foul or fair? These be but toys. Y'are no milksop,
  • Master Richard; ye will wed with dry eyes, anyhow."
  • "It is well said," replied Shelton. "Little I reck."
  • "Your lady wife is like to have a pleasant lord," said Matcham.
  • "She shall have the lord Heaven made her for," returned Dick. "I trow
  • there be worse as well as better."
  • "Ah, the poor wench!" cried the other.
  • "And why so poor?" asked Dick.
  • "To wed a man of wood," replied his companion. "O me, for a wooden
  • husband!"
  • "I think I be a man of wood, indeed," said Dick, "to trudge afoot the
  • while you ride my horse; but it is good wood, I trow."
  • "Good Dick, forgive me," cried the other. "Nay, y'are the best heart in
  • England; I but laughed. Forgive me now, sweet Dick."
  • "Nay, no fool words," returned Dick, a little embarrassed by his
  • companion's warmth. "No harm is done. I am not touchy, praise the
  • saints."
  • And at that moment the wind, which was blowing straight behind them as
  • they went, brought them the rough flourish of Sir Daniel's trumpeter.
  • "Hark!" said Dick, "the tucket soundeth."
  • "Ay," said Matcham, "they have found my flight, and now I am unhorsed!"
  • and he became pale as death.
  • "Nay, what cheer!" returned Dick. "Y' have a long start, and we are near
  • the ferry. And it is I, methinks, that am unhorsed."
  • "Alack, I shall be taken!" cried the fugitive. "Dick, kind Dick, beseech
  • ye help me but a little!"
  • "Why, now, what aileth thee?" said Dick. "Methinks I help you very
  • patently. But my heart is sorry for so spiritless a fellow! And see ye
  • here, John Matcham--sith John Matcham is your name--I, Richard Shelton,
  • tide what betideth, come what may, will see you safe in Holywood. The
  • saints so do to me again if I default you. Come, pick me up a good
  • heart, Sir Whiteface. The way betters here; spur me the horse. Go
  • faster! faster! Nay, mind not for me; I can run like a deer."
  • So, with the horse trotting hard, and Dick running easily alongside,
  • they crossed the remainer of the fen, and came out upon the banks of the
  • river by the ferryman's hut.
  • CHAPTER III
  • THE FEN FERRY
  • The river Till was a wide, sluggish, clayey water, oozing out of fens,
  • and in this part of its course it strained among some score of
  • willow-covered, marshy islets.
  • It was a dingy stream; but upon this bright, spirited morning everything
  • was become beautiful. The wind and the martens broke it up into
  • innumerable dimples; and the reflection of the sky was scattered over
  • all the surface in crumbs of smiling blue.
  • A creek ran up to meet the path, and close under the bank the ferryman's
  • hut lay snugly. It was of wattle and clay, and the grass grew green upon
  • the roof.
  • Dick went to the door and opened it. Within, upon a foul old russet
  • cloak, the ferryman lay stretched and shivering; a great hulk of a man,
  • but lean and shaken by the country fever.
  • "Hey, Master Shelton," he said, "be ye for the ferry? Ill times, ill
  • times! Look to yourself. There is a fellowship abroad. Ye were better
  • turn round on your two heels and try the bridge."
  • "Nay; time's in the saddle," answered Dick. "Time will ride, Hugh
  • Ferryman. I am hot in haste."
  • "A wilful man!" returned the ferryman, rising. "An ye win safe to the
  • Moat House, y' have done lucky; but I say no more." And then catching
  • sight of Matcham, "Who be this?" he asked, as he paused, blinking, on
  • the threshold of his cabin.
  • "It is my kinsman, Master Matcham," answered Dick.
  • "Give ye good day, good ferryman," said Matcham, who had dismounted, and
  • now came forward, leading the horse. "Launch me your boat, I prithee; we
  • are sore in haste."
  • The gaunt ferryman continued staring.
  • "By the mass!" he cried at length, and laughed with open throat.
  • Matcham coloured to his neck and winced; and Dick, with an angry
  • countenance, put his hand on the lout's shoulder.
  • "How now, churl!" he cried. "Fall to thy business, and leave mocking thy
  • betters."
  • Hugh Ferryman grumblingly undid his boat, and shoved it a little forth
  • into the deep water. Then Dick led in the horse, and Matcham followed.
  • "Ye be mortal small made, master," said Hugh, with a wide grin;
  • "something o' the wrong model, belike. Nay, Master Shelton, I am for
  • you," he added, getting to his oars. "A cat may look at a king. I did
  • but take a shot of the eye at Master Matcham."
  • "Sirrah, no more words," said Dick. "Bend me your back."
  • They were by that time at the mouth of the creek, and the view opened up
  • and down the river. Everywhere it was enclosed with islands. Clay banks
  • were falling in, willows nodding, reeds waving, martens dipping and
  • piping. There was no sign of man in the labyrinth of waters.
  • "My master," said the ferryman, keeping the boat steady with one oar, "I
  • have a shrew guess that John-a-Fenne is on the island. He bears me a
  • black grudge to all Sir Daniel's. How if I turned me up stream and
  • landed you an arrow-flight above the path? Ye were best not meddle with
  • John Fenne."
  • "How, then, is he of this company?" asked Dick.
  • "Nay, mum is the word," said Hugh. "But I would go up water, Dick. How
  • if Master Matcham came by an arrow?" and he laughed again.
  • "Be it so, Hugh," answered Dick.
  • "Look ye, then," pursued Hugh. "Sith it shall so be, unsling me your
  • cross-bow--so: now make it ready--good; place me a quarrel. Ay, keep it
  • so, and look upon me grimly."
  • "What meaneth this?" asked Dick.
  • "Why, my master, if I steal you across, it must be under force or fear,"
  • replied the ferryman; "for else, if John Fenne got wind of it, he were
  • like to prove my most distressful neighbour."
  • "Do these churls ride so roughly?" Dick inquired. "Do they command Sir
  • Daniel's own ferry?"
  • "Nay," whispered the ferryman, winking. "Mark me! Sir Daniel shall down.
  • His time is out. He shall down. Mum!" And he bent over his oars.
  • They pulled a long way up the river, turned the tail of an island, and
  • came softly down a narrow channel next the opposite bank. Then Hugh held
  • water in mid-stream.
  • "I must land you here among the willows," he said.
  • "Here is no path but willow swamps and quagmires," answered Dick.
  • "Master Shelton," replied Hugh, "I dare not take ye nearer down, for
  • your own sake now. He watcheth me the ferry, lying on his bow. All that
  • go by and owe Sir Daniel good-will, he shooteth down like rabbits. I
  • heard him swear it by the rood. An I had not known you of old days--ay,
  • and from so high upward--I would 'a' let you go on; but for old days'
  • remembrance, and because ye had this toy with you that's not fit for
  • wounds or warfare, I did risk my two poor ears to have you over whole.
  • Content you; I can no more, on my salvation!"
  • Hugh was still speaking, lying on his oars, when there came a great
  • shout from among the willows on the island, and sounds followed as of a
  • strong man breasting roughly through the wood.
  • "A murrain!" cried Hugh. "He was on the upper island all the while!" He
  • pulled straight for shore. "Threat me with your bow, good Dick; threat
  • me with it plain," he added. "I have tried to save your skins, save you
  • mine!"
  • The boat ran into a tough thicket of willows with a crash. Matcham,
  • pale, but steady and alert, at a sign from Dick, ran along the thwarts
  • and leaped ashore; Dick, taking the horse by the bridle, sought to
  • follow, but what with the animal's bulk, and what with the closeness of
  • the thicket, both stuck fast. The horse neighed and trampled; and the
  • boat, which was swinging in an eddy, came on and off and pitched with
  • violence.
  • "It may not be, Hugh; here is no landing," cried Dick; but he still
  • struggled valiantly with the obstinate thicket and the startled animal.
  • A tall man appeared upon the shore of the island, a long-bow in his
  • hand. Dick saw him for an instant, with the corner of his eye, bending
  • the bow with a great effort, his face crimson with hurry.
  • "Who goes?" he shouted. "Hugh, who goes?"
  • "'Tis Master Shelton, John," replied the ferryman.
  • "Stand, Dick Shelton!" bawled the man upon the island. "Ye shall have no
  • hurt, upon the rood! Stand! Back out, Hugh Ferryman."
  • Dick cried a taunting answer.
  • "Nay, then, ye shall go afoot," returned the man; and he let drive an
  • arrow.
  • The horse, struck by the shaft, lashed out in agony and terror; the boat
  • capsized, and the next moment all were struggling in the eddies of the
  • river.
  • When Dick came up, he was within a yard of the bank; and before his eyes
  • were clear, his hand had closed on something firm and strong that
  • instantly began to drag him forward. It was the riding-rod, that
  • Matcham, crawling forth upon an overhanging willow, had opportunely
  • thrust into his grasp.
  • "By the mass!" cried Dick, as he was helped ashore, "that makes a life I
  • owe you. I swim like a cannon-ball." And he turned instantly towards the
  • island.
  • Midway over, Hugh Ferryman was swimming with his upturned boat, while
  • John-a-Fenne, furious at the ill-fortune of his shot, bawled to him to
  • hurry.
  • "Come, Jack," said Shelton, "run for it! Ere Hugh can hale his barge
  • across, or the pair of 'em can get it righted, we may be out of cry."
  • And adding example to his words, he began to run, dodging among the
  • willows, and in marshy places leaping from tussock to tussock. He had no
  • time to look for his direction; all he could do was to turn his back
  • upon the river, and put all his heart to running.
  • Presently, however, the ground began to rise, which showed him he was
  • still in the right way, and soon after they came forth upon a slope of
  • solid turf, where elms began to mingle with the willows.
  • But here Matcham, who had been dragging far into the rear, threw himself
  • fairly down.
  • "Leave me, Dick!" he cried, pantingly; "I can no more."
  • Dick turned, and came back to where his companion lay.
  • "Nay, Jack, leave thee!" he cried. "That were a knave's trick, to be
  • sure, when ye risked a shot and a ducking, ay, and a drowning too, to
  • save my life. Drowning, in sooth; for why I did not pull you in along
  • with me, the saints alone can tell!"
  • "Nay," said Matcham, "I would 'a' saved us both, good Dick, for I can
  • swim."
  • "Can ye so?" cried Dick, with open eyes. It was the one manly
  • accomplishment of which he was himself incapable. In the order of the
  • things that he admired, next to having killed a man in single fight came
  • swimming. "Well," he said, "here is a lesson to despise no man. I
  • promised to care for you as far as Holywood, and, by the rood, Jack,
  • y'are more capable to care for me."
  • "Well, Dick, we're friends now," said Matcham.
  • "Nay, I never was unfriends," answered Dick. "Y'are a brave lad in your
  • way, albeit something of a milksop, too. I never met your like before
  • this day. But, prithee, fetch back your breath, and let us on. Here is
  • no place for chatter."
  • "My foot hurts shrewdly," said Matcham.
  • "Nay, I had forgot your foot," returned Dick. "Well, we must go the
  • gentlier. I would I knew rightly where we were. I have clean lost the
  • path; yet that may be for the better, too. An they watch the ferry, they
  • watch the path, belike, as well. I would Sir Daniel were back with
  • two-score men; he would sweep me these rascals as the wind sweeps
  • leaves. Come, Jack, lean ye on my shoulder, ye poor shrew. Nay, y'are
  • not tall enough. What age are ye, for a wager?--twelve?"
  • "Nay, I am sixteen," said Matcham.
  • "Y'are poorly grown to height, then," answered Dick. "But take my hand.
  • We shall go softly, never fear. I owe you a life; I am a good repayer,
  • Jack, of good or evil."
  • They began to go forward up the slope.
  • "We must hit the road, early or late," continued Dick; "and then for a
  • fresh start. By the mass! but y' 'ave a rickety hand, Jack. If I had a
  • hand like that, I would think shame. I tell you," he went on, with a
  • sudden chuckle, "I swear by the mass I believe Hugh Ferryman took you
  • for a maid."
  • "Nay, never!" cried the other, colouring high.
  • "A' did, though, for a wager!" Dick exclaimed. "Small blame to him. Ye
  • look liker maid than man; and I tell you more--y'are a strange-looking
  • rogue for a boy; but for a hussy, Jack, ye would be right fair--ye
  • would. Ye would be well favoured for a wench."
  • "Well," said Matcham, "ye know right well that I am none."
  • "Nay, I know that; I do but jest," said Dick. "Ye'll be a man before
  • your mother, Jack. What cheer, my bully! Ye shall strike shrewd strokes.
  • Now, which, I marvel, of you or me, shall be first knighted, Jack? for
  • knighted I shall be, or die for't. 'Sir Richard Shelton, Knight': it
  • soundeth bravely. But 'Sir John Matcham' soundeth not amiss."
  • "Prithee, Dick, stop till I drink," said the other, pausing where a
  • little clear spring welled out of the slope into a gravelled basin no
  • bigger than a pocket. "And O, Dick, if I might come by anything to
  • eat!--my very heart aches with hunger."
  • "Why, fool, did ye not eat at Kettley?" asked Dick.
  • "I had made a vow--it was a sin I had been led into," stammered Matcham;
  • "but now, if it were but dry bread, I would eat it greedily."
  • "Sit ye, then, and eat," said Dick, "while that I scout a little forward
  • for the road." And he took a wallet from his girdle, wherein were bread
  • and pieces of dry bacon, and, while Matcham fell heartily to, struck
  • farther forth among the trees.
  • A little beyond there was a dip in the ground, where a streamlet soaked
  • among dead leaves; and beyond that, again, the trees were better grown
  • and stood wider, and oak and beech began to take the place of willow and
  • elm. The continued tossing and pouring of the wind among the leaves
  • sufficiently concealed the sounds of his footsteps on the mast; it was
  • for the ear what a moonless night is to the eye; but for all that Dick
  • went cautiously, slipping from one big trunk to another, and looking
  • sharply about him as he went. Suddenly a doe passed like a shadow
  • through the underwood in front of him, and he paused, disgusted at the
  • chance. This part of the wood had been certainly deserted, but now that
  • the poor deer had run, she was like a messenger he should have sent
  • before him to announce his coming; and instead of pushing farther, he
  • turned him to the nearest well-grown tree, and rapidly began to climb.
  • Luck had served him well. The oak on which he had mounted was one of the
  • tallest in that quarter of the wood, and easily out-topped its
  • neighbours by a fathom and a half; and when Dick had clambered into the
  • topmost fork and clung there, swinging dizzily in the great wind, he saw
  • behind him the whole fenny plain as far as Kettley, and the Till
  • wandering among woody islets, and in front of him, the white line of
  • highroad winding through the forest. The boat had been righted--it was
  • even now midway on the ferry. Beyond that there was no sign of man, nor
  • aught moving but the wind. He was about to descend, when, taking a last
  • view, his eye lit upon a string of moving points about the middle of the
  • fen. Plainly a small troop was threading the causeway, and that at a
  • good pace; and this gave him some concern as he shinned vigorously down
  • the trunk and returned across the wood for his companion.
  • CHAPTER IV
  • A GREENWOOD COMPANY
  • Matcham was well rested and revived; and the two lads, winged by what
  • Dick had seen, hurried through the remainder of the outwood, crossed the
  • road in safety, and began to mount into the high ground of Tunstall
  • Forest. The trees grew more and more in groves, with healthy places in
  • between, sandy, gorsy, and dotted with old yews. The ground became more
  • and more uneven, full of pits and hillocks. And with every step of the
  • ascent the wind still blew the shriller, and the trees bent before the
  • gusts like fishing-rods.
  • They had just entered one of the clearings, when Dick suddenly clapped
  • down upon his face among the brambles, and began to crawl slowly
  • backward towards the shelter of the grove. Matcham, in great
  • bewilderment, for he could see no reason for this flight, still imitated
  • his companion's course; and it was not until they had gained the harbour
  • of a thicket that he turned and begged him to explain.
  • For all reply, Dick pointed with his finger.
  • At the far end of the clearing, a fir grew high above the neighbouring
  • wood, and planted its black shock of foliage clear against the sky. For
  • about fifty feet above the ground the trunk grew straight and solid like
  • a column. At that level, it split into two massive boughs; and in the
  • fork, like a mastheaded seaman, there stood a man in a green tabard,
  • spying far and wide. The sun glistened upon his hair; with one hand he
  • shaded his eyes to look abroad, and he kept slowly rolling his head from
  • side to side, with the regularity of a machine.
  • The lads exchanged glances.
  • "Let us try to the left," said Dick. "We had near fallen foully, Jack."
  • Ten minutes afterwards they struck into a beaten path.
  • "Here is a piece of forest that I know not," Dick remarked. "Where goeth
  • me this track?"
  • "Let us even try," said Matcham.
  • A few yards farther, the path came to the top of a ridge and began to go
  • down abruptly into a cup-shaped hollow. At the foot, out of a thick wood
  • of flowering hawthorn, two or three roofless gables, blackened as if by
  • fire, and a single tall chimney marked the ruins of a house.
  • "What may this be?" whispered Matcham.
  • "Nay, by the mass, I know not," answered Dick. "I am all at sea. Let us
  • go warily."
  • With beating hearts, they descended through the hawthorns. Here and
  • there, they passed signs of recent cultivation; fruit trees and pot
  • herbs ran wild among the thicket; a sun-dial had fallen in the grass; it
  • seemed they were treading what once had been a garden. Yet a little
  • farther and they came forth before the ruins of the house.
  • It had been a pleasant mansion and a strong. A dry ditch was dug deep
  • about it; but it was now choked with masonry, and bridged by a fallen
  • rafter. The two farther walls still stood, the sun shining through their
  • empty windows; but the remainder of the building had collapsed, and now
  • lay in a great cairn of ruin, grimed with fire. Already in the interior
  • a few plants were springing green among the chinks.
  • "Now I bethink me," whispered Dick, "this must be Grimstone. It was a
  • hold of one Simon Malmesbury; Sir Daniel was his bane! 'Twas Bennet
  • Hatch that burned it, now five years agone. In sooth, 'twas pity, for it
  • was a fair house."
  • Down in the hollow, where no wind blew, it was both warm and still; and
  • Matcham, laying one hand upon Dick's arm, held up a warning finger.
  • "Hist!" he said.
  • Then came a strange sound, breaking on the quiet. It was twice repeated
  • ere they recognised its nature. It was the sound of a big man clearing
  • his throat; and just then a hoarse, untuneful voice broke into singing.
  • "Then up and spake the master, the king of the outlaws:
  • 'What make ye here, my merry men, among the greenwood shaws?'
  • And Gamelyn made answer--he looked never adown:
  • 'O, they must need to walk in wood that may not walk in town!'"
  • The singer paused, a faint clink of iron followed, and then silence.
  • [Illustration: _In the fork, like a mastheaded seaman, there stood a man
  • in a green tabard, spying far and wide_]
  • The two lads stood looking at each other. Whoever he might be, their
  • invisible neighbour was just beyond the ruin. And suddenly the colour
  • came into Matcham's face, and next moment he had crossed the fallen
  • rafter, and was climbing cautiously on the huge pile of lumber that
  • filled the interior of the roofless house. Dick would have withheld him,
  • had he been in time; as it was, he was fain to follow.
  • Right in the corner of the ruin, two rafters had fallen crosswise, and
  • protected a clear space no larger than a pew in church. Into this the
  • lads silently lowered themselves. There they were perfectly concealed,
  • and through an arrow-loophole commanded a view upon the farther side.
  • Peering through this, they were struck stiff with terror at their
  • predicament. To retreat was impossible; they scarce dared to breathe.
  • Upon the very margin of the ditch, not thirty feet from where they
  • crouched, an iron caldron bubbled and steamed above a glowing fire; and
  • close by, in an attitude of listening, as though he had caught some
  • sound of their clambering among the ruins, a tall, red-faced,
  • battered-looking man stood poised, an iron spoon in his right hand, a
  • horn and a formidable dagger at his belt. Plainly this was the singer;
  • plainly he had been stirring the caldron, when some incautious step
  • among the lumber had fallen upon his ear. A little farther off, another
  • man lay slumbering, rolled in a brown cloak, with a butterfly hovering
  • above his face. All this was in a clearing white with daisies; and at
  • the extreme verge, a bow, a sheaf of arrows, and part of a deer's
  • carcase hung upon a flowering hawthorn.
  • Presently the fellow relaxed from his attitude of attention, raised the
  • spoon to his mouth, tasted its contents, nodded, and then fell again to
  • stirring and singing.
  • "'O, they must need to walk in wood that may not walk in town,'" he
  • croaked, taking up his song where he had left it.
  • "O, sir, we walk not here at all an evil thing to do.
  • But if we meet with the good king's deer to shoot a shaft into."
  • Still as he sang, he took from time to time another spoonful of the
  • broth, blew upon it, and tasted it, with all the airs of an experienced
  • cook. At length, apparently, he judged the mess was ready; for taking
  • the horn from his girdle, he blew three modulated calls.
  • The other fellow awoke, rolled over, brushed away the butterfly, and
  • looked about him.
  • "How now, brother?" he said. "Dinner?"
  • "Ay, sot," replied the cook, "dinner it is, and a dry dinner, too, with
  • neither ale nor bread. But there is little pleasure in the greenwood
  • now; time was when a good fellow could live here like a mitred abbot,
  • set aside the rain and the white frosts; he had his heart's desire both
  • of ale and wine. But now are men's spirits dead; and this John
  • Amend-All, save us and guard us! but a stuffed booby to scare crows
  • withal."
  • "Nay," returned the other, "y'are too set on meat and drinking, Lawless.
  • Bide ye a bit; the good time cometh."
  • "Look ye," returned the cook, "I have even waited for this good time
  • sith that I was so high. I have been a Grey Friar; I have been a king's
  • archer; I have been a shipman, and sailed the salt seas; and I have been
  • in greenwood before this, forsooth! and shot the king's deer. What
  • cometh of it? Naught! I were better to have bided in the cloister. John
  • Abbot availeth more than John Amend-All. By 'r Lady! here they come."
  • One after another, tall, likely fellows began to stroll into the lawn.
  • Each as he came produced a knife and a horn cup, helped himself from the
  • caldron, and sat down upon the grass to eat. They were very variously
  • equipped and armed; some in rusty smocks, and with nothing but a knife
  • and an old bow; others in the height of forest gallantry, all in Lincoln
  • green, both hood and jerkin, with dainty peacock arrows in their belts,
  • a horn upon a baldrick, and a sword and dagger at their sides. They came
  • in the silence of hunger, and scarce growled a salutation, but fell
  • instantly to meat.
  • There were, perhaps, a score of them already gathered, when a sound of
  • suppressed cheering arose close by among the hawthorns, and immediately
  • after five or six woodmen carrying a stretcher debouched upon the lawn.
  • A tall, lusty fellow, somewhat grizzled, and as brown as a smoked ham,
  • walked before them with an air of some authority, his bow at his back, a
  • bright boar-spear in his hand.
  • "Lads!" he cried, "good fellows all, and my right merry friends, y' have
  • sung this while on a dry whistle and lived at little ease. But what said
  • I ever? Abide Fortune constantly; she turneth, turneth swift. And lo!
  • here is her little firstling--even that good creature, ale!"
  • There was a murmur of applause as the bearers set down the stretcher and
  • displayed a goodly cask.
  • "And now haste ye, boys," the man continued. "There is work toward. A
  • handful of archers are but now come to the ferry; murrey and blue is
  • their wear; they are our butts--they shall all taste arrows--no man of
  • them shall struggle through this wood. For, lads, we are here some fifty
  • strong, each man of us most foully wronged; for some they have lost
  • lands, and some friends; and some they have been outlawed--all
  • oppressed! Who, then, hath done this evil? Sir Daniel, by the rood!
  • Shall he then profit? shall he sit snug in our houses? shall he till our
  • fields? shall he suck the bone he robbed us of? I trow not. He getteth
  • him strength at law; he gaineth cases; nay, there is one case he shall
  • not gain--I have a writ here at my belt that, please the saints, shall
  • conquer him."
  • Lawless the cook was by this time already at his second horn of ale. He
  • raised it, as if to pledge the speaker.
  • "Master Ellis," he said, "y'are for vengeance--well it becometh
  • you!--but your poor brother o' the greenwood, that had never lands to
  • lose nor friends to think upon, looketh rather, for his poor part, to
  • the profit of the thing. He had liever a gold noble and a pottle of
  • canary wine than all the vengeances in purgatory."
  • "Lawless," replied the other, "to reach the Moat House, Sir Daniel must
  • pass the forest. We shall make that passage dearer, pardy, than any
  • battle. Then, when he hath got to earth with such ragged handful as
  • escapeth us--all his great friends fallen and fled away, and none to
  • give him aid--we shall beleaguer that old fox about, and great shall be
  • the fall of him. 'Tis a fat buck; he will make a dinner for us all."
  • "Ay," returned Lawless, "I have eaten many of these dinners beforehand;
  • but the cooking of them is hot work, good Master Ellis. And meanwhile
  • what do we? We make black arrows, we write rhymes, and we drink fair
  • cold water, that discomfortable drink."
  • "Y'are untrue, Will Lawless. Ye still smell of the Grey Friars' buttery;
  • greed is your undoing," answered Ellis. "We took twenty pounds from
  • Appleyard. We took seven marks from the messenger last night. A day ago
  • we had fifty from the merchant."
  • "And to-day," said one of the men, "I stopped a fat pardoner riding
  • apace for Holywood. Here is his purse."
  • Ellis counted the contents.
  • "Five-score shillings!" he grumbled. "Fool, he had more in his sandal,
  • or stitched into his tippet. Y'are but a child, Tom Cuckow; ye have lost
  • the fish."
  • But, for all that, Ellis pocketed the purse with nonchalance. He stood
  • leaning on his boar-spear, and looked round upon the rest. They, in
  • various attitudes, took greedily of the venison pottage, and liberally
  • washed it down with ale. This was a good day; they were in luck; but
  • business pressed, and they were speedy in their eating. The first-comers
  • had by this time even despatched their dinner. Some lay down upon the
  • grass and fell instantly asleep, like boa-constrictors; others talked
  • together, or overhauled their weapons; and one, whose humour was
  • particularly gay, holding forth an ale-horn, began to sing:
  • "Here is no law in good green shaw,
  • Here is no lack of meat;
  • 'Tis merry and quiet, with deer for our diet,
  • In summer, when all is sweet.
  • "Come winter again, with wind and rain--
  • Come winter, with snow and sleet,
  • Get home to your places, with hoods on your faces,
  • And sit by the fire and eat."
  • All this while the two lads had listened and lain close; only Richard
  • had unslung his cross-bow, and held ready in one hand the windac, or
  • grappling-iron that he used to bend it. Otherwise they had not dared to
  • stir; and this scene of forest life had gone on before their eyes like a
  • scene upon a theatre. But now there came a strange interruption. The
  • tall chimney which overtopped the remainder of the ruins rose right
  • above their hiding-place. There came a whistle in the air, and then a
  • sounding smack, and the fragments of a broken arrow fell about their
  • ears. Some one from the upper quarters of the wood, perhaps the very
  • sentinel they saw posted in the fir, had shot an arrow at the
  • chimney-top.
  • Matcham could not restrain a little cry, which he instantly stifled, and
  • even Dick started with surprise, and dropped the windac from his
  • fingers. But to the fellows on the lawn, this shaft was an expected
  • signal. They were all afoot together, tightening their belts, testing
  • their bow-strings, loosening sword and dagger in the sheath. Ellis held
  • up his hand; his face had suddenly assumed a look of savage energy; the
  • white of his eyes shone in his sun-brown face.
  • "Lads," he said, "ye know your places. Let not one man's soul escape
  • you. Appleyard was a whet before a meal; but now we go to table. I have
  • three men whom I will bitterly avenge--Harry Shelton, Simon Malmesbury,
  • and"--striking his broad bosom--"and Ellis Duckworth, by the mass!"
  • Another man came, red with hurry, through the thorns.
  • "'Tis not Sir Daniel!" he panted. "They are but seven. Is the arrow
  • gone?"
  • "It struck but now," replied Ellis.
  • "A murrain!" cried the messenger. "Methought I heard it whistle. And I
  • go dinnerless!"
  • In the space of a minute, some running, some walking sharply, according
  • as their stations were nearer or farther away, the men of the Black
  • Arrow had all disappeared from the neighbourhood of the ruined house;
  • and the caldron, and the fire, which was now burning low, and the dead
  • deer's carcase on the hawthorn, remained alone to testify they had been
  • there.
  • CHAPTER V
  • "BLOODY AS THE HUNTER"
  • The lads lay quiet till the last footstep had melted on the wind. Then
  • they arose, and with many an ache, for they were weary with constraint,
  • clambered through the ruins, and recrossed the ditch upon the rafter.
  • Matcham had picked up the windac and went first, Dick following stiffly,
  • with his cross-bow on his arm.
  • "And now," said Matcham, "forth to Holywood."
  • "To Holywood!" cried Dick, "when good fellows stand shot? Not I! I would
  • see you hanged first, Jack!"
  • "Ye would leave me, would ye?" Matcham asked.
  • "Ay, by my sooth!" returned Dick. "An I be not in time to warn these
  • lads, I will go die with them. What! would ye have me leave my own men
  • that I have lived among? I trow not! Give me my windac."
  • But there was nothing further from Matcham's mind.
  • "Dick," he said, "ye sware before the saints that ye would see me safe
  • to Holywood. Would ye be forsworn? Would you desert me--a perjurer?"
  • "Nay, I sware for the best," returned Dick. "I meant it too; but now!
  • But look ye, Jack, turn again with me. Let me but warn these men, and,
  • if needs must, stand shot with them; then shall all be clear, and I will
  • on again to Holywood and purge mine oath."
  • "Ye but deride me," answered Matcham. "These men ye go to succour are
  • the same that hunt me to my ruin."
  • Dick scratched his head.
  • "I cannot help it, Jack," he said. "Here is no remedy. What would ye? Ye
  • run no great peril, man; and these are in the way of death. Death!" he
  • added. "Think of it! What a murrain do ye keep me here for? Give me the
  • windac. St. George! shall they all die?"
  • "Richard Shelton," said Matcham, looking him squarely in the face,
  • "would ye, then, join party with Sir Daniel? Have ye not ears? Heard ye
  • not this Ellis, what he said? or have ye no heart for your own kindly
  • blood and the father that men slew? 'Harry Shelton,' he said; and Sir
  • Harry Shelton was your father, as the sun shines in heaven."
  • "What would ye?" Dick cried again. "Would ye have me credit thieves?"
  • "Nay, I have heard it before now," returned Matcham. "The fame goeth
  • currently, it was Sir Daniel slew him. He slew him under oath; in his
  • own house he shed the innocent blood. Heaven wearies for the avenging
  • on't; and you--the man's son--ye go about to comfort and defend the
  • murderer!"
  • "Jack," cried the lad, "I know not. It may be; what know I? But, see
  • here: This man hath bred me up and fostered me, and his men I have
  • hunted with and played among; and to leave them in the hour of peril--O,
  • man, if I did that, I were stark dead to honour! Nay, Jack, ye would not
  • ask it; ye would not wish me to be base."
  • "But your father, Dick?" said Matcham, somewhat wavering. "Your father?
  • and your oath to me? Ye took the saints to witness."
  • "My father?" cried Shelton. "Nay, he would have me go! If Sir Daniel
  • slew him, when the hour comes this hand shall slay Sir Daniel; but
  • neither him nor his will I desert in peril. And for mine oath, good
  • Jack, ye shall absolve me of it here. For the lives' sake of many men
  • that hurt you not, and for mine honour, ye shall set me free."
  • "I, Dick? Never!" returned Matcham. "An ye leave me, y'are forsworn, and
  • so I shall declare it."
  • "My blood heats," said Dick. "Give me the windac! Give it me!"
  • "I'll not," said Matcham. "I'll save you in your teeth."
  • "Not?" cried Dick. "I'll make you!"
  • "Try it," said the other.
  • They stood, looking in each other's eyes, each ready for a spring. Then
  • Dick leaped; and though Matcham turned instantly and fled, in two bounds
  • he was overtaken, the windac was twisted from his grasp, he was thrown
  • roughly to the ground, and Dick stood across him, flushed and menacing,
  • with doubled fist. Matcham lay where he had fallen, with his face in the
  • grass, not thinking of resistance.
  • Dick bent his bow.
  • "I'll teach you!" he cried, fiercely. "Oath or no oath, ye may go hang
  • for me!"
  • And he turned and began to run. Matcham was on his feet at once, and
  • began running after him.
  • "What d'ye want?" cried Dick, stopping. "What make ye after me? Stand
  • off!"
  • "I will follow an I please," said Matcham. "This wood is free to me."
  • "Stand back, by 'r Lady!" returned Dick, raising his bow.
  • "Ah, y'are a brave boy!" retorted Matcham. "Shoot!"
  • Dick lowered his weapon in some confusion.
  • "See here," he said. "Y' have done me ill enough. Go, then. Go your way
  • in fair wise; or, whether I will or not, I must even drive you to it."
  • "Well," said Matcham, doggedly, "y'are the stronger. Do your worst. I
  • shall not leave to follow thee, Dick, unless thou makest me," he added.
  • Dick was almost beside himself. It went against his heart to beat a
  • creature so defenceless; and, for the life of him, he knew no other way
  • to rid himself of this unwelcome and, as he began to think, perhaps
  • untrue companion.
  • "Y'are mad, I think," he cried. "Fool-fellow, I am hasting to your foes;
  • as fast as foot can carry me, go I thither."
  • "I care not, Dick," replied the lad. "If y'are bound to die, Dick, I'll
  • die too. I would liever go with you to prison than to go free without
  • you."
  • "Well," returned the other, "I may stand no longer prating. Follow me,
  • if ye must; but if ye play me false, it shall but little advance you,
  • mark ye that. Shalt have a quarrel in thine inwards, boy."
  • So saying, Dick took once more to his heels, keeping in the margin of
  • the thicket and looking briskly about him as he went. At a good pace he
  • rattled out of the dell, and came again into the more open quarters of
  • the wood. To the left a little eminence appeared, spotted with golden
  • gorse, and crowned with a black tuft of firs.
  • "I shall see from there," he thought, and struck for it across a heathy
  • clearing.
  • He had gone but a few yards, when Matcham touched him on the arm, and
  • pointed. To the eastward of the summit there was a dip, and, as it were,
  • a valley passing to the other side; the heath was not yet out; all the
  • ground was rusty, like an unscoured buckler, and dotted sparingly with
  • yews; and there, one following another, Dick saw half a score green
  • jerkins mounting the ascent, and marching at their head, conspicuous by
  • his boar-spear, Ellis Duckworth in person. One after another gained the
  • top, showed for a moment against the sky, and then dipped upon the
  • farther side, until the last was gone.
  • Dick looked at Matcham with a kindlier eye.
  • "So y'are to be true to me, Jack?" he asked. "I thought ye were of the
  • other party."
  • Matcham began to sob.
  • "What cheer!" cried Dick. "Now the saints behold us! would ye snivel for
  • a word?"
  • "Ye hurt me," sobbed Matcham. "Ye hurt me when ye threw me down. Y'are a
  • coward to abuse your strength."
  • "Nay, that is fool's talk," said Dick, roughly. "Y' had no title to my
  • windac, Master John. I would 'a' done right to have well basted you. If
  • ye go with me, ye must obey me; and so, come."
  • Matcham had half a thought to stay behind; but, seeing that Dick
  • continued to scour full-tilt towards the eminence and not so much as
  • looked across his shoulder, he soon thought better of that, and began to
  • run in turn. But the ground was very difficult and steep; Dick had
  • already a long start, and had, at any rate, the lighter heels, and he
  • had long since come to the summit, crawled forward through the firs, and
  • ensconced himself in a thick tuft of gorse, before Matcham, panting like
  • a deer, rejoined him, and lay down in silence by his side.
  • Below, in the bottom of a considerable valley, the short cut from
  • Tunstall hamlet wound downwards to the ferry. It was well beaten, and
  • the eye followed it easily from point to point. Here it was bordered by
  • open glades; there the forest closed upon it; every hundred yards it ran
  • beside an ambush. Far down the path, the sun shone on seven steel
  • salets, and from time to time, as the trees opened, Selden and his men
  • could be seen riding briskly, still bent upon Sir Daniel's mission. The
  • wind had somewhat fallen, but still tussled merrily with the trees, and,
  • perhaps, had Appleyard been there, he would have drawn a warning from
  • the troubled conduct of the birds.
  • "Now, mark," Dick whispered. "They be already well advanced into the
  • wood; their safety lieth rather in continuing forward. But see ye where
  • this wide glade runneth down before us, and in the midst of it, these
  • two-score trees make like an island? There were their safety. An they
  • but come sound as far as that, I will make shift to warn them. But my
  • heart misgiveth me; they are but seven against so many, and they but
  • carry cross-bows. The long-bow, Jack, will have the uppermost ever."
  • Meanwhile, Selden and his men still wound up the path, ignorant of their
  • danger, and momently drew nearer hand. Once, indeed, they paused, drew
  • into a group, and seemed to point and listen. But it was something from
  • far away across the plain that had arrested their attention--a hollow
  • growl of cannon that came, from time to time, upon the wind, and told of
  • the great battle. It was worth a thought, to be sure; for if the voice
  • of the big guns were thus become audible in Tunstall Forest, the fight
  • must have rolled ever eastward, and the day, by consequence, gone sore
  • against Sir Daniel and the lords of the dark rose.
  • But presently the little troop began again to move forward, and came
  • next to a very open, heathy portion of the way, where but a single
  • tongue of forest ran down to join the road. They were but just abreast
  • of this, when an arrow shone flying. One of the men threw up his arms,
  • his horse reared, and both fell and struggled together in a mass. Even
  • from where the boys lay they could hear the rumour of the men's voices
  • crying out; they could see the startled horses prancing, and, presently,
  • as the troop began to recover from their first surprise, one fellow
  • beginning to dismount. A second arrow from somewhat farther off glanced
  • in a wide arch; a second rider bit the dust. The man who was dismounting
  • lost hold upon the rein, and his horse fled galloping, and dragged him
  • by the foot along the road, bumping from stone to stone, and battered by
  • the fleeing hoofs. The four who still kept the saddle instantly broke
  • and scattered; one wheeled and rode, shrieking, towards the ferry; the
  • other three, with loose rein and flying raiment, came galloping up the
  • road from Tunstall. From every clump they passed an arrow sped. Soon a
  • horse fell, but the rider found his feet and continued to pursue his
  • comrades till a second shot despatched him. Another man fell; then
  • another horse; out of the whole troop there was but one fellow left, and
  • he on foot; only, in different directions, the noise of the galloping of
  • three riderless horses was dying fast into the distance.
  • All this time not one of the assailants had for a moment shown himself.
  • Here and there along the path, horse or man rolled, undespatched, in his
  • agony; but no merciful enemy broke cover to put them from their pain.
  • The solitary survivor stood bewildered in the road beside his fallen
  • charger. He had come the length of that broad glade, with the island of
  • timber, pointed out by Dick. He was not, perhaps, five hundred yards
  • from where the boys lay hidden; and they could see him plainly, looking
  • to and fro in deadly expectation. But nothing came; and the man began to
  • pluck up his courage, and suddenly unslung and bent his bow. At the same
  • time, by something in his action, Dick recognised Selden.
  • At this offer of resistance, from all about him in the covert of the
  • woods there went up the sound of laughter. A score of men, at least, for
  • this was the very thickest of the ambush, joined in this cruel and
  • untimely mirth. Then an arrow glanced over Selden's shoulder; and he
  • leaped and ran a little back. Another dart struck quivering at his heel.
  • He made for the cover. A third shaft leaped out right in his face, and
  • fell short in front of him. And then the laughter was repeated loudly,
  • rising and re-echoing from different thickets.
  • It was plain that his assailants were but baiting him, as men, in those
  • days, baited the poor bull, or as the cat still trifles with the mouse.
  • The skirmish was well over; farther down the road, a fellow in green was
  • already calmly gathering the arrows; and now, in the evil pleasure of
  • their hearts, they gave themselves the spectacle of their poor
  • fellow-sinner in his torture.
  • Selden began to understand; he uttered a roar of anger, shouldered his
  • cross-bow, and sent a quarrel at a venture into the wood. Chance
  • favoured him, for a slight cry responded. Then, throwing down his
  • weapon, Selden began to run before him up the glade, and almost in a
  • straight line for Dick and Matcham.
  • The companions of the Black Arrow now began to shoot in earnest. But
  • they were properly served; their chance had past; most of them had now
  • to shoot against the sun; and Selden, as he ran, bounded from side to
  • side to baffle and deceive their aim. Best of all, by turning up the
  • glade he had defeated their preparations; there were no marksmen posted
  • higher up than the one whom he had just killed or wounded; and the
  • confusion of the foresters' counsels soon became apparent. A whistle
  • sounded thrice, and then again twice. It was repeated from another
  • quarter. The woods on either side became full of the sound of people
  • bursting through the underwood; and a bewildered deer ran out into the
  • open, stood for a second on three feet, with nose in air, and then
  • plunged again into the thicket.
  • Selden still ran, bounding; ever and again an arrow followed him, but
  • still would miss. It began to appear as if he might escape. Dick had his
  • bow armed, ready to support him; even Matcham, forgetful of his
  • interest, took sides at heart for the poor fugitive; and both lads
  • glowed and trembled in the ardour of their hearts.
  • He was within fifty yards of them, when an arrow struck him and he fell.
  • He was up again, indeed, upon the instant; but now he ran staggering,
  • and, like a blind man, turned aside from his direction.
  • Dick leaped to his feet and waved to him.
  • "Here!" he cried. "This way! here is help! Nay, run, fellow--run!"
  • But just then a second arrow struck Selden in the shoulder, between the
  • plates of his brigandine, and, piercing through his jack, brought him,
  • like a stone, to earth.
  • "O, the poor heart!" cried Matcham, with clasped hands.
  • And Dick stood petrified upon the hill, a mark for archery.
  • Ten to one he had speedily been shot--for the foresters were furious
  • with themselves, and taken unawares by Dick's appearance in the rear of
  • their position--but instantly, out of a quarter of the wood surprisingly
  • near to the two lads, a stentorian voice arose, the voice of Ellis
  • Duckworth.
  • "Hold!" it roared. "Shoot not! Take him alive! It is young
  • Shelton--Harry's son."
  • And immediately after a shrill whistle sounded several times, and was
  • again taken up and repeated farther off. The whistle, it appeared, was
  • John Amend-All's battle trumpet, by which he published his directions.
  • "Ah, foul fortune!" cried Dick. "We are undone. Swiftly, Jack, come
  • swiftly!"
  • And the pair turned and ran back through the open pine clump that
  • covered the summit of the hill.
  • CHAPTER VI
  • TO THE DAY'S END
  • It was, indeed, high time for them to run. On every side the company of
  • the Black Arrow was making for the hill. Some, being better runners, or
  • having open ground to run upon, had far outstripped the others, and were
  • already close upon the goal; some, following valleys, had spread out to
  • right and left, and outflanked the lads on either side.
  • Dick plunged into the nearest cover. It was a tall grove of oaks, firm
  • underfoot and clear of underbrush, and as it lay down-hill, they made
  • good speed. There followed next a piece of open, which Dick avoided,
  • holding to his left. Two minutes after, and the same obstacle arising,
  • the lads followed the same course. Thus it followed that, while the
  • lads, bending continually to the left, drew nearer and nearer to the
  • highroad and the river which they had crossed an hour or two before, the
  • great bulk of their pursuers were leaning to the other hand, and running
  • towards Tunstall.
  • The lads paused to breathe. There was no sound of pursuit. Dick put his
  • ear to the ground, and still there was nothing; but the wind, to be
  • sure, still made a turmoil in the trees, and it was hard to make
  • certain.
  • "On again," said Dick; and, tired as they were, and Matcham limping
  • with his injured foot, they pulled themselves together, and once more
  • pelted down the hill.
  • Three minutes later, they were breasting through a low thicket of
  • evergreen. High overhead, the tall trees made a continuous roof of
  • foliage. It was a pillared grove, as high as a cathedral, and except for
  • the hollies among which the lads were struggling, open and smoothly
  • swarded.
  • On the other side, pushing through the last fringe of evergreen, they
  • blundered forth again into the open twilight of the grove.
  • "Stand!" cried a voice.
  • And there, between the huge stems, not fifty feet before them, they
  • beheld a stout fellow in green, sore blown with running, who instantly
  • drew an arrow to the head and covered them. Matcham stopped with a cry;
  • but Dick, without a pause, ran straight upon the forester, drawing his
  • dagger as he went. The other, whether he was startled by the daring of
  • the onslaught, or whether he was hampered by his orders, did not shoot;
  • he stood wavering; and before he had time to come to himself, Dick
  • bounded at his throat, and sent him sprawling backward on the turf. The
  • arrow went one way and the bow another with a sounding twang. The
  • disarmed forester grappled his assailant; but the dagger shone and
  • descended twice. Then came a couple of groans, and then Dick rose to his
  • feet again, and the man lay motionless, stabbed to the heart.
  • "On!" said Dick; and he once more pelted forward, Matcham trailing in
  • the rear. To say truth, they made but poor speed of it by now, labouring
  • dismally as they ran, and catching for their breath like fish. Matcham
  • had a cruel stitch, and his head swam; and as for Dick, his knees were
  • like lead. But they kept up the form of running with undiminished
  • courage.
  • Presently they came to the end of the grove. It stopped abruptly; and
  • there, a few yards before them, was the highroad from Risingham to
  • Shoreby, lying, at this point, between two even walls of forest.
  • At the sight Dick paused; and as soon as he stopped running, he became
  • aware of a confused noise, which rapidly grew louder. It was at first
  • like the rush of a very high gust of wind, but soon it became more
  • definite, and resolved itself into the galloping of horses; and then, in
  • a flash, a whole company of men-at-arms came driving round the corner,
  • swept before the lads, and were gone again upon the instant. They rode
  • as for their lives, in complete disorder; some of them were wounded;
  • riderless horses galloped at their side with bloody saddles. They were
  • plainly fugitives from the great battle.
  • The noise of their passage had scarce begun to die away towards Shoreby,
  • before fresh hoofs came echoing in their wake, and another deserter
  • clattered down the road; this time a single rider and, by his splendid
  • armour, a man of high degree. Close after him there followed several
  • baggage-waggons, fleeing at an ungainly canter, the drivers flailing at
  • the horses as if for life. These must have run early in the day; but
  • their cowardice was not to save them. For just before they came abreast
  • of where the lads stood wondering, a man in hacked armour, and seemingly
  • beside himself with fury, overtook the waggons, and with the truncheon
  • of a sword, began to cut the drivers down. Some leaped from their places
  • and plunged into the wood; the others he sabred as they sat, cursing
  • them the while for cowards in a voice that was scarce human.
  • All this time the noise in the distance had continued to increase; the
  • rumble of carts, the clatter of horses, the cries of men, a great,
  • confused rumour, came swelling on the wind; and it was plain that the
  • rout of a whole army was pouring, like an inundation, down the road.
  • Dick stood sombre. He had meant to follow the highway till the turn for
  • Holywood, and now he had to change his plan. But above all, he had
  • recognised the colours of Earl Risingham, and he knew that the battle
  • had gone finally against the rose of Lancaster. Had Sir Daniel joined,
  • and was he now a fugitive and ruined? or had he deserted to the side of
  • York, and was he forfeit to honour? It was an ugly choice.
  • "Come," he said, sternly; and, turning on his heel, he began to walk
  • forward through the grove, with Matcham limping in his rear.
  • For some time they continued to thread the forest in silence. It was now
  • growing late; the sun was setting in the plain beyond Kettley; the
  • tree-tops overhead glowed golden; but the shadows had begun to grow
  • darker and the chill of the night to fall.
  • "If there were anything to eat!" cried Dick, suddenly, pausing as he
  • spoke.
  • Matcham sat down and began to weep.
  • "Ye can weep for your own supper, but when it was to save men's lives,
  • your heart was hard enough," said Dick, contemptuously. "Y' 'ave seven
  • deaths upon your conscience, Master John; I'll ne'er forgive you that."
  • "Conscience!" cried Matcham, looking fiercely up. "Mine! And ye have the
  • man's red blood upon your dagger! And wherefore did ye slay him, the
  • poor soul? He drew his arrow, but he let not fly; he held you in his
  • hand, and spared you! 'Tis as brave to kill a kitten, as a man that not
  • defends himself."
  • Dick was struck dumb.
  • "I slew him fair. I ran me in upon his bow," he cried.
  • "It was a coward blow," returned Matcham. "Y'are but a lout and bully,
  • Master Dick; ye but abuse advantages; let there come a stronger, we will
  • see you truckle at his boot! Ye care not for vengeance, neither--for
  • your father's death that goes unpaid, and his poor ghost that clamoureth
  • for justice. But if there come but a poor creature in your hands that
  • lacketh skill and strength, and would befriend you, down she shall go!"
  • Dick was too furious to observe that "she."
  • "Marry!" he cried, "and here is news! Of any two the one will still be
  • stronger. The better man throweth the worse, and the worse is well
  • served. Ye deserve a belting, Master Matcham, for your ill-guidance and
  • unthankfulness to meward; and what ye deserve ye shall have."
  • And Dick, who, even in his angriest temper, still preserved the
  • appearance of composure, began to unbuckle his belt.
  • "Here shall be your supper," he said, grimly.
  • Matcham had stopped his tears; he was as white as a sheet, but he looked
  • Dick steadily in the face, and never moved. Dick took a step, swinging
  • the belt. Then he paused, embarrassed by the large eyes and the thin,
  • weary face of his companion. His courage began to subside.
  • "Say ye were in the wrong, then," he said, lamely.
  • "Nay," said Matcham, "I was in the right. Come, cruel! I be lame; I be
  • weary; I resist not; I ne'er did thee hurt; come, beat me--coward!"
  • Dick raised the belt at this last provocation; but Matcham winced and
  • drew himself together with so cruel an apprehension, that his heart
  • failed him yet again. The strap fell by his side, and he stood
  • irresolute, feeling like a fool.
  • "A plague upon thee, shrew!" he said. "An ye be so feeble of hand, ye
  • should keep the closer guard upon your tongue. But I'll be hanged before
  • I beat you!" and he put on his belt again. "Beat you I will not," he
  • continued; "but forgive you?--never. I knew ye not; ye were my master's
  • enemy; I lent you my horse; my dinner ye have eaten; y' 'ave called me a
  • man o' wood, a coward, and a bully. Nay, by the mass! the measure is
  • filled, and runneth over. 'Tis a great thing to be weak, I trow: ye can
  • do your worst, yet shall none punish you; ye may steal a man's weapons
  • in the hour of need, yet may the man not take his own again;--y'are
  • weak, forsooth! Nay, then, if one cometh charging at you with a lance,
  • and crieth he is weak, ye must let him pierce your body through! Tut!
  • fool words!"
  • "And yet ye beat me not," returned Matcham.
  • "Let be," said Dick--"let be. I will instruct you. Y' 'ave been
  • ill-nurtured, methinks, and yet ye have the makings of some good, and,
  • beyond all question, saved me from the river. Nay, I had forgotten it; I
  • am as thankless as thyself. But, come, let us on. An we be for Holywood
  • this night, ay, or to-morrow early, we had best set forward speedily."
  • But though Dick had talked himself back into his usual good-humour,
  • Matcham had forgiven him nothing. His violence, the recollection of the
  • forester whom he had slain--above all, the vision of the upraised belt,
  • were things not easily to be forgotten.
  • "I will thank you, for the form's sake," said Matcham. "But, in sooth,
  • good Master Shelton, I had liever find my way alone. Here is a wide
  • wood; prithee, let each choose his path; I owe you a dinner and a
  • lesson. Fare ye well!"
  • "Nay," cried Dick, "if that be your tune, so be it, and a plague be with
  • you!"
  • Each turned aside, and they began walking off severally, with no thought
  • of the direction, intent solely on their quarrel. But Dick had not gone
  • ten paces ere his name was called, and Matcham came running after.
  • "Dick," he said, "it were unmannerly to part so coldly. Here is my hand,
  • and my heart with it. For all that wherein you have so excellently
  • served and helped me--not for the form, but from the heart, I thank you.
  • Fare ye right well."
  • "Well, lad," returned Dick, taking the hand which was offered him, "good
  • speed to you, if speed you may. But I misdoubt it shrewdly. Y'are too
  • disputatious."
  • So then they separated for the second time; and presently it was Dick
  • who was running after Matcham.
  • "Here," he said, "take my cross-bow; shalt not go unarmed."
  • "A cross-bow!" said Matcham. "Nay, boy, I have neither the strength to
  • bend nor yet the skill to aim with it. It were no help to me, good boy.
  • But yet I thank you."
  • The night had now fallen, and under the trees they could no longer read
  • each other's face.
  • "I will go some little way with you," said Dick. "The night is dark. I
  • would fain leave you on a path, at least. My mind misgiveth me, y'are
  • likely to be lost."
  • Without any more words, he began to walk forward, and the other once
  • more followed him. The blackness grew thicker and thicker. Only here and
  • there, in open places, they saw the sky, dotted with small stars. In the
  • distance, the noise of the rout of the Lancastrian army still continued
  • to be faintly audible; but with every step they left it farther in the
  • rear.
  • At the end of half an hour of silent progress they came forth upon a
  • broad patch of heathy open. It glimmered in the light of the stars,
  • shaggy with fern and islanded with clumps of yew. And here they paused
  • and looked upon each other.
  • "Y'are weary?" Dick said.
  • "Nay, I am so weary," answered Matcham, "that methinks I could lie down
  • and die."
  • "I hear the chiding of a river," returned Dick. "Let us go so far forth,
  • for I am sore athirst."
  • The ground sloped down gently; and, sure enough, in the bottom, they
  • found a little murmuring river, running among willows. Here they threw
  • themselves down together by the brink; and putting their mouths to the
  • level of a starry pool, they drank their fill.
  • "Dick," said Matcham, "it may not be. I can no more."
  • "I saw a pit as we came down," said Dick. "Let us lie down therein and
  • sleep."
  • "Nay, but with all my heart!" cried Matcham.
  • The pit was sandy and dry; a shock of brambles hung upon one hedge, and
  • made a partial shelter; and there the two lads lay down, keeping close
  • together for the sake of warmth, their quarrel all forgotten. And soon
  • sleep fell upon them like a cloud, and under the dew and stars they
  • rested peacefully.
  • CHAPTER VII
  • THE HOODED FACE
  • They awoke in the grey of the morning; the birds were not yet in full
  • song, but twittered here and there among the woods; the sun was not yet
  • up, but the eastern sky was barred with solemn colours. Half starved and
  • over-weary as they were, they lay without moving, sunk in a delightful
  • lassitude. And as they thus lay, the clang of a bell fell suddenly upon
  • their ears.
  • "A bell!" said Dick, sitting up. "Can we be, then, so near to Holywood?"
  • A little after, the bell clanged again, but this time somewhat nearer
  • hand; and from that time forth, and still drawing nearer and nearer, it
  • continued to sound brokenly abroad in the silence of the morning.
  • "Nay, what should this betoken?" said Dick, who was now broad awake.
  • "It is some one walking," returned Matcham, "and the bell tolleth ever
  • as he moves."
  • "I see that well," said Dick. "But wherefore? What maketh he in Tunstall
  • Woods? Jack," he added, "laugh at me an ye will, but I like not the
  • hollow sound of it."
  • "Nay," said Matcham, with a shiver, "it hath a doleful note. An the day
  • were not come----"
  • But just then the bell, quickening its pace, began to ring thick and
  • hurried, and then it gave a single hammering jangle, and was silent for
  • a space.
  • "It is as though the bearer had run for a paternoster while, and then
  • leaped the river," Dick observed.
  • "And now beginneth he again to pace soberly forward," added Matcham.
  • "Nay," returned Dick--"nay, not so soberly, Jack. 'Tis a man that
  • walketh you right speedily. 'Tis a man in some fear of his life, or
  • about some hurried business. See ye not how swift the beating draweth
  • near?"
  • "It is now close by," said Matcham.
  • They were now on the edge of the pit; and as the pit itself was on a
  • certain eminence, they commanded a view over the greater proportion of
  • the clearing, up to the thick woods that closed it in.
  • The daylight, which was very clear and grey, showed them a riband of
  • white foot-path wandering among the gorse. It passed some hundred yards
  • from the pit, and ran the whole length of the clearing, east and west.
  • By the line of its course, Dick judged it should lead more or less
  • directly to the Moat House.
  • Upon this path, stepping forth from the margin of the wood, a white
  • figure now appeared. It paused a little, and seemed to look about; and
  • then, at a slow pace, and bent almost double, it began to draw near
  • across the heath. At every step the bell clanked. Face, it had none; a
  • white hood, not even pierced with eye-holes, veiled the head; and as the
  • creature moved, it seemed to feel its way with the tapping of a stick.
  • Fear fell upon the lads, as cold as death.
  • "A leper!" said Dick, hoarsely.
  • "His touch is death," said Matcham. "Let us run."
  • "Not so," returned Dick. "See ye not?--he is stone blind. He guideth him
  • with a staff. Let us lie still; the wind bloweth towards the path, and
  • he will go by and hurt us not. Alas, poor soul, and we should rather
  • pity him!"
  • "I will pity him when he is by," replied Matcham.
  • The blind leper was now about half-way towards them, and just then the
  • sun rose and shone full on his veiled face. He had been a tall man
  • before he was bowed by his disgusting sickness, and even now he walked
  • with a vigorous step. The dismal beating of his bell, the pattering of
  • the stick, the eyeless screen before his countenance, and the knowledge
  • that he was not only doomed to death and suffering, but shut out for
  • ever from the touch of his fellow-men, filled the lads' bosoms with
  • dismay; and at every step that brought him nearer, their courage and
  • strength seemed to desert them.
  • As he came about level with the pit, he paused, and turned his face full
  • upon the lads.
  • "Mary be my shield! He sees us!" said Matcham, faintly.
  • "Hush!" whispered Dick. "He doth but hearken. He is blind, fool!"
  • The leper looked or listened, whichever he was really doing, for some
  • seconds. Then he began to move on again, but presently paused once more,
  • and again turned and seemed to gaze upon the lads. Even Dick became
  • dead-white and closed his eyes, as if by the mere sight he might become
  • infected. But soon the bell sounded, and this time, without any further
  • hesitation, the leper crossed the remainder of the little heath and
  • disappeared into the covert of the woods.
  • "He saw us," said Matcham. "I could swear it!"
  • "Tut!" returned Dick, recovering some sparks of courage. "He but heard
  • us. He was in fear, poor soul! An ye were blind, and walked in a
  • perpetual night, ye would start yourself, if ever a twig rustled or a
  • bird cried 'Peep.'"
  • "Dick, good Dick, he saw us," repeated Matcham. "When a man hearkeneth,
  • he doth not as this man; he doth otherwise, Dick. This was seeing; it
  • was not hearing. He means foully. Hark, else, if his bell be not
  • stopped!"
  • Such was the case. The bell rang no longer.
  • "Nay," said Dick, "I like not that. Nay," he cried again, "I like that
  • little. What may this betoken? Let us go, by the mass!"
  • "He hath gone east," added Matcham. "Good Dick, let us go westward
  • straight; I shall not breathe till I have my back turned upon that
  • leper."
  • "Jack, y'are too cowardly," replied Dick. "We shall go fair for
  • Holywood, or as fair, at least, as I can guide you, and that will be due
  • north."
  • They were afoot at once, passed the stream upon some stepping-stones,
  • and began to mount on the other side, which was steeper, towards the
  • margin of the wood. The ground became very uneven, full of knolls and
  • hollows; trees grew scattered or in clumps; it became difficult to
  • choose a path, and the lads somewhat wandered. They were weary,
  • besides, with yesterday's exertions and the lack of food, and they moved
  • but heavily and dragged their feet among the sand.
  • Presently, coming to the top of a knoll, they were aware of the leper,
  • some hundred feet in front of them, crossing the line of their march by
  • a hollow. His bell was silent, his staff no longer tapped the ground,
  • and he went before him with the swift and assured footsteps of a man who
  • sees. Next moment he had disappeared into a little thicket.
  • The lads, at the first glimpse, had crouched behind a tuft of gorse;
  • there they lay, horror-struck.
  • "Certain, he pursueth us," said Dick--"certain! He held the clapper of
  • his bell in one hand, saw ye? that it should not sound. Now may the
  • saints aid and guide us, for I have no strength to combat pestilence!"
  • "What maketh he?" cried Matcham. "What doth he want? Who ever heard the
  • like, that a leper, out of mere malice, should pursue unfortunates? Hath
  • he not his bell to that very end, that people may avoid him? Dick, there
  • is below this something deeper."
  • "Nay, I care not," moaned Dick; "the strength is gone out of me; my legs
  • are like water. The saints be mine assistance!"
  • "Would ye lie there idle?" cried Matcham. "Let us back into the open. We
  • have the better chance; he cannot steal upon us unawares."
  • "Not I," said Dick. "My time is come, and peradventure he may pass us
  • by."
  • "Bend me, then, your bow!" cried the other. "What! will ye be a man?"
  • Dick crossed himself. "Would ye have me shoot upon a leper?" he cried.
  • "The hand would fail me. Nay, now," he added--"nay, now, let be! With
  • sound men I will fight, but not with ghosts and lepers. Which this is I
  • wot not. One or other, Heaven be our protection!"
  • "Now," said Matcham, "if this be man's courage, what a poor thing is
  • man! But sith ye will do naught, let us lie close."
  • Then came a single, broken jangle on the bell.
  • "He hath missed his hold upon the clapper," whispered Matcham. "Saints!
  • how near he is!"
  • But Dick answered never a word; his teeth were near chattering.
  • Soon they saw a piece of the white robe between some bushes; then the
  • leper's head was thrust forth from behind a trunk, and he seemed
  • narrowly to scan the neighbourhood before he once again withdrew. To
  • their stretched senses, the whole bush appeared alive with rustlings and
  • the creak of twigs; and they heard the beating of each other's heart.
  • Suddenly, with a cry, the leper sprang into the open close by, and ran
  • straight upon the lads. They, shrieking aloud, separated and began to
  • run different ways. But their horrible enemy fastened upon Matcham, ran
  • him swiftly down, and had him almost instantly a prisoner. The lad gave
  • one scream that echoed high and far over the forest, he had one spasm of
  • struggling, and then all his limbs relaxed, and he fell limp into his
  • captor's arms.
  • Dick heard the cry and turned. He saw Matcham fall; and on the instant
  • his spirit and his strength revived. With a cry of pity and anger, he
  • unslung and bent his arblast. But ere he had time to shoot, the leper
  • held up his hand.
  • "Hold your shot, Dickon!" cried a familiar voice. "Hold your shot, mad
  • wag! Know ye not a friend?"
  • And then laying down Matcham on the turf, he undid the hood from off his
  • face, and disclosed the features of Sir Daniel Brackley.
  • "Sir Daniel!" cried Dick.
  • "Ay, by the mass, Sir Daniel!" returned the knight. "Would ye shoot upon
  • your guardian, rogue? But here is this----" And there he broke off, and
  • pointing to Matcham, asked: "How call ye him, Dick?"
  • "Nay," said Dick, "I call him Master Matcham. Know ye him not? He said
  • ye knew him!"
  • "Ay," replied Sir Daniel, "I know the lad"; and he chuckled. "But he has
  • fainted; and, by my sooth, he might have had less to faint for! Hey,
  • Dick? Did I put the fear of death upon you?"
  • "Indeed, Sir Daniel, ye did that," said Dick, and sighed again at the
  • mere recollection. "Nay, sir, saving your respect, I had as lief 'a' met
  • the devil in person; and to speak truth, I am yet all a-quake. But what
  • made ye, sir, in such a guise?"
  • Sir Daniel's brow grew suddenly black with anger.
  • "What made I?" he said. "Ye do well to mind me of it! What? I skulked
  • for my poor life in my own wood of Tunstall, Dick. We were ill sped at
  • the battle; we but got there to be swept among the rout. Where be all
  • my good men-at-arms? Dick, by the mass, I know not! We were swept down;
  • the shot fell thick among us; I have not seen one man in my own colours
  • since I saw three fall. For myself, I came sound to Shoreby, and being
  • mindful of the Black Arrow, got me this gown and bell, and came softly
  • by the path for the Moat House. There is no disguise to be compared with
  • it; the jingle of this bell would scare me the stoutest outlaw in the
  • forest; they would all turn pale to hear it. At length I came by you and
  • Matcham. I could see but evilly through this same hood, and was not sure
  • of you, being chiefly, and for many a good cause, astonished at the
  • finding you together. Moreover, in the open, where I had to go slowly
  • and tap with my staff, I feared to disclose myself. But see," he added,
  • "this poor shrew begins a little to revive. A little good canary will
  • comfort me the heart of it."
  • The knight, from under his long dress, produced a stout bottle, and
  • began to rub the temples and wet the lips of the patient, who returned
  • gradually to consciousness, and began to roll dim eyes from one to
  • another.
  • "What cheer, Jack!" said Dick. "It was no leper, after all; it was Sir
  • Daniel! See!"
  • "Swallow me a good draught of this," said the knight. "This will give
  • you manhood. Thereafter, I will give you both a meal, and we shall all
  • three on to Tunstall. For, Dick," he continued, laying forth bread and
  • meat upon the grass, "I will avow to you, in all good conscience, it
  • irks me sorely to be safe between four walls. Not since I backed a horse
  • have I been pressed so hard; peril of life, jeopardy of land and
  • livelihood, and to sum up, all these losels in the wood to hunt me down.
  • But I be not yet shent. Some of my lads will pick me their way home.
  • Hatch hath ten fellows; Selden, he had six. Nay, we shall soon be strong
  • again; and if I can but buy my peace with my right fortunate and
  • undeserving Lord of York, why, Dick, we'll be a man again and go
  • a-horseback!"
  • And so saying, the knight filled himself a horn of canary, and pledged
  • his ward in dumb show.
  • "Selden," Dick faltered--"Selden--" And he paused again.
  • Sir Daniel put down the wine untasted.
  • "How!" he cried, in a changed voice. "Selden? Speak! What of Selden?"
  • Dick stammered forth the tale of the ambush and the massacre.
  • The knight heard in silence; but as he listened, his countenance became
  • convulsed with rage and grief.
  • "Now here," he cried, "on my right hand, I swear to avenge it! If that I
  • fail, if that I spill not ten men's souls for each, may this hand wither
  • from my body! I broke this Duckworth like a rush; I beggared him to his
  • door; I burned the thatch above his head; I drove him from this country;
  • and now, cometh he back to beard me? Nay, but, Duckworth, this time it
  • shall go bitter hard!"
  • He was silent for some time, his face working.
  • "Eat!" he cried, suddenly. "And you here," he added to Matcham, "swear
  • me an oath to follow straight to the Moat House."
  • "I will pledge mine honour," replied Matcham.
  • "What make I with your honour?" cried the knight. "Swear me upon your
  • mother's welfare!"
  • Matcham gave the required oath; and Sir Daniel readjusted the hood over
  • his face, and prepared his bell and staff. To see him once more in that
  • appalling travesty somewhat revived the horror of his two companions.
  • But the knight was soon upon his feet.
  • "Eat with despatch," he said, "and follow me yarely to mine house."
  • And with that he set forth again into the woods; and presently after the
  • bell began to sound, numbering his steps, and the two lads sat by their
  • untasted meal, and heard it die slowly away up-hill into the distance.
  • "And so ye go to Tunstall?" Dick inquired.
  • "Yea, verily," said Matcham, "when needs must! I am braver behind Sir
  • Daniel's back than to his face."
  • They ate hastily, and set forth along the path through the airy upper
  • levels of the forest, where great beeches stood apart among green lawns,
  • and the birds and squirrels made merry on the boughs. Two hours later,
  • they began to descend upon the other side, and already, among the
  • tree-tops, saw before them the red walls and roofs of Tunstall House.
  • "Here," said Matcham, pausing, "ye shall take your leave of your friend
  • Jack, whom y'are to see no more. Come, Dick, forgive him what he did
  • amiss, as he, for his part, cheerfully and lovingly forgiveth you."
  • "And wherefore so?" asked Dick. "An we both go to Tunstall, I shall see
  • you yet again, I trow, and that right often."
  • "Ye'll never again see poor Jack Matcham," replied the other, "that was
  • so fearful and burthensome, and yet plucked you from the river; ye'll
  • not see him more, Dick, by mine honour!" He held his arms open, and the
  • lads embraced and kissed. "And, Dick," continued Matcham, "my spirit
  • bodeth ill. Y'are now to see a new Sir Daniel; for heretofore hath all
  • prospered in his hands exceedingly, and fortune followed him; but now,
  • methinks, when his fate hath come upon him, and he runs the adventure of
  • his life, he will prove but a foul lord to both of us. He may be brave
  • in battle, but he hath the liar's eye; there is fear in his eye, Dick,
  • and fear is as cruel as the wolf! We go down into that house, St. Mary
  • guide us forth again!"
  • And so they continued their descent in silence, and came out at last
  • before Sir Daniel's forest stronghold, where it stood, low and shady,
  • flanked with round towers and stained with moss and lichen, in the
  • lilied waters of the moat. Even as they appeared, the doors were opened,
  • the bridge lowered, and Sir Daniel himself, with Hatch and the parson at
  • his side, stood ready to receive them.
  • BOOK II
  • THE MOAT HOUSE
  • CHAPTER I
  • DICK ASKS QUESTIONS
  • The Moat House stood not far from the rough forest road. Externally, it
  • was a compact rectangle of red stone, flanked at each corner by a round
  • tower, pierced for archery and battlemented at the top. Within, it
  • enclosed a narrow court. The moat was perhaps twelve feet wide, crossed
  • by a single drawbridge. It was supplied with water by a trench, leading
  • to a forest pool and commanded, through its whole length, from the
  • battlements of the two southern towers. Except that one or two tall and
  • thick trees had been suffered to remain within half a bowshot of the
  • walls, the house was in a good posture for defence.
  • In the court, Dick found a part of the garrison, busy with preparations
  • for defence, and gloomily discussing the chances of a siege. Some were
  • making arrows, some sharpening swords that had long been disused; but
  • even as they worked, they shook their heads.
  • Twelve of Sir Daniel's party had escaped the battle, run the gauntlet
  • through the wood, and come alive to the Moat House. But out of this
  • dozen, three had been gravely wounded: two at Risingham in the disorder
  • of the rout, one by John Amend-All's marksmen as he crossed the forest.
  • This raised the force of the garrison, counting Hatch, Sir Daniel, and
  • young Shelton, to twenty-two effective men. And more might be
  • continually expected to arrive. The danger lay not therefore in the lack
  • of men.
  • It was the terror of the Black Arrow that oppressed the spirits of the
  • garrison. For their open foes of the party of York, in these most
  • changing times, they felt but a far-away concern. "The world," as people
  • said in those days, "might change again" before harm came. But for their
  • neighbours in the wood, they trembled. It was not Sir Daniel alone who
  • was a mark for hatred. His men, conscious of impunity, had carried
  • themselves cruelly through all the country. Harsh commands had been
  • harshly executed; and of the little band that now sat talking in the
  • court, there was not one but had been guilty of some act of oppression
  • or barbarity. And now, by the fortune of war, Sir Daniel had become
  • powerless to protect his instruments; now, by the issue of some hours of
  • battle, at which many of them had not been present, they had all become
  • punishable traitors to the State, outside the buckler of the law, a
  • shrunken company in a poor fortress that was hardly tenable, and exposed
  • upon all sides to the just resentment of their victims. Nor had there
  • been lacking grisly advertisements of what they might expect.
  • [Illustration: _Lastly, a little before dawn, a spearman had come
  • staggering to the moat side, pierced by arrows_]
  • At different periods of the evening and the night, no fewer than seven
  • riderless horses had come neighing in terror to the gate. Two were from
  • Selden's troop; five belonged to men who had ridden with Sir Daniel to
  • the field. Lastly, a little before dawn, a spearman had come staggering
  • to the moat side, pierced by three arrows; even as they carried him
  • in, his spirit had departed; but by the words that he uttered in his
  • agony, he must have been the last survivor of a considerable company of
  • men.
  • Hatch himself showed, under his sun-brown, the pallor of anxiety; and
  • when he had taken Dick aside and learned the fate of Selden, he fell on
  • a stone bench and fairly wept. The others, from where they sat on stools
  • or doorsteps in the sunny angle of the court, looked at him with wonder
  • and alarm, but none ventured to inquire the cause of his emotion.
  • "Nay, Master Shelton," said Hatch, at last--"nay, but what said I? We
  • shall all go. Selden was a man of his hands; he was like a brother to
  • me. Well, he has gone second; well, we shall all follow! For what said
  • their knave rhyme?--'A black arrow in each black heart.' Was it not so
  • it went? Appleyard, Selden, Smith, old Humphrey gone; and there lieth
  • poor John Carter, crying, poor sinner, for the priest."
  • Dick gave ear. Out of a low window, hard by where they were talking,
  • groans and murmurs came to his ear.
  • "Lieth he there?" he asked.
  • "Ay, in the second porter's chamber," answered Hatch. "We could not bear
  • him further, soul and body were so bitterly at odds. At every step we
  • lifted him, he thought to wend. But now, methinks, it is the soul that
  • suffereth. Ever for the priest he crieth, and Sir Oliver, I wot not why,
  • still cometh not. 'Twill be a long shrift; but poor Appleyard and poor
  • Selden, they had none."
  • Dick stooped to the window and looked in. The little cell was low and
  • dark, but he could make out the wounded soldier lying moaning on his
  • pallet.
  • "Carter, poor friend, how goeth it?" he asked.
  • "Master Shelton," returned the man, in an excited whisper, "for the dear
  • light of heaven, bring the priest. Alack, I am sped; I am brought very
  • low down; my hurt is to the death. Ye may do me no more service; this
  • shall be the last. Now, for my poor soul's interest, and as a loyal
  • gentleman, bestir you; for I have that matter on my conscience that
  • shall drag me deep."
  • He groaned, and Dick heard the grating of his teeth, whether in pain or
  • terror.
  • Just then Sir Daniel appeared upon the threshold of the hall. He had a
  • letter in one hand.
  • "Lads," he said, "we have had a shog, we have had a tumble; wherefore,
  • then, deny it? Rather it imputeth to get speedily again to saddle. This
  • old Harry the Sixt has had the undermost. Wash we, then, our hands of
  • him. I have a good friend that rideth next the duke, the Lord of
  • Wensleydale. Well, I have writ a letter to my friend, praying his good
  • lordship, and offering large satisfaction for the past and reasonable
  • surety for the future. Doubt not but he will lend a favourable ear. A
  • prayer without gifts is like a song without music: I surfeit him with
  • promises, boys--I spare not to promise. What, then, is lacking? Nay, a
  • great thing--wherefore should I deceive you?--a great thing and a
  • difficult: a messenger to bear it. The woods--y'are not ignorant of
  • that--lie thick with our ill-willers. Haste is most needful; but without
  • sleight and caution all is naught. Which, then, of this company will
  • take me this letter, bear me it to my Lord of Wensleydale, and bring me
  • the answer back?"
  • One man instantly arose.
  • "I will, an't like you," said he. "I will even risk my carcase."
  • "Nay, Dicky Bowyer, not so," returned the knight. "It likes me not.
  • Y'are sly indeed, but not speedy. Ye were a laggard ever."
  • "An't be so, Sir Daniel, here am I," cried another.
  • "The saints forfend!" said the knight. "Y'are speedy, but not sly. Ye
  • would blunder me head-foremost into John Amend-All's camp. I thank you
  • both for your good courage; but, in sooth, it may not be."
  • Then Hatch offered himself, and he also was refused.
  • "I want you here, good Bennet; y'are my right hand, indeed," returned
  • the knight; and then several coming forward in a group, Sir Daniel at
  • length selected one and gave him the letter.
  • "Now," he said, "upon your good speed and better discretion we do all
  • depend. Bring me a good answer back, and before three weeks, I will have
  • purged my forest of these vagabonds that brave us to our faces. But mark
  • it well, Throgmorton: the matter is not easy. Ye must steal forth under
  • night, and go like a fox; and how ye are to cross Till I know not,
  • neither by the bridge nor ferry."
  • "I can swim," returned Throgmorton. "I will come soundly, fear not."
  • "Well, friend, get ye to the buttery," replied Sir Daniel. "Ye shall
  • swim first of all in nut-brown ale." And with that he turned back into
  • the hall.
  • "Sir Daniel hath a wise tongue," said Hatch, aside, to Dick. "See, now,
  • where many a lesser man had glossed the matter over, he speaketh it out
  • plainly to his company. Here is a danger, 'a saith, and here difficulty;
  • and jesteth in the very saying. Nay, by St. Barbary, he is a born
  • captain! Not a man but he is some deal heartened up! See how they fall
  • again to work."
  • This praise of Sir Daniel put a thought in the lad's head.
  • "Bennet," he said, "how came my father by his end?"
  • "Ask me not that," replied Hatch. "I had no hand nor knowledge in it;
  • furthermore, I will even be silent, Master Dick. For look you, in a
  • man's own business there he may speak; but of hearsay matters and of
  • common talk, not so. Ask me Sir Oliver--ay, or Carter, if ye will; not
  • me."
  • And Hatch set off to make the rounds, leaving Dick in a muse.
  • "Wherefore would he not tell me?" thought the lad. "And wherefore named
  • he Carter? Carter--nay, then Carter had a hand in it, perchance."
  • He entered the house, and passing some little way along a flagged and
  • vaulted passage, came to the door of the cell where the hurt man lay
  • groaning. At his entrance Carter started eagerly.
  • "Have ye brought the priest?" he cried.
  • "Not yet awhile," returned Dick. "Y' 'ave a word to tell me first. How
  • came my father, Harry Shelton, by his death?"
  • The man's face altered instantly.
  • "I know not," he replied, doggedly.
  • "Nay, ye know well," returned Dick. "Seek not to put me by."
  • "I tell you I know not," repeated Carter.
  • "Then," said Dick, "ye shall die unshriven. Here am I, and here shall
  • stay. There shall no priest come near you, rest assured. For of what
  • avail is penitence, an ye have no mind to right those wrongs ye had a
  • hand in? and without penitence, confession is but mockery."
  • "Ye say what ye mean not, Master Dick," said Carter, composedly. "It is
  • ill threatening the dying, and becometh you (to speak truth) little. And
  • for as little as it commends you, it shall serve you less. Stay, an ye
  • please. Ye will condemn my soul--ye shall learn nothing! There is my
  • last word to you." And the wounded man turned upon the other side.
  • Now, Dick, to say truth, had spoken hastily, and was ashamed of his
  • threat. But he made one more effort.
  • "Carter," he said, "mistake me not. I know ye were but an instrument in
  • the hands of others; a churl must obey his lord; I would not bear
  • heavily on such an one. But I begin to learn upon many sides that this
  • great duty lieth on my youth and ignorance, to avenge my father.
  • Prithee, then, good Carter, set aside the memory of my threatenings, and
  • in pure good-will and honest penitence give me a word of help."
  • The wounded man lay silent; nor, say what Dick pleased, could he extract
  • another word from him.
  • "Well," said Dick, "I will go call the priest to you as ye desired; for
  • howsoever ye be in fault to me or mine, I would not be willingly in
  • fault to any, least of all to one upon the last change."
  • Again the old soldier heard him without speech or motion; even his
  • groans he had suppressed; and as Dick turned and left the room, he was
  • filled with admiration for that rugged fortitude.
  • "And yet," he thought, "of what use is courage without wit? Had his
  • hands been clean, he would have spoken; his silence did confess the
  • secret louder than words. Nay, upon all sides, proof floweth on me. Sir
  • Daniel, he or his men, hath done this thing."
  • Dick paused in the stone passage with a heavy heart. At that hour, in
  • the ebb of Sir Daniel's fortune, when he was beleaguered by the archers
  • of the Black Arrow and proscribed by the victorious Yorkists, was Dick,
  • also, to turn upon the man who had nourished and taught him, who had
  • severely punished, indeed, but yet unwearyingly protected his youth? The
  • necessity, if it should prove to be one, was cruel.
  • "Pray Heaven he be innocent!" he said.
  • And then steps sounded on the flagging, and Sir Oliver came gravely
  • towards the lad.
  • "One seeketh you earnestly," said Dick.
  • "I am upon the way, good Richard," said the priest. "It is this poor
  • Carter. Alack, he is beyond cure."
  • "And yet his soul is sicker than his body," answered Dick.
  • "Have ye seen him?" asked Sir Oliver, with a manifest start.
  • "I do but come from him," replied Dick.
  • "What said he? what said he?" snapped the priest, with extraordinary
  • eagerness.
  • "He but cried for you the more piteously, Sir Oliver. It were well done
  • to go the faster, for his hurt is grievous," returned the lad.
  • "I am straight for him," was the reply. "Well, we have all our sins. We
  • must all come to our latter day, good Richard."
  • "Ay, sir; and it were well if we all came fairly," answered Dick.
  • The priest dropped his eyes, and with an inaudible benediction hurried
  • on.
  • "He, too!" thought Dick--"he, that taught me in piety! Nay, then, what a
  • world is this, if all that care for me be blood-guilty of my father's
  • death? Vengeance! Alas! what a sore fate is mine, if I must be avenged
  • upon my friends!"
  • The thought put Matcham in his head. He smiled at the remembrance of his
  • strange companion, and then wondered where he was. Ever since they had
  • come together to the doors of the Moat House the younger lad had
  • disappeared, and Dick began to weary for a word with him.
  • About an hour after, mass being somewhat hastily run through by Sir
  • Oliver, the company gathered in the hall for dinner. It was a long, low
  • apartment, strewn with green rushes, and the walls hung with arras in a
  • design of savage men and questioning bloodhounds; here and there hung
  • spears and bows and bucklers; a fire blazed in the big chimney; there
  • were arras-covered benches round the wall, and in the midst the table,
  • fairly spread, awaited the arrival of the diners. Neither Sir Daniel nor
  • his lady made their appearance. Sir Oliver himself was absent, and here
  • again there was no word of Matcham. Dick began to grow alarmed, to
  • recall his companion's melancholy forebodings, and to wonder to himself
  • if any foul play had befallen him in that house.
  • After dinner he found Goody Hatch, who was hurrying to my Lady Brackley.
  • "Goody," he said, "where is Master Matcham, I prithee? I saw ye go in
  • with him when we arrived."
  • The old woman laughed aloud.
  • "Ah, Master Dick," she said, "y' have a famous bright eye in your head,
  • to be sure!" and laughed again.
  • "Nay, but where is he, indeed?" persisted Dick.
  • "Ye will never see him more," she returned--"never. It is sure."
  • "An I do not," returned the lad, "I will know the reason why. He came
  • not hither of his full free will; such as I am, I am his best protector,
  • and I will see him justly used. There be too many mysteries; I do begin
  • to weary of the game!"
  • But as Dick was speaking, a heavy hand fell on his shoulder. It was
  • Bennet Hatch that had come unperceived behind him. With a jerk of his
  • thumb, the retainer dismissed his wife.
  • "Friend Dick," he said, as soon as they were alone, "are ye a
  • moon-struck natural? An ye leave not certain things in peace, ye were
  • better in the salt sea than here in Tunstall Moat House. Y' have
  • questioned me; y' have baited Carter; y' have frighted the jack-priest
  • with hints. Bear ye more wisely, fool; and even now, when Sir Daniel
  • calleth you, show me a smooth face for the love of wisdom. Y'are to be
  • sharply questioned. Look to your answers."
  • "Hatch," returned Dick, "in all this I smell a guilty conscience."
  • "An ye go not the wiser, ye will soon smell blood," replied Bennet. "I
  • do but warn you. And here cometh one to call you."
  • And indeed, at that very moment, a messenger came across the court to
  • summon Dick into the presence of Sir Daniel.
  • CHAPTER II
  • THE TWO OATHS
  • Sir Daniel was in the hall; there he paced angrily before the fire,
  • awaiting Dick's arrival. None was by except Sir Oliver, and he sat
  • discreetly backward, thumbing and muttering over his breviary.
  • "Y' have sent for me, Sir Daniel?" said young Shelton.
  • "I have sent for you, indeed," replied the knight. "For what cometh to
  • mine ears? Have I been to you so heavy a guardian that ye make haste to
  • credit ill of me? Or sith that ye see me, for the nonce, some worsted,
  • do ye think to quit my party? By the mass, your father was not so! Those
  • he was near, those he stood by, come wind or weather. But you, Dick,
  • y'are a fair-day friend, it seemeth, and now seek to clear yourself of
  • your allegiance."
  • "An't please you, Sir Daniel, not so," returned Dick, firmly. "I am
  • grateful and faithful, where gratitude and faith are due. And before
  • more is said, I thank you, and I thank Sir Oliver; y' have great claims
  • upon me both--none can have more; I were a hound if I forgot them."
  • "It is well," said Sir Daniel; and then, rising into anger: "Gratitude
  • and faith are words, Dick Shelton," he continued; "but I look to deeds.
  • In this hour of my peril, when my name is attainted, when my lands are
  • forfeit, when this wood is full of men that hunger and thirst for my
  • destruction, what doth gratitude? what doth faith? I have but a little
  • company remaining; is it grateful or faithful to poison me their hearts
  • with your insidious whisperings? Save me from such gratitude! But, come,
  • now, what is it ye wish? Speak; we are here to answer. If ye have aught
  • against me, stand forth and say it."
  • "Sir," replied Dick, "my father fell when I was yet a child. It hath
  • come to mine ears that he was foully done by. It hath come to mine
  • ears--for I will not dissemble--that ye had a hand in his undoing. And
  • in all verity, I shall not be at peace in mine own mind, nor very clear
  • to help you, till I have certain resolution of these doubts."
  • Sir Daniel sat down in a deep settle. He took his chin in his hand and
  • looked at Dick fixedly.
  • "And ye think I would be guardian to the man's son that I had murdered?"
  • he asked.
  • "Nay," said Dick, "pardon me if I answer churlishly; but indeed ye know
  • right well a wardship is most profitable. All these years have ye not
  • enjoyed my revenues, and led my men? Have ye not still my marriage? I
  • wot not what it may be worth--it is worth something. Pardon me again;
  • but if ye were base enough to slay a man under trust, here were,
  • perhaps, reasons enough to move you to the lesser baseness."
  • "When I was a lad of your years," returned Sir Daniel, sternly, "my mind
  • had not so turned upon suspicions. And Sir Oliver here," he added, "why
  • should he, a priest, be guilty of this act?"
  • "Nay, Sir Daniel," said Dick, "but where the master biddeth there will
  • the dog go. It is well known this priest is but your instrument. I speak
  • very freely; the time is not for courtesies. Even as I speak, so would I
  • be answered. And answer get I none! Ye but put more questions. I rede ye
  • be ware, Sir Daniel; for in this way ye will but nourish and not satisfy
  • my doubts."
  • "I will answer you fairly, Master Richard," said the knight. "Were I to
  • pretend ye have not stirred my wrath, I were no honest man. But I will
  • be just even in anger. Come to me with these words when y'are grown and
  • come to man's estate, and I am no longer your guardian, and so helpless
  • to resent them. Come to me then, and I will answer you as ye merit, with
  • a buffet in the mouth. Till then ye have two courses: either swallow me
  • down these insults, keep a silent tongue, and fight in the meanwhile for
  • the man that fed and fought for your infancy; or else--the door standeth
  • open, the woods are full of mine enemies--go."
  • The spirit with which these words were uttered, the looks with which
  • they were accompanied, staggered Dick; and yet he could not but observe
  • that he had got no answer.
  • "I desire nothing more earnestly, Sir Daniel, than to believe you," he
  • replied. "Assure me ye are free from this."
  • "Will ye take my word of honour, Dick?" inquired the knight.
  • "That would I," answered the lad.
  • "I give it you," returned Sir Daniel. "Upon my word of honour, upon the
  • eternal welfare of my spirit, and as I shall answer for my deeds
  • hereafter, I had no hand nor portion in your father's death."
  • He extended his hand, and Dick took it eagerly. Neither of them observed
  • the priest, who, at the pronunciation of that solemn and false oath, had
  • half arisen from his seat in an agony of horror and remorse.
  • "Ah," cried Dick, "ye must find it in your great-heartedness to pardon
  • me! I was a churl, indeed, to doubt of you. But ye have my hand upon it;
  • I will doubt no more."
  • "Nay, Dick," replied Sir Daniel, "y'are forgiven. Ye know not the world
  • and its calumnious nature."
  • "I was the more to blame," added Dick, "in that the rogues pointed, not
  • directly at yourself, but at Sir Oliver."
  • As he spoke, he turned towards the priest, and paused in the middle of
  • the last word. This tall, ruddy, corpulent, high-stepping man had
  • fallen, you might say, to pieces; his colour was gone, his limbs were
  • relaxed, his lips stammered prayers; and now, when Dick's eyes were
  • fixed upon him suddenly, he cried out aloud, like some wild animal, and
  • buried his face in his hands.
  • Sir Daniel was by him in two strides, and shook him fiercely by the
  • shoulder. At the same moment Dick's suspicions reawakened.
  • "Nay," he said, "Sir Oliver may swear also. 'Twas him they accused."
  • "He shall swear," said the knight.
  • Sir Oliver speechlessly waved his arms.
  • "Ay, by the mass! but ye shall swear," cried Sir Daniel, beside himself
  • with fury. "Here, upon this book, ye shall swear," he continued,
  • picking up the breviary, which had fallen to the ground. "What! Ye make
  • me doubt you! Swear, I say; swear!"
  • But the priest was still incapable of speech. His terror of Sir Daniel,
  • his terror of perjury, risen to about an equal height, strangled him.
  • And just then, through the high, stained-glass window of the hall, a
  • black arrow crashed, and struck, and stuck quivering, in the midst of
  • the long table.
  • Sir Oliver, with a loud scream, fell fainting on the rushes; while the
  • knight, followed by Dick, dashed into the court and up the nearest
  • corkscrew stair to the battlements. The sentries were all on the alert.
  • The sun shone quietly on green lawns dotted with trees, and on the
  • wooded hills of the forest which enclosed the view. There was no sign of
  • a besieger.
  • "Whence came that shot?" asked the knight.
  • "From yonder clump, Sir Daniel," returned a sentinel.
  • The knight stood a little, musing. Then he turned to Dick. "Dick," he
  • said, "keep me an eye upon these men; I leave you in charge here. As for
  • the priest, he shall clear himself, or I will know the reason why. I do
  • almost begin to share in your suspicions. He shall swear, trust me, or
  • we shall prove him guilty."
  • Dick answered somewhat coldly, and the knight, giving him a piercing
  • glance, hurriedly returned to the hall. His first glance was for the
  • arrow. It was the first of these missiles he had seen, and as he turned
  • it to and fro, the dark hue of it touched him with some fear. Again
  • there was some writing: one word--"Earthed."
  • "Ay," he broke out, "they know I am home, then. Earthed! Ay, but there
  • is not a dog among them fit to dig me out."
  • Sir Oliver had come to himself, and now scrambled to his feet.
  • "Alack, Sir Daniel!" he moaned, "y' 'ave sworn a dread oath; y'are
  • doomed to the end of time."
  • "Ay," returned the knight, "I have sworn an oath, indeed, thou
  • chucklehead; but thyself shalt swear a greater. It shall be on the
  • blessed cross of Holywood. Look to it; get the words ready. It shall be
  • sworn to-night."
  • "Now, may Heaven lighten you!" replied the priest; "may Heaven incline
  • your heart from this iniquity!"
  • "Look you, my good father," said Sir Daniel, "if y'are for piety, I say
  • no more; ye begin late, that is all. But if y'are in any sense bent
  • upon wisdom, hear me. This lad beginneth to irk me like a wasp. I have a
  • need for him, for I would sell his marriage. But I tell you, in all
  • plainness, if that he continue to weary me, he shall go join his father.
  • I give orders now to change him to the chamber above the chapel. If that
  • ye can swear your innocency with a good, solid oath and an assured
  • countenance, it is well; the lad will be at peace a little, and I will
  • spare him. If that ye stammer or blench, or anyways boggle at the
  • swearing, he will not believe you; and by the mass, he shall die. There
  • is for your thinking on."
  • "The chamber above the chapel!" gasped the priest.
  • "That same," replied the knight. "So if ye desire to save him, save him;
  • and if ye desire not, prithee, go to, and let me be at peace! For an I
  • had been a hasty man, I would already have put my sword through you, for
  • your intolerable cowardice and folly. Have ye chosen? Say!"
  • "I have chosen," said the priest. "Heaven pardon me, I will do evil for
  • good. I will swear for the lad's sake."
  • "So is it best!" said Sir Daniel. "Send for him, then, speedily. Ye
  • shall see him alone. Yet I shall have an eye on you. I shall be here in
  • the panel room."
  • The knight raised the arras and let it fall again behind him. There was
  • the sound of a spring opening; then followed the creaking of trod
  • stairs.
  • Sir Oliver, left alone, cast a timorous glance upward at the
  • arras-covered wall, and crossed himself with every appearance of terror
  • and contrition.
  • "Nay, if he is in the chapel room," the priest murmured, "were it at my
  • soul's cost, I must save him."
  • Three minutes later, Dick, who had been summoned by another messenger,
  • found Sir Oliver standing by the hall table, resolute and pale.
  • "Richard Shelton," he said, "ye have required an oath from me. I might
  • complain, I might deny you; but my heart is moved towards you for the
  • past, and I will even content you as ye choose. By the true cross of
  • Holywood, I did not slay your father."
  • "Sir Oliver," returned Dick, "when first we read John Amend-All's paper,
  • I was convinced of so much. But suffer me to put two questions. Ye did
  • not slay him; granted. But had ye no hand in it?"
  • "None," said Sir Oliver. And at the same time he began to contort his
  • face, and signal with his mouth and eyebrows, like one who desired to
  • convey a warning, yet dared not utter a sound.
  • Dick regarded him in wonder; then he turned and looked all about him at
  • the empty hall.
  • "What make ye?" he inquired.
  • "Why, naught," returned the priest, hastily smoothing his countenance.
  • "I make naught; I do but suffer; I am sick. I--I--prithee, Dick, I must
  • begone. On the true cross of Holywood, I am clean innocent alike of
  • violence or treachery. Content ye, good lad. Farewell!"
  • And he made his escape from the apartment with unusual alacrity.
  • Dick remained rooted to the spot, his eyes wandering about the room, his
  • face a changing picture of various emotions, wonder, doubt, suspicion,
  • and amusement. Gradually, as his mind grew clearer, suspicion took the
  • upper hand, and was succeeded by certainty of the worst. He raised his
  • head, and, as he did so, violently started. High upon the wall there was
  • the figure of a savage hunter woven in the tapestry. With one hand he
  • held a horn to his mouth; in the other he brandished a stout spear. His
  • face was dark, for he was meant to represent an African.
  • Now, here was what had startled Richard Shelton. The sun had moved away
  • from the hall windows, and at the same time the fire had blazed up high
  • on the wide hearth, and shed a changeful glow upon the roof and
  • hangings. In this light the figure of the black hunter had winked at him
  • with a white eyelid.
  • He continued staring at the eye. The light shone upon it like a gem; it
  • was liquid, it was alive. Again the white eyelid closed upon it for a
  • fraction of a second, and the next moment it was gone.
  • There could be no mistake. The live eye that had been watching him
  • through a hole in the tapestry was gone. The firelight no longer shone
  • on a reflecting surface.
  • And instantly Dick awoke to the terrors of his position. Hatch's
  • warning, the mute signals of the priest, this eye that had observed him
  • from the wall, ran together in his mind. He saw he had been put upon his
  • trial, that he had once more betrayed his suspicions, and that, short of
  • some miracle, he was lost.
  • "If I cannot get me forth out of this house," he thought, "I am dead
  • man! And this poor Matcham, too--to what a cockatrice's nest have I not
  • led him!"
  • He was still so thinking, when there came one in haste, to bid him help
  • in changing his arms, his clothing, and his two or three books, to a new
  • chamber.
  • "A new chamber?" he repeated. "Wherefore so? What chamber?"
  • "'Tis one above the chapel," answered the messenger.
  • "It hath stood long empty," said Dick, musing. "What manner of room is
  • it?"
  • "Nay, a brave room," returned the man. "But yet"--lowering his
  • voice--"they call it haunted."
  • "Haunted?" repeated Dick, with a chill. "I have not heard of it. Nay,
  • then, and by whom?"
  • The messenger looked about him; and then, in a low whisper, "By the
  • sacrist of St. John's," he said. "They had him there to sleep one night,
  • and in the morning--whew!--he was gone. The devil had taken him, they
  • said; the more betoken, he had drunk late the night before."
  • Dick followed the man with black forebodings.
  • CHAPTER III
  • THE ROOM OVER THE CHAPEL
  • From the battlements nothing further was observed. The sun journeyed
  • westward, and at last went down; but, to the eyes of all these eager
  • sentinels, no living thing appeared in the neighbourhood of Tunstall
  • House.
  • When the night was at length fairly come, Throgmorton was led to a room
  • overlooking an angle of the moat. Thence he was lowered with every
  • precaution; the ripple of his swimming was audible for a brief period;
  • then a black figure was observed to land by the branches of a willow and
  • crawl away among the grass. For some half-hour Sir Daniel and Hatch
  • stood eagerly giving ear; but all remained quiet. The messenger had got
  • away in safety.
  • Sir Daniel's brow grew clearer. He turned to Hatch.
  • "Bennet," he said, "this John Amend-All is no more than a man, ye see.
  • He sleepeth. We will make a good end of him, go to!"
  • All the afternoon and evening, Dick had been ordered hither and thither,
  • one command following another, till he was bewildered with the number
  • and the hurry of commissions. All that time he had seen no more of Sir
  • Oliver, and nothing of Matcham; and yet both the priest and the young
  • lad ran continually in his mind. It was now his chief purpose to escape
  • from Tunstall Moat House as speedily as might be; and yet, before he
  • went, he desired a word with both of these.
  • At length, with a lamp in one hand, he mounted to his new apartment. It
  • was large, low, and somewhat dark. The window looked upon the moat, and
  • although it was so high up, it was heavily barred. The bed was
  • luxurious, with one pillow of down and one of lavender, and a red
  • coverlet worked in a pattern of roses. All about the walls were
  • cupboards, locked and padlocked, and concealed from view by hangings of
  • dark-coloured arras. Dick made the round, lifting the arras, sounding
  • the panels, seeking vainly to open the cupboards. He assured himself
  • that the door was strong and the bolt solid; then he set down his lamp
  • upon a bracket, and once more looked all around.
  • For what reason had he been given this chamber? It was larger and finer
  • than his own. Could it conceal a snare? Was there a secret entrance? Was
  • it, indeed, haunted? His blood ran a little chilly in his veins.
  • Immediately over him the heavy foot of a sentry trod the leads. Below
  • him, he knew, was the arched roof of the chapel; and next to the chapel
  • was the hall. Certainly there was a secret passage in the hall; the eye
  • that had watched him from the arras gave him proof of that. Was it not
  • more than probable that the passage extended to the chapel, and, if so,
  • that it had an opening in his room?
  • To sleep in such a place, he felt, would be foolhardy. He made his
  • weapons ready, and took his position in a corner of the room behind the
  • door. If ill was intended, he would sell his life dear.
  • The sound of many feet, the challenge, and the password sounded overhead
  • along the battlements; the watch was being changed.
  • And just then there came a scratching at the door of the chamber; it
  • grew a little louder; then a whisper:
  • "Dick, Dick, it is I!"
  • Dick ran to the door, drew the bolt, and admitted Matcham. He was very
  • pale, and carried a lamp in one hand and a drawn dagger in the other.
  • "Shut me the door," he whispered. "Swift, Dick! This house is full of
  • spies; I hear their feet follow me in the corridors; I hear them breathe
  • behind the arras."
  • "Well, content you," returned Dick, "it is closed. We are safe for this
  • while, if there be safety anywhere within these walls. But my heart is
  • glad to see you. By the mass, lad, I thought ye were sped! Where hid
  • ye?"
  • "It matters not," returned Matcham. "Since we be met, it matters not.
  • But, Dick, are your eyes open? Have they told you of to-morrow's
  • doings?"
  • "Not they," replied Dick. "What make they to-morrow?"
  • "To-morrow, or to-night, I know not," said the other, "but one time or
  • other, Dick, they do intend upon your life. I had the proof of it; I
  • have heard them whisper; nay, they as good as told me."
  • "Ay," returned Dick, "is it so? I had thought as much."
  • And he told him the day's occurrences at length.
  • When it was done, Matcham arose and began, in turn, to examine the
  • apartment.
  • "No," he said, "there is no entrance visible. Yet 'tis a pure certainty
  • there is one. Dick, I will stay by you. An y'are to die, I will die with
  • you. And I can help--look! I have stolen a dagger--I will do my best!
  • And meanwhile, an ye know of any issue, any sally-port we could get
  • opened, or any window that we might descend by, I will most joyfully
  • face any jeopardy to flee with you."
  • "Jack," said Dick, "by the mass, Jack, y'are the best soul, and the
  • truest, and the bravest in all England! Give me your hand, Jack."
  • And he grasped the other's hand in silence.
  • "I will tell you," he resumed. "There is a window, out of which the
  • messenger descended; the rope should still be in the chamber. 'Tis a
  • hope."
  • "Hist!" said Matcham.
  • Both gave ear. There was a sound below the floor; then it paused, and
  • then began again.
  • "Some one walketh in the room below," whispered Matcham.
  • "Nay," returned Dick, "there is no room below; we are above the chapel.
  • It is my murderer in the secret passage. Well, let him come; it shall go
  • hard with him"; and he ground his teeth.
  • "Blow me the lights out," said the other. "Perchance he will betray
  • himself."
  • They blew out both the lamps and lay still as death. The footfalls
  • underneath were very soft, but they were clearly audible. Several times
  • they came and went; and then there was a loud jar of a key turning in a
  • lock, followed by a considerable silence.
  • Presently the steps began again, and then, all of a sudden, a chink of
  • light appeared in the planking of the room in a far corner. It widened;
  • a trap-door was being opened, letting in a gush of light. They could see
  • the strong hand pushing it up; and Dick raised his cross-bow, waiting
  • for the head to follow.
  • But now there came an interruption. From a distant corner of the Moat
  • House shouts began to be heard, and first one voice, and then several,
  • crying aloud upon a name. This noise had plainly disconcerted the
  • murderer, for the trap-door was silently lowered to its place, and the
  • steps hurriedly returned, passed once more close below the lads, and
  • died away in the distance.
  • Here was a moment's respite. Dick breathed deep, and then, and not till
  • then, he gave ear to the disturbance which had interrupted the attack,
  • and which was now rather increasing than diminishing. All about the Moat
  • House feet were running, doors were opening and slamming, and still the
  • voice of Sir Daniel towered above all this bustle, shouting for
  • "Joanna."
  • "Joanna!" repeated Dick. "Why, who the murrain should this be? Here is
  • no Joanna, nor ever hath been. What meaneth it?"
  • Matcham was silent. He seemed to have drawn further away. But only a
  • little faint starlight entered by the window, and at the far end of the
  • apartment, where the pair were, the darkness was complete.
  • "Jack," said Dick, "I wot not where ye were all day. Saw ye this
  • Joanna?"
  • "Nay," returned Matcham, "I saw her not."
  • "Nor heard tell of her?" he pursued.
  • The steps drew nearer. Sir Daniel was still roaring the name of Joanna
  • from the courtyard.
  • "Did ye hear of her?" repeated Dick.
  • "I heard of her," said Matcham.
  • "How your voice twitters! What aileth you?" said Dick. "'Tis a most
  • excellent good fortune, this Joanna; it will take their minds from us."
  • "Dick," cried Matcham, "I am lost; we are both lost. Let us flee if
  • there be yet time. They will not rest till they have found me. Or, see!
  • let me go forth; when they have found me, ye may flee. Let me forth,
  • Dick--good Dick, let me away!"
  • She was groping for the bolt, when Dick at last comprehended.
  • "By the mass!" he cried, "y'are no Jack; y'are Joanna Sedley; y'are the
  • maid that would not marry me!"
  • The girl paused, and stood silent and motionless. Dick, too, was silent
  • for a little; then he spoke again.
  • "Joanna," he said, "y' 'ave saved my life, and I have saved yours; and
  • we have seen blood flow, and been friends and enemies--ay, and I took my
  • belt to thrash you; and all that time I thought ye were a boy. But now
  • death has me, and my time's out, and before I die I must say this: Y'
  • are the best maid and the bravest under heaven, and, if only I could
  • live, I would marry you blithely; and, live or die, I love you."
  • She answered nothing.
  • "Come," he said, "speak up, Jack. Come, be a good maid, and say ye love
  • me!"
  • "Why, Dick," she cried, "would I be here?"
  • "Well, see ye here," continued Dick, "an we but escape whole we'll
  • marry; and an we're to die, we die, and there's an end on't. But now
  • that I think, how found ye my chamber?"
  • "I asked it of Dame Hatch," she answered.
  • "Well, the dame's staunch," he answered; "she'll not tell upon you. We
  • have time before us."
  • And just then, as if to contradict his words, feet came down the
  • corridor, and a fist beat roughly on the door.
  • "Here!" cried a voice. "Open, Master Dick; open!"
  • Dick neither moved nor answered.
  • "It is all over," said the girl; and she put her arms about Dick's neck.
  • One after another, men came trooping to the door. Then Sir Daniel
  • arrived himself, and there was a sudden cessation of the noise.
  • "Dick," cried the knight, "be not an ass. The Seven Sleepers had been
  • awake ere now. We know she is within there. Open, then, the door, man."
  • Dick was again silent.
  • "Down with it," said Sir Daniel. And immediately his followers fell
  • savagely upon the door with foot and fist. Solid as it was, and strongly
  • bolted, it would soon have given way; but once more fortune interfered.
  • Over the thunder-storm of blows the cry of a sentinel was heard; it was
  • followed by another; shouts ran along the battlements, shouts answered
  • out of the wood. In the first moment of alarm it sounded as if the
  • foresters were carrying the Moat House by assault. And Sir Daniel and
  • his men, desisting instantly from their attack upon Dick's chamber,
  • hurried to defend the walls.
  • "Now," cried Dick, "we are saved."
  • He seized the great old bedstead with both hands, and bent himself in
  • vain to move it.
  • "Help me, Jack. For your life's sake, help me stoutly!" he cried.
  • Between them, with a huge effort, they dragged the big frame of oak
  • across the room, and thrust it endwise to the chamber door.
  • "Ye do but make things worse," said Joanna, sadly. "He will then enter
  • by the trap."
  • "Not so," replied Dick. "He durst not tell his secret to so many. It is
  • by the trap that we shall flee. Hark! The attack is over. Nay, it was
  • none!"
  • It had, indeed, been no attack; it was the arrival of another party of
  • stragglers from the defeat of Risingham that had disturbed Sir Daniel.
  • They had run the gauntlet under cover of the darkness; they had been
  • admitted by the great gate; and now, with a great stamping of hoofs and
  • jingle of accoutrements and arms, they were dismounting in the court.
  • "He will return anon," said Dick. "To the trap!"
  • He lighted a lamp, and they went together into the corner of the room.
  • The open chink through which some light still glittered was easily
  • discovered, and, taking a stout sword from his small armoury, Dick
  • thrust it deep into the seam, and weighed strenuously on the hilt. The
  • trap moved, gaped a little, and at length came widely open. Seizing it
  • with their hands, the two young folk threw it back. It disclosed a few
  • steps descending, and at the foot of them, where the would-be murderer
  • had left it, a burning lamp.
  • "Now," said Dick, "go first and take the lamp. I will follow to close
  • the trap."
  • So they descended one after the other, and as Dick lowered the trap, the
  • blows began once again to thunder on the panels of the door.
  • CHAPTER IV
  • THE PASSAGE
  • The passage in which Dick and Joanna now found themselves was narrow,
  • dirty, and short. At the other end of it, a door stood partly open; the
  • same door, without doubt, that they had heard the man unlocking. Heavy
  • cobwebs hung from the roof; and the paved flooring echoed hollow under
  • the lightest tread.
  • Beyond the door there were two branches, at right angles. Dick chose one
  • of them at random, and the pair hurried, with echoing footsteps, along
  • the hollow of the chapel roof. The top of the arched ceiling rose like a
  • whale's back in the dim glimmer of the lamp. Here and there were
  • spy-holes, concealed, on the other side, by the carving of the cornice;
  • and looking down through one of these, Dick saw the paved floor of the
  • chapel--the altar, with its burning tapers--and stretched before it on
  • the steps, the figure of Sir Oliver praying with uplifted hands.
  • At the other end, they descended a few steps. The passage grew narrower;
  • the wall upon one hand was now of wood; the noise of people talking, and
  • a faint flickering of lights, came through the interstices; and
  • presently they came to a round hole about the size of a man's eye, and
  • Dick, looking down through it, beheld the interior of the hall, and some
  • half-a-dozen men sitting, in their jacks, about the table, drinking
  • deep and demolishing a venison pie. These were certainly some of the
  • late arrivals.
  • "Here is no help," said Dick. "Let us try back."
  • "Nay," said Joanna; "maybe the passage goeth farther."
  • And she pushed on. But a few yards farther the passage ended at the top
  • of a short flight of steps; and it became plain that, as long as the
  • soldiers occupied the hall, escape was impossible upon that side.
  • They retraced their steps with all imaginable speed, and set forward to
  • explore the other branch. It was exceedingly narrow, scarce wide enough
  • for a large man; and it led them continually up and down by little
  • breakneck stairs, until even Dick had lost all notion of his
  • whereabouts.
  • At length it grew both narrower and lower; the stairs continued to
  • descend; the walls on either hand became damp and slimy to the touch;
  • and far in front of them they heard the squeaking and scuttling of the
  • rats.
  • "We must be in the dungeons," Dick remarked.
  • "And still there is no outlet," added Joanna.
  • "Nay, but an outlet there must be!" Dick answered.
  • Presently, sure enough, they came to a sharp angle, and then the passage
  • ended in a flight of steps. On the top of that there was a solid flag of
  • stone by way of trap, and to this they both set their backs. It was
  • immovable.
  • "Some one holdeth it," suggested Joanna.
  • [Illustration: _"We must be in the dungeons," Dick remarked_]
  • "Not so," said Dick; "for were a man strong as ten, he must still yield
  • a little. But this resisteth like dead rock. There is a weight upon the
  • trap. Here is no issue; and, by my sooth, good Jack, we are here as
  • fairly prisoners as though the gyves were on our ankle bones. Sit ye
  • then down, and let us talk. After awhile we shall return, when perchance
  • they shall be less carefully upon their guard; and, who knoweth? we may
  • break out and stand a chance. But, in my poor opinion, we are as good as
  • shent."
  • "Dick!" she cried, "alas the day that ever ye should have seen me! For
  • like a most unhappy and unthankful maid, it is I have led you hither."
  • "What cheer!" returned Dick. "It was all written, and that which is
  • written, willy nilly, cometh still to pass. But tell me a little what
  • manner of a maid ye are, and how ye came into Sir Daniel's hands; that
  • will do better than to bemoan yourself, whether for your sake or mine."
  • "I am an orphan, like yourself, of father and mother," said Joanna; "and
  • for my great misfortune, Dick, and hitherto for yours, I am a rich
  • marriage. My Lord Foxham had me to ward; yet it appears Sir Daniel
  • bought the marriage of me from the king, and a right dear price he paid
  • for it. So here was I, poor babe, with two great and rich men fighting
  • which should marry me, and I still at nurse! Well, then the world
  • changed, and there was a new chancellor, and Sir Daniel bought the
  • warding of me over the Lord Foxham's head. And then the world changed
  • again, and Lord Foxham bought my marriage over Sir Daniel's; and from
  • then to now it went on ill betwixt the two of them. But still Lord
  • Foxham kept me in his hands, and was a good lord to me. And at last I
  • was to be married--or sold, if ye like it better. Five hundred pounds
  • Lord Foxham was to get for me. Hamley was the groom's name, and
  • to-morrow, Dick, of all days in the year, was I to be betrothed. Had it
  • not come to Sir Daniel, I had been wedded, sure--and never seen thee,
  • Dick--dear Dick!"
  • And here she took his hand, and kissed it, with the prettiest grace; and
  • Dick drew her hand to him and did the like.
  • "Well," she went on, "Sir Daniel took me unawares in the garden, and
  • made me dress in these men's clothes, which is a deadly sin for a woman;
  • and, besides, they fit me not. He rode with me to Kettley, as ye saw,
  • telling me I was to marry you; but I, in my heart, made sure I would
  • marry Hamley in his teeth."
  • "Ay!" cried Dick, "and so ye loved this Hamley!"
  • "Nay," replied Joanna, "not I. I did but hate Sir Daniel. And then,
  • Dick, ye helped me, and ye were right kind, and very bold, and my heart
  • turned towards you in mine own despite; and now, if we can in any way
  • compass it, I would marry you with right good-will. And if, by cruel
  • destiny, it may not be, still ye'll be dear to me. While my heart beats,
  • it'll be true to you."
  • "And I," said Dick, "that never cared a straw for any manner of woman
  • until now, I took to you when I thought ye were a boy. I had a pity to
  • you, and knew not why. When I would have belted you, the hand failed me.
  • But when ye owned ye were a maid, Jack--for still I will call you
  • Jack--I made sure ye were the maid for me. Hark!" he said, breaking
  • off--"one cometh."
  • And indeed a heavy tread was now audible in the echoing passage, and the
  • rats again fled in armies.
  • Dick reconnoitred his position. The sudden turn gave him a post of
  • vantage. He could thus shoot in safety from the cover of the wall. But
  • it was plain the light was too near him, and, running some way forward,
  • he set down the lamp in the middle of the passage, and then returned to
  • watch.
  • Presently, at the far end of the passage, Bennet hove in sight. He
  • seemed to be alone, and he carried in his hand a burning torch, which
  • made him the better mark.
  • "Stand, Bennet!" cried Dick. "Another step, and y'are dead."
  • "So here ye are," returned Hatch, peering forward into the darkness. "I
  • see you not. Aha! y' 'ave done wisely, Dick; y' 'ave put your lamp
  • before you. By my sooth, but, though it was done to shoot my own knave
  • body, I do rejoice to see ye profit of my lessons! And now, what make
  • ye? what seek ye here? Why would ye shoot upon an old, kind friend? And
  • have ye the young gentlewoman there?"
  • "Nay, Bennet, it is I should question and you answer," replied Dick.
  • "Why am I in this jeopardy of my life? Why do men come privily to slay
  • me in my bed? Why am I now fleeing in mine own guardian's strong house,
  • and from the friends that I have lived among and never injured?"
  • "Master Dick, Master Dick," said Bennet, "what told I you? Y'are brave,
  • but the most uncrafty lad that I can think upon!"
  • "Well," returned Dick, "I see ye know all, and that I am doomed indeed.
  • It is well. Here, where I am, I stay. Let Sir Daniel get me out if he be
  • able!"
  • Hatch was silent for a space.
  • "Hark ye," he began, "I return to Sir Daniel, to tell him where ye are,
  • and how posted; for, in truth, it was to that end he sent me. But you,
  • if ye are no fool, had best be gone ere I return."
  • "Be gone!" repeated Dick. "I would be gone already, an I wist how. I
  • cannot move the trap."
  • "Put me your hand into the corner, and see what ye find there," replied
  • Bennet. "Throgmorton's rope is still in the brown chamber. Fare ye
  • well."
  • And Hatch, turning upon his heel, disappeared again into the windings of
  • the passage.
  • Dick instantly returned for his lamp, and proceeded to act upon the
  • hint. At one corner of the trap there was a deep cavity in the wall.
  • Pushing his arm into the aperture, Dick found an iron bar, which he
  • thrust vigorously upwards. There followed a snapping noise, and the slab
  • of stone instantly started in its bed.
  • They were free of the passage. A little exercise of strength easily
  • raised the trap; and they came forth into a vaulted chamber, opening on
  • one hand upon the court, where one or two fellows, with bare arms, were
  • rubbing down the horses of the last arrivals. A torch or two, each stuck
  • in an iron ring against the wall, changefully lit up the scene.
  • CHAPTER V
  • HOW DICK CHANGED SIDES
  • Dick, blowing out his lamp lest it should attract attention, led the way
  • up-stairs and along the corridor. In the brown chamber the rope had been
  • made fast to the frame of an exceeding heavy and ancient bed. It had not
  • been detached, and Dick, taking the coil to the window, began to lower
  • it slowly and cautiously into the darkness of the night. Joan stood by;
  • but as the rope lengthened, and still Dick continued to pay it out,
  • extreme fear began to conquer her resolution.
  • "Dick," she said, "is it so deep? I may not essay it. I should
  • infallibly fall, good Dick."
  • It was just at the delicate moment of the operations that she spoke.
  • Dick started; the remainder of the coil slipped from his grasp, and the
  • end fell with a splash into the moat. Instantly, from the battlement
  • above, the voice of a sentinel cried, "Who goes?"
  • "A murrain!" cried Dick. "We are paid now! Down with you--take the
  • rope."
  • "I cannot," she cried, recoiling.
  • "An ye cannot, no more can I," said Shelton. "How can I swim the moat
  • without you? Do you desert me, then?"
  • "Dick," she gasped, "I cannot. The strength is gone from me."
  • "By the mass, then, we are all shent!" he shouted, stamping with his
  • foot; and then, hearing steps, he ran to the room door and sought to
  • close it.
  • Before he could shoot the bolt, strong arms were thrusting it back upon
  • him from the other side. He struggled for a second; then, feeling
  • himself overpowered, ran back to the window. The girl had fallen against
  • the wall in the embrasure of the window; she was more than half
  • insensible; and when he tried to raise her in his arms, her body was
  • limp and unresponsive.
  • At the same moment the men who had forced the door against him laid hold
  • upon him. The first he poniarded at a blow, and the others falling back
  • for a second in some disorder, he profited by the chance, bestrode the
  • window-sill, seized the cord in both hands, and let his body slip.
  • The cord was knotted, which made it the easier to descend; but so
  • furious was Dick's hurry, and so small his experience of such
  • gymnastics, that he span round and round in mid-air like a criminal upon
  • a gibbet, and now beat his head, and now bruised his hands, against the
  • rugged stonework of the wall. The air roared in his ears; he saw the
  • stars overhead, and the reflected stars below him in the moat, whirling
  • like dead leaves before the tempest. And then he lost hold, and fell,
  • and soused head over ears into the icy water.
  • When he came to the surface his hand encountered the rope, which, newly
  • lightened of his weight, was swinging wildly to and fro. There was a
  • red glow overhead, and looking up, he saw, by the light of several
  • torches and a cresset full of burning coals, the battlements lined with
  • faces. He saw the men's eyes turning hither and thither in quest of him;
  • but he was too far below, the light reached him not, and they looked in
  • vain.
  • And now he perceived that the rope was considerably too long, and he
  • began to struggle as well as he could towards the other side of the
  • moat, still keeping his head above water. In this way he got much more
  • than half-way over; indeed the bank was almost within reach, before the
  • rope began to draw him back by its own weight. Taking his courage in
  • both hands, he left go and made a leap for the trailing sprays of willow
  • that had already, that same evening, helped Sir Daniel's messenger to
  • land. He went down, rose again, sank a second time, and then his hand
  • caught a branch, and with the speed of thought he had dragged himself
  • into the thick of the tree and clung there, dripping and panting, and
  • still half uncertain of his escape.
  • But all this had not been done without a considerable splashing, which
  • had so far indicated his position to the men along the battlements.
  • Arrows and quarrels fell thick around him in the darkness, thick like
  • driving hail; and suddenly a torch was thrown down--flared through the
  • air in its swift passage--stuck for a moment on the edge of the bank,
  • where it burned high and lit up its whole surroundings like a
  • bonfire--and then, in a good hour for Dick, slipped off, plumped into
  • the moat, and was instantly extinguished.
  • It had served its purpose. The marksmen had had time to see the willow,
  • and Dick ensconced among its boughs; and though the lad instantly sprang
  • higher up the bank, and ran for his life, he was yet not quick enough to
  • escape a shot. An arrow struck him in the shoulder, another grazed his
  • head.
  • The pain of his wounds lent him wings; and he had no sooner got upon the
  • level than he took to his heels and ran straight before him in the dark,
  • without a thought for the direction of his flight.
  • For a few steps missiles followed him, but these soon ceased; and when
  • at length he came to a halt and looked behind, he was already a good way
  • from the Moat House, though he could still see the torches moving to and
  • fro along its battlements.
  • He leaned against a tree, streaming with blood and water, bruised,
  • wounded, alone, and unarmed. For all that, he had saved his life for
  • that bout; and though Joanna remained behind in the power of Sir Daniel,
  • he neither blamed himself for an accident that it had been beyond his
  • power to prevent, nor did he augur any fatal consequences to the girl
  • herself. Sir Daniel was cruel, but he was not likely to be cruel to a
  • young gentlewoman who had other protectors, willing and able to bring
  • him to account. It was more probable he would make haste to marry her to
  • some friend of his own.
  • "Well," thought Dick, "between then and now I will find me the means to
  • bring that traitor under; for I think, by the mass, that I be now
  • absolved from any gratitude or obligation; and when war is open, there
  • is a fair chance for all."
  • In the meanwhile, here he was in a sore plight.
  • For some little way farther he struggled forward through the forest; but
  • what with the pain of his wounds, the darkness of the night, and the
  • extreme uneasiness and confusion of his mind, he soon became equally
  • unable to guide himself or to continue to push through the close
  • undergrowth, and he was fain at length to sit down and lean his back
  • against a tree.
  • When he awoke from something betwixt sleep and swooning, the grey of the
  • morning had begun to take the place of night. A little chilly breeze was
  • bustling among the trees, and as he still sat staring before him, only
  • half awake, he became aware of something dark that swung to and fro
  • among the branches, some hundred yards in front of him. The progressive
  • brightening of the day and the return of his own senses at last enabled
  • him to recognise the object. It was a man hanging from the bough of a
  • tall oak. His head had fallen forward on his breast; but at every
  • stronger puff of wind his body span round and round, and his legs and
  • arms tossed, like some ridiculous plaything.
  • Dick clambered to his feet, and, staggering and leaning on the
  • tree-trunks as he went, drew near to this grim object.
  • The bough was perhaps twenty feet above the ground, and the poor fellow
  • had been drawn up so high by his executioners that his boots swung clear
  • above Dick's reach; and as his hood had been drawn over his face, it was
  • impossible to recognise the man.
  • Dick looked about him right and left; and at last he perceived that the
  • other end of the cord had been made fast to the trunk of a little
  • hawthorn which grew, thick with blossom, under the lofty arcade of the
  • oak. With his dagger, which alone remained to him of all his arms, young
  • Shelton severed the rope, and instantly, with a dead thump, the corpse
  • fell in a heap upon the ground.
  • Dick raised the hood; it was Throgmorton, Sir Daniel's messenger. He had
  • not gone far upon his errand. A paper, which had apparently escaped the
  • notice of the men of the Black Arrow, stuck from the bosom of his
  • doublet, and Dick, pulling it forth, found it was Sir Daniel's letter to
  • Lord Wensleydale.
  • "Come," thought he, "if the world changes yet again, I may have here the
  • wherewithal to shame Sir Daniel--nay, and perchance to bring him to the
  • block."
  • And he put the paper in his own bosom, said a prayer over the dead man,
  • and set forth again through the woods.
  • His fatigue and weakness increased; his ears sang, his steps faltered,
  • his mind at intervals failed him, so low had he been brought by loss of
  • blood. Doubtless he made many deviations from his true path, but at last
  • he came out upon the highroad, not very far from Tunstall hamlet.
  • A rough voice bid him stand.
  • "Stand?" repeated Dick. "By the mass, but I am nearer falling."
  • And he suited the action to the word, and fell all his length upon the
  • road.
  • Two men came forth out of the thicket, each in green forest jerkin, each
  • with long-bow and quiver and short sword.
  • "Why, Lawless," said the younger of the two, "it is young Shelton."
  • "Ay, this will be as good as bread to John Amend-All," returned the
  • other. "Though, faith, he hath been to the wars. Here is a tear in his
  • scalp that must 'a' cost him many a good ounce of blood."
  • "And here," added Greensheve, "is a hole in his shoulder that must have
  • pricked him well. Who hath done this, think ye? If it be one of ours, he
  • may all to prayer; Ellis will give him a short shrift and a long rope."
  • "Up with the cub," said Lawless. "Clap him on my back."
  • And then, when Dick had been hoisted to his shoulders, and he had taken
  • the lad's arms about his neck, and got a firm hold of him, the ex-Grey
  • Friar added:
  • "Keep ye the post, brother Greensheve. I will on with him by myself."
  • So Greensheve returned to his ambush on the wayside, and Lawless trudged
  • down the hill, whistling as he went, with Dick, still in a dead faint,
  • comfortably settled on his shoulders.
  • The sun rose as he came out of the skirts of the wood and saw Tunstall
  • hamlet straggling up the opposite hill. All seemed quiet, but a strong
  • post of some half a score of archers lay close by the bridge on either
  • side of the road, and, as soon as they perceived Lawless with his
  • burthen, began to bestir themselves and set arrow to string like
  • vigilant sentries.
  • "Who goes?" cried the man in command.
  • "Will Lawless, by the rood--ye know me as well as your own hand,"
  • returned the outlaw, contemptuously.
  • "Give the word, Lawless," returned the other.
  • "Now, Heaven lighten thee, thou great fool," replied Lawless. "Did I not
  • tell it thee myself? But ye are all mad for this playing at soldiers.
  • When I am in the greenwood, give me greenwood ways; and my word for this
  • tide is: 'A fig for all mock soldiery!'"
  • "Lawless, ye but show an ill example; give us the word, fool jester,"
  • said the commander of the post.
  • "And if I had forgotten it?" asked the other.
  • "An ye had forgotten it--as I know y' 'ave not--by the mass, I would
  • clap an arrow into your big body," returned the first.
  • "Nay, an y'are so ill a jester," said Lawless, "ye shall have your word
  • for me. 'Duckworth and Shelton' is the word; and here, to the
  • illustration, is Shelton on my shoulders, and to Duckworth do I carry
  • him."
  • "Pass, Lawless," said the sentry.
  • "And where is John?" asked the Grey Friar.
  • "He holdeth a court, by the mass, and taketh rents as to the manner
  • born!" cried another of the company.
  • So it proved. When Lawless got as far up the village as the little inn,
  • he found Ellis Duckworth surrounded by Sir Daniel's tenants, and, by the
  • right of his good company of archers, coolly taking rents, and giving
  • written receipts in return for them. By the faces of the tenants, it was
  • plain how little this proceeding pleased them; for they argued very
  • rightly that they would simply have to pay them twice.
  • As soon as he knew what had brought Lawless, Ellis dismissed the
  • remainder of the tenants, and, with every mark of interest and
  • apprehension, conducted Dick into an inner chamber of the inn. There the
  • lad's hurts were looked to; and he was recalled, by simple remedies, to
  • consciousness.
  • "Dear lad," said Ellis, pressing his hand, "y'are in a friend's hands
  • that loved your father, and loves you for his sake. Rest ye a little
  • quietly, for ye are somewhat out of case. Then shall ye tell me your
  • story, and betwixt the two of us we shall find a remedy for all."
  • A little later in the day, and after Dick had awakened from a
  • comfortable slumber to find himself still very weak, but clearer in mind
  • and easier in body, Ellis returned, and sitting down by the bedside,
  • begged him, in the name of his father, to relate the circumstance of his
  • escape from Tunstall Moat House. There was something in the strength of
  • Duckworth's frame, in the honesty of his brown face, in the clearness
  • and shrewdness of his eyes, that moved Dick to obey him; and from first
  • to last the lad told him the story of his two days' adventures.
  • "Well," said Ellis, when he had done, "see what the kind saints have
  • done for you, Dick Shelton, not alone to save your body in so numerous
  • and deadly perils, but to bring you into my hands that have no dearer
  • wish than to assist your father's son. Be but true to me--and I see
  • y'are true--and betwixt you and me, we shall bring that false-heart
  • traitor to the death."
  • "Will ye assault the house?" asked Dick.
  • "I were mad, indeed, to think of it," returned Ellis. "He hath too much
  • power; his men gather to him; those that gave me the slip last night,
  • and by the mass came in so handily for you--those have made him safe.
  • Nay, Dick, to the contrary, thou and I and my brave bowmen, we must all
  • slip from this forest speedily, and leave Sir Daniel free."
  • "My mind misgiveth me for Jack," said the lad.
  • "For Jack!" repeated Duckworth. "O, I see, for the wench! Nay, Dick, I
  • promise you, if there come talk of any marriage we shall act at once;
  • till then, or till the time is ripe, we shall all disappear, even like
  • shadows at morning; Sir Daniel shall look east and west, and see none
  • enemies; he shall think, by the mass, that he hath dreamed awhile, and
  • hath now awakened in his bed. But our four eyes, Dick, shall follow him
  • right close, and our four hands--so help us all the army of the
  • saints!--shall bring that traitor low!"
  • * * * * *
  • Two days later Sir Daniel's garrison had grown to such a strength that
  • he ventured on a sally, and at the head of some two-score horsemen,
  • pushed without opposition as far as Tunstall hamlet. Not an arrow flew,
  • not a man stirred in the thicket; the bridge was no longer guarded, but
  • stood open to all comers; and as Sir Daniel crossed it, he saw the
  • villagers looking timidly from their doors.
  • Presently one of them, taking heart of grace, came forward, and with the
  • lowliest salutations, presented a letter to the knight.
  • His face darkened as he read the contents. It ran thus:
  • _To the most untrue and cruel gentylman, Sir Daniel Brackley,
  • Knyght, These:_
  • I fynde ye were untrue and unkynd fro the first. Ye have my
  • father's blood upon your hands; let be, it will not wasshe. Some
  • day ye shall perish by my procurement, so much I let you to wytte;
  • and I let you to wytte farther, that if ye seek to wed to any other
  • the gentylwoman, Mistresse Joan Sedley, whom that I am bound upon a
  • great oath to wed myself, the blow will be very swift. The first
  • step therinne will be thy first step to the grave.
  • RIC. SHELTON.
  • BOOK III
  • MY LORD FOXHAM
  • CHAPTER I
  • THE HOUSE BY THE SHORE
  • Months had passed away since Richard Shelton made his escape from the
  • hands of his guardian. These months had been eventful for England. The
  • party of Lancaster, which was then in the very article of death, had
  • once more raised its head. The Yorkists defeated and dispersed, their
  • leader butchered on the field, it seemed, for a very brief season in the
  • winter following upon the events already recorded, as if the House of
  • Lancaster had finally triumphed over its foes.
  • The small town of Shoreby-on-the-Till was full of the Lancastrian nobles
  • of the neighbourhood. Earl Risingham was there, with three hundred
  • men-at-arms; Lord Shoreby, with two hundred; Sir Daniel himself, high in
  • favour and once more growing rich on confiscations, lay in a house of
  • his own, on the main street, with three-score men. The world had changed
  • indeed.
  • It was a black, bitter cold evening in the first week of January, with a
  • hard frost, a high wind, and every likelihood of snow before the
  • morning.
  • In an obscure alehouse in a by-street near the harbour, three or four
  • men sat drinking ale and eating a hasty mess of eggs. They were all
  • likely, lusty, weather-beaten fellows, hard of hand, bold of eye; and
  • though they wore plain tabards, like country ploughmen, even a drunken
  • soldier might have looked twice before he sought a quarrel in such
  • company.
  • A little apart before the huge fire sat a younger man, almost a boy,
  • dressed in much the same fashion, though it was easy to see by his looks
  • that he was better born, and might have worn a sword, had the time
  • suited.
  • "Nay," said one of the men at the table, "I like it not. Ill will come
  • of it. This is no place for jolly fellows. A jolly fellow loveth open
  • country, good cover, and scarce foes; but here we are shut in a town,
  • girt about with enemies; and, for the bull's-eye of misfortune, see if
  • it snow not ere the morning."
  • "'Tis for Master Shelton there," said another, nodding his head towards
  • the lad before the fire.
  • "I will do much for Master Shelton," returned the first; "but to come to
  • the gallows for any man--nay, brothers, not that!"
  • The door of the inn opened, and another man entered hastily and
  • approached the youth before the fire.
  • "Master Shelton," he said, "Sir Daniel goeth forth with a pair of links
  • and four archers."
  • Dick (for this was our young friend) rose instantly to his feet.
  • "Lawless," he said, "ye will take John Capper's watch. Greensheve,
  • follow with me. Capper, lead forward. We will follow him this time, an
  • he go to York."
  • The next moment they were outside in the dark street, and Capper, the
  • man who had just come, pointed to where two torches flared in the wind
  • at a little distance.
  • The town was already sound asleep; no one moved upon the streets, and
  • there was nothing easier than to follow the party without observation.
  • The two link-bearers went first; next followed a single man, whose long
  • cloak blew about him in the wind; and the rear was brought up by the
  • four archers, each with his bow upon his arm. They moved at a brisk
  • walk, threading the intricate lanes and drawing nearer to the shore.
  • "He hath gone each night in this direction?" asked Dick, in a whisper.
  • "This is the third night running, Master Shelton," returned Capper, "and
  • still at the same hour and with the same small following, as though his
  • end were secret."
  • Sir Daniel and his six men were now come to the outskirts of the
  • country. Shoreby was an open town, and though the Lancastrian lords who
  • lay there kept a strong guard on the main roads, it was still possible
  • to enter or depart unseen by any of the lesser streets or across the
  • open country.
  • The lane which Sir Daniel had been following came to an abrupt end.
  • Before him there was a stretch of rough down, and the noise of the
  • sea-surf was audible upon one hand. There were no guards in the
  • neighbourhood, nor any light in that quarter of the town.
  • Dick and his two outlaws drew a little closer to the object of their
  • chase, and presently, as they came forth from between the houses and
  • could see a little farther upon either hand, they were aware of another
  • torch drawing near from another direction.
  • "Hey," said Dick, "I smell treason."
  • Meanwhile, Sir Daniel had come to a full halt. The torches were stuck
  • into the sand, and the men lay down, as if to await the arrival of the
  • other party.
  • This drew near at a good rate. It consisted of four men only--a pair of
  • archers, a varlet with a link, and a cloaked gentleman walking in their
  • midst.
  • "Is it you, my lord?" cried Sir Daniel.
  • "It is I, indeed; and if ever true knight gave proof I am that man,"
  • replied the leader of the second troop; "for who would not rather face
  • giants, sorcerers, or pagans, than this pinching cold?"
  • "My lord," returned Sir Daniel, "beauty will be the more beholden,
  • misdoubt it not. But shall we forth? for the sooner ye have seen my
  • merchandise, the sooner shall we both get home."
  • "But why keep ye her here, good knight?" inquired the other. "An she be
  • so young, and so fair, and so wealthy, why do ye not bring her forth
  • among her mates? Ye would soon make her a good marriage, and no need to
  • freeze your fingers and risk arrow-shots by going abroad at such
  • untimely seasons in the dark."
  • "I have told you, my lord," replied Sir Daniel, "the reason thereof
  • concerneth me only. Neither do I purpose to explain it further. Suffice
  • it, that if ye be weary of your old gossip, Daniel Brackley, publish it
  • abroad that y'are to wed Joanna Sedley, and I give you my word ye will
  • be quit of him right soon. Ye will find him with an arrow in his back."
  • Meantime the two gentlemen were walking briskly forward over the down;
  • the three torches going before them, stooping against the wind and
  • scattering clouds of smoke and tufts of flame, and the rear brought up
  • by the six archers.
  • Close upon the heels of these, Dick followed. He had, of course, heard
  • no word of this conversation; but he had recognised in the second of the
  • speakers old Lord Shoreby himself, a man of an infamous reputation, whom
  • even Sir Daniel affected, in public, to condemn.
  • Presently they came close down upon the beach. The air smelt salt; the
  • noise of the surf increased; and here, in a large walled garden, there
  • stood a small house of two storeys, with stables and other offices.
  • The foremost torch-bearer unlocked a door in the wall, and after the
  • whole party had passed into the garden, again closed and locked it on
  • the other side.
  • Dick and his men were thus excluded from any farther following, unless
  • they should scale the wall and thus put their necks in a trap.
  • They sat down in a tuft of furze and waited. The red glow of the torches
  • moved up and down and to and fro within the enclosure, as if the
  • link-bearers steadily patrolled the garden.
  • Twenty minutes passed, and then the whole party issued forth again upon
  • the down; and Sir Daniel and the baron, after an elaborate salutation,
  • separated and turned severally homeward, each with his own following of
  • men and lights.
  • As soon as the sound of their steps had been swallowed by the wind, Dick
  • got to his feet as briskly as he was able, for he was stiff and aching
  • with the cold.
  • "Capper, ye will give me a back up," he said.
  • They advanced, all three, to the wall; Capper stooped, and Dick, getting
  • upon his shoulders, clambered on to the cope-stone.
  • "Now, Greensheve," whispered Dick, "follow me up here; lie flat upon
  • your face, that ye may be the less seen; and be ever ready to give me a
  • hand if I fall foully on the other side."
  • And so saying he dropped into the garden.
  • It was all pitch dark; there was no light in the house. The wind
  • whistled shrill among the poor shrubs, and the surf beat upon the beach;
  • there was no other sound. Cautiously Dick footed it forth, stumbling
  • among bushes, and groping with his hands; and presently the crisp noise
  • of gravel underfoot told him that he had struck upon an alley.
  • Here he paused, and taking his cross-bow from where he kept it concealed
  • under his long tabard, he prepared it for instant action, and went
  • forward once more with greater resolution and assurance. The path led
  • him straight to the group of buildings.
  • All seemed to be sorely dilapidated: the windows of the house were
  • secured by crazy shutters; the stables were open and empty; there was no
  • hay in the hay-loft, no corn in the corn-box. Any one would have
  • supposed the place to be deserted. But Dick had good reason to think
  • otherwise. He continued his inspection, visiting the offices, trying all
  • the windows. At length he came round to the sea-side of the house, and
  • there, sure enough, there burned a pale light in one of the upper
  • windows.
  • He stepped back a little way, till he thought he could see the movement
  • of a shadow on the wall of the apartment. Then he remembered that, in
  • the stable, his groping hand had rested for a moment on a ladder, and he
  • returned with all despatch to bring it. The ladder was very short, but
  • yet, by standing on the topmost round, he could bring his hands as high
  • as the iron bars of the windows; and seizing these, he raised his body
  • by main force until his eyes commanded the interior of the room.
  • Two persons were within; the first he readily knew to be Dame Hatch; the
  • second, a tall and beautiful and grave young lady, in a long,
  • embroidered dress--could that be Joanna Sedley? his old wood-companion,
  • Jack, whom he had thought to punish with a belt?
  • He dropped back again to the top round of the ladder in a kind of
  • amazement. He had never thought of his sweetheart as of so superior a
  • being, and he was instantly taken with a feeling of diffidence. But he
  • had little opportunity for thought. A low "Hist!" sounded from close by,
  • and he hastened to descend the ladder.
  • "Who goes?" he whispered.
  • "Greensheve," came the reply, in tones similarly guarded.
  • "What want ye?" asked Dick.
  • "The house is watched, Master Shelton," returned the outlaw. "We are not
  • alone to watch it; for even as I lay on my belly on the wall I saw men
  • prowling in the dark, and heard them whistle softly one to the other."
  • "By my sooth," said Dick, "but this is passing strange! Were they not
  • men of Sir Daniel's?"
  • "Nay, sir, that they were not," returned Greensheve; "for if I have eyes
  • in my head, every man-Jack of them weareth me a white badge in his
  • bonnet, something chequered with dark."
  • "White, chequered with dark," repeated Dick. "Faith, 'tis a badge I know
  • not. It is none of this country's badges. Well, an that be so, let us
  • slip as quietly forth from this garden as we may; for here we are in an
  • evil posture for defence. Beyond all question there are men of Sir
  • Daniel's in that house, and to be taken between two shots is a
  • beggarman's position. Take me this ladder; I must leave it where I found
  • it."
  • They returned the ladder to the stable, and groped their way to the
  • place where they had entered.
  • Capper had taken Greensheve's position on the cope, and now he leaned
  • down his hand, and, first one and then the other, pulled them up.
  • Cautiously and silently, they dropped again upon the other side; nor did
  • they dare to speak until they had returned to their old ambush in the
  • gorse.
  • "Now, John Capper," said Dick, "back with you to Shoreby, even as for
  • your life. Bring me instantly what men ye can collect. Here shall be the
  • rendezvous; or if the men be scattered and the day be near at hand
  • before they muster, let the place be something farther back, and by the
  • entering in of the town. Greensheve and I lie here to watch. Speed ye,
  • John Capper, and the saints aid you to despatch. And now, Greensheve,"
  • he continued, as soon as Capper had departed, "let thou and I go round
  • about the garden in a wide circuit. I would fain see whether thine eyes
  • betrayed thee."
  • Keeping well outwards from the wall, and profiting by every height and
  • hollow, they passed about two sides, beholding nothing. On the third
  • side the garden wall was built close upon the beach, and to preserve the
  • distance necessary to their purpose, they had to go some way down upon
  • the sands. Although the tide was still pretty far out, the surf was so
  • high, and the sands so flat, that at each breaker a great sheet of froth
  • and water came careering over the expanse, and Dick and Greensheve made
  • this part of their inspection wading, now to the ankles, and now as deep
  • as to the knees, in the salt and icy waters of the German Ocean.
  • Suddenly, against the comparative whiteness of the garden wall, the
  • figure of a man was seen, like a faint Chinese shadow, violently
  • signalling with both arms. As he dropped again to the earth, another
  • arose a little farther on and repeated the same performance. And so,
  • like a silent watchword, these gesticulations made the round of the
  • beleaguered garden.
  • "They keep good watch," Dick whispered.
  • "Let us back to land, good master," answered Greensheve. "We stand here
  • too open; for, look ye, when the seas break heavy and white out there
  • behind us, they shall see us plainly against the foam."
  • "Ye speak sooth," returned Dick. "Ashore with us, right speedily."
  • CHAPTER II
  • A SKIRMISH IN THE DARK
  • Thoroughly drenched and chilled, the two adventurers returned to their
  • position in the gorse.
  • "I pray Heaven that Capper make good speed!" said Dick. "I vow a candle
  • to St. Mary of Shoreby if he come before the hour!"
  • "Y'are in a hurry, Master Dick?" asked Greensheve.
  • "Ay, good fellow," answered Dick; "for in that house lieth my lady, whom
  • I love, and who should these be that lie about her secretly by night?
  • Unfriends, for sure!"
  • "Well," returned Greensheve, "an John come speedily, we shall give a
  • good account of them. They are not two-score at the outside--I judge so
  • by the spacing of their sentries--and, taken where they are, lying so
  • widely, one score would scatter them like sparrows. And yet, Master
  • Dick, an she be in Sir Daniel's power already, it will little hurt that
  • she should change into another's. Who should these be?"
  • "I do suspect the Lord of Shoreby," Dick replied. "When came they?"
  • "They began to come, Master Dick," said Greensheve, "about the time ye
  • crossed the wall. I had not lain there the space of a minute ere I
  • marked the first of the knaves crawling round the corner."
  • The last light had been already extinguished in the little house when
  • they were wading in the wash of the breakers, and it was impossible to
  • predict at what moment the lurking men about the garden wall might make
  • their onslaught. Of two evils, Dick preferred the least. He preferred
  • that Joanna should remain under the guardianship of Sir Daniel rather
  • than pass into the clutches of Lord Shoreby; and his mind was made up,
  • if the house should be assaulted, to come at once to the relief of the
  • besieged.
  • But the time passed, and still there was no movement. From quarter of an
  • hour to quarter of an hour the same signal passed about the garden wall,
  • as if the leader desired to assure himself of the vigilance of his
  • scattered followers; but in every other particular the neighbourhood of
  • the little house lay undisturbed.
  • Presently Dick's reinforcements began to arrive. The night was not yet
  • old before nearly a score of men crouched beside him in the gorse.
  • Separating these into two bodies, he took the command of the smaller
  • himself, and entrusted the larger to the leadership of Greensheve.
  • "Now, Kit," said he to this last, "take me your men to the near angle of
  • the garden wall upon the beach. Post them strongly, and wait till that
  • ye hear me falling on upon the other side. It is those upon the
  • sea-front that I would fain make certain of, for there will be the
  • leader. The rest will run; even let them. And now, lads, let no man draw
  • an arrow; ye will but hurt friends. Take to the steel, and keep to the
  • steel; and if we have the uppermost, I promise every man of you a gold
  • noble when I come to mine estate."
  • Out of the odd collection of broken men, thieves, murderers, and ruined
  • peasantry, whom Duckworth had gathered together to serve the purposes of
  • his revenge, some of the boldest and the most experienced in war had
  • volunteered to follow Richard Shelton. The service of watching Sir
  • Daniel's movements in the town of Shoreby had from the first been
  • irksome to their temper, and they had of late begun to grumble loudly
  • and threaten to disperse. The prospect of a sharp encounter and possible
  • spoils restored them to good-humour, and they joyfully prepared for
  • battle.
  • Their long tabards thrown aside, they appeared, some in plain green
  • jerkins, and some in stout leathern jacks; under their hoods many wore
  • bonnets strengthened by iron plates; and, for offensive armour, swords,
  • daggers, a few stout boar-spears, and a dozen of bright bills, put them
  • in a posture to engage even regular feudal troops. The bows, quivers,
  • and tabards were concealed among the gorse, and the two bands set
  • resolutely forward.
  • Dick, when he had reached the other side of the house, posted his six
  • men in a line, about twenty yards from the garden wall, and took
  • position himself a few paces in front. Then they all shouted with one
  • voice, and closed upon the enemy.
  • These, lying widely scattered, stiff with cold, and taken at unawares,
  • sprang stupidly to their feet, and stood undecided. Before they had time
  • to get their courage about them, or even to form an idea of the number
  • and mettle of their assailants, a similar shout of onslaught sounded in
  • their ears from the far side of the enclosure. Thereupon they gave
  • themselves up for lost and ran.
  • In this way the two small troops of the men of the Black Arrow closed
  • upon the sea-front of the garden wall, and took a part of the strangers,
  • as it were, between two fires; while the whole of the remainder ran for
  • their lives in different directions, and were soon scattered in the
  • darkness.
  • For all that, the fight was but beginning. Dick's outlaws, although they
  • had the advantage of the surprise, were still considerably outnumbered
  • by the men they had surrounded. The tide had flowed, in the meanwhile;
  • the beach was narrowed to a strip; and on this wet field, between the
  • surf and the garden wall, there began, in the darkness, a doubtful,
  • furious, and deadly contest.
  • The strangers were well armed; they fell in silence upon their
  • assailants; and the affray became a series of single combats. Dick, who
  • had come first into the mellay, was engaged by three; the first he cut
  • down at the first blow, but the other two coming upon him, hotly, he was
  • fain to give ground before their onset. One of these two was a huge
  • fellow, almost a giant for stature, and armed with a two-handed sword,
  • which he brandished like a switch. Against this opponent, with his reach
  • of arm and the length and weight of his weapon, Dick and his bill were
  • quite defenceless; and had the other continued to join vigorously in the
  • attack, the lad must have indubitably fallen. This second man, however,
  • less in stature and slower in his movements, paused for a moment to peer
  • about him in the darkness, and to give ear to the sounds of the battle.
  • The giant still pursued his advantage, and still Dick fled before him,
  • spying for his chance. Then the huge blade flashed and descended, and
  • the lad, leaping on one side and running in, slashed sideways and
  • upwards with his bill. A roar of agony responded, and, before the
  • wounded man could raise his formidable weapon, Dick, twice repeating his
  • blow, had brought him to the ground.
  • The next moment he was engaged, upon more equal terms, with his second
  • pursuer. Here there was no great difference in size, and though the man,
  • fighting with sword and dagger against a bill, and being wary and quick
  • of fence, had a certain superiority of arms, Dick more than made it up
  • by his greater agility on foot. Neither at first gained any obvious
  • advantage; but the older man was still insensibly profiting by the
  • ardour of the younger to lead him where he would; and presently Dick
  • found that they had crossed the whole width of the beach, and were now
  • fighting above the knees in the spume and bubble of the breakers. Here
  • his own superior activity was rendered useless; he found himself more or
  • less at the discretion of his foe; yet a little, and he had his back
  • turned upon his own men, and saw that this adroit and skilful adversary
  • was bent upon drawing him farther and farther away.
  • Dick ground his teeth. He determined to decide the combat instantly; and
  • when the wash of the next wave had ebbed and left them dry, he rushed
  • in, caught a blow upon his bill, and leaped right at the throat of his
  • opponent. The man went down backwards, with Dick still upon the top of
  • him; and the next wave, speedily succeeding to the last, buried him
  • below a rush of water.
  • While he was still submerged, Dick forced his dagger from his grasp, and
  • rose to his feet, victorious.
  • "Yield ye!" he said. "I give you life."
  • "I yield me," said the other, getting to his knees. "Ye fight, like a
  • young man, ignorantly and foolhardily; but, by the array of the saints,
  • ye fight bravely!"
  • Dick turned to the beach. The combat was still raging doubtfully in the
  • night; over the hoarse roar of the breakers steel clanged upon steel,
  • and cries of pain and the shout of battle resounded.
  • "Lead me to your captain, youth," said the conquered knight. "It is fit
  • this butchery should cease."
  • "Sir," replied Dick, "so far as these brave fellows have a captain, the
  • poor gentleman who here addresses you is he."
  • "Call off your dogs, then, and I will bid my villains hold," returned
  • the other.
  • There was something noble both in the voice and manner of his late
  • opponent, and Dick instantly dismissed all fears of treachery.
  • "Lay down your arms, men!" cried the stranger knight. "I have yielded
  • me, upon promise of life."
  • The tone of the stranger was one of absolute command, and almost
  • instantly the din and confusion of the mellay ceased.
  • "Lawless," cried Dick, "are ye safe?"
  • "Ay," cried Lawless, "safe and hearty."
  • "Light me the lantern," said Dick.
  • "Is not Sir Daniel here?" inquired the knight.
  • "Sir Daniel?" echoed Dick. "Now, by the rood, I pray not. It would go
  • ill with me if he were."
  • "Ill with _you_, fair sir?" inquired the other. "Nay, then, if ye be
  • not of Sir Daniel's party, I profess I comprehend no longer. Wherefore,
  • then, fell ye upon mine ambush? in what quarrel, my young and very fiery
  • friend? to what earthly purpose? and, to make a clear end of
  • questioning, to what good gentleman have I surrendered?"
  • But before Dick could answer, a voice spoke in the darkness from close
  • by. Dick could see the speaker's black and white badge, and the
  • respectful salute which he addressed to his superior.
  • "My lord," said he, "if these gentlemen be unfriends to Sir Daniel, it
  • is pity, indeed, we should have been at blows with them; but it were
  • tenfold greater that either they or we should linger here. The watchers
  • in the house----unless they be all dead or deaf----have heard our
  • hammering this quarter-hour agone; instantly they will have signalled to
  • the town; and unless we be the livelier in our departure, we are like to
  • be taken, both of us, by a fresh foe."
  • "Hawksley is in the right," added the lord. "How please ye, sir? Whither
  • shall we march?"
  • "Nay, my lord," said Dick, "go where ye will for me. I do begin to
  • suspect we have some ground of friendship, and if, indeed, I began our
  • acquaintance somewhat ruggedly, I would not churlishly continue. Let us,
  • then, separate, my lord, you laying your right hand in mine; and at the
  • hour and place that ye shall name, let us encounter and agree."
  • "Y'are too trustful, boy," said the other; "but this time your trust is
  • not misplaced. I will meet you at the point of day at St. Bride's Cross.
  • Come, lads, follow!"
  • The strangers disappeared from the scene with a rapidity that seemed
  • suspicious; and while the outlaws fell to the congenial task of rifling
  • the dead bodies, Dick made once more the circuit of the garden wall to
  • examine the front of the house. In a little upper loophole of the roof
  • he beheld a light set; and as it would certainly be visible in town from
  • the back windows of Sir Daniel's mansion, he doubted not that this was
  • the signal feared by Hawksley, and that ere long the lances of the
  • Knight of Tunstall would arrive upon the scene.
  • He put his ear to the ground, and it seemed to him as if he heard a
  • jarring and hollow noise from townward. Back to the beach he went
  • hurrying. But the work was already done; the last body was disarmed and
  • stripped to the skin, and four fellows were already wading seaward to
  • commit it to the mercies of the deep.
  • A few minutes later, when there debouched out of the nearest lanes of
  • Shoreby some two-score horsemen, hastily arrayed and moving at the
  • gallop of their steeds, the neighbourhood of the house beside the sea
  • was entirely silent and deserted.
  • Meanwhile, Dick and his men had returned to the alehouse of the Goat and
  • Bagpipes to snatch some hours of sleep before the morning tryst.
  • CHAPTER III
  • ST. BRIDE'S CROSS
  • St. Bride's Cross stood a little way back from Shoreby, on the skirts of
  • Tunstall Forest. Two roads met: one, from Holywood across the forest;
  • one, that road from Risingham down which we saw the wrecks of a
  • Lancastrian army fleeing in disorder. Here the two joined issue, and
  • went on together down the hill to Shoreby; and a little back from the
  • point of junction, the summit of a little knoll was crowned by the
  • ancient and weather-beaten cross.
  • Here, then, about seven in the morning, Dick arrived. It was as cold as
  • ever; the earth was all grey and silver with the hoar-frost, and the day
  • began to break in the east with many colours of purple and orange.
  • Dick set him down upon the lowest step of the cross, wrapped himself
  • well in his tabard, and looked vigilantly upon all sides. He had not
  • long to wait. Down the road from Holywood a gentleman in very rich and
  • bright armour, and wearing over that a surcoat of the rarest furs, came
  • pacing on a splendid charger. Twenty yards behind him followed a clump
  • of lances; but these halted as soon as they came in view of the
  • trysting-place, while the gentleman in the fur surcoat continued to
  • advance alone.
  • His visor was raised, and showed a countenance of great command and
  • dignity, answerable to the richness of his attire and arms. And it was
  • with some confusion of manner that Dick arose from the cross and stepped
  • down the bank to meet his prisoner.
  • "I thank you, my lord, for your exactitude," he said, louting very low.
  • "Will it please your lordship to set foot to earth?"
  • "Are ye here alone, young man?" inquired the other.
  • "I was not so simple," answered Dick; "and, to be plain with your
  • lordship, the woods upon either hand of this cross lie full of mine
  • honest fellows lying on their weapons."
  • "Y' 'ave done wisely," said the lord. "It pleaseth me the rather, since
  • last night ye fought foolhardily, and more like a savage Saracen lunatic
  • than any Christian warrior. But it becomes not me to complain that had
  • the undermost."
  • "Ye had the undermost indeed, my lord, since ye so fell," returned Dick;
  • "but had the waves not holpen me, it was I that should have had the
  • worst. Ye were pleased to make me yours with several dagger marks, which
  • I still carry. And in fine, my lord, methinks I had all the danger, as
  • well as all the profit, of that little blind-man's mellay on the beach."
  • "Y'are shrewd enough to make light of it, I see," returned the stranger.
  • "Nay, my lord, not shrewd," replied Dick, "in that I shoot at no
  • advantage to myself. But when, by the light of this new day, I see how
  • stout a knight hath yielded, not to my arms alone, but to fortune, and
  • the darkness, and the surf--and how easily the battle had gone
  • otherwise, with a soldier so untried and rustic as myself--think it not
  • strange, my lord, if I feel confounded with my victory."
  • "Ye speak well," said the stranger. "Your name?"
  • "My name, an't like you, is Shelton," answered Dick.
  • "Men call me the Lord Foxham," added the other.
  • "Then, my lord, and under your good favour, ye are guardian to the
  • sweetest maid in England," replied Dick; "and for your ransom, and the
  • ransom of such as were taken with you on the beach, there will be no
  • uncertainty of terms. I pray you, my lord, of your good-will and
  • charity, yield me the hand of my mistress, Joan Sedley; and take ye,
  • upon the other part, your liberty, the liberty of these your followers,
  • and (if ye will have it) my gratitude and service till I die."
  • "But are ye not ward to Sir Daniel? Methought, if y'are Harry Shelton's
  • son, that I had heard it so reported," said Lord Foxham.
  • "Will it please you, my lord, to alight? I would fain tell you fully who
  • I am, how situate, and why so bold in my demands. Beseech you, my lord,
  • take place upon these steps, hear me to a full end, and judge me with
  • allowance."
  • And so saying, Dick lent a hand to Lord Foxham to dismount; led him up
  • the knoll to the cross; installed him in the place where he had himself
  • been sitting; and standing respectfully before his noble prisoner,
  • related the story of his fortunes up to the events of the evening
  • before.
  • Lord Foxham listened gravely, and when Dick had done, "Master Shelton,"
  • he said, "ye are a most fortunate-unfortunate young gentleman; but what
  • fortune y' 'ave had, that ye have amply merited; and what unfortune, ye
  • have noways deserved. Be of a good cheer; for ye have made a friend who
  • is devoid neither of power nor favour. For yourself, although it fits
  • not for a person of your birth to herd with outlaws, I must own ye are
  • both brave and honourable; very dangerous in battle, right courteous in
  • peace; a youth of excellent disposition and brave bearing. For your
  • estates, ye will never see them till the world shall change again; so
  • long as Lancaster hath the strong hand, so long shall Sir Daniel enjoy
  • them for his own. For my ward, it is another matter; I had promised her
  • before to a gentleman a kinsman of my house, one Hamley; the promise is
  • old----"
  • "Ay, my lord, and now Sir Daniel hath promised her to my Lord Shoreby,"
  • interrupted Dick. "And his promise, for all it is but young, is still
  • the likelier to be made good."
  • "'Tis the plain truth," returned his lordship. "And considering,
  • moreover, that I am your prisoner, upon no better composition than my
  • bare life, and over and above that, that the maiden is unhappily in
  • other hands, I will so far consent. Aid me with your good fellows----"
  • "My lord," cried Dick, "they are these same outlaws that ye blame me for
  • consorting with."
  • "Let them be what they will, they can fight," returned Lord Foxham.
  • "Help me, then; and if between us we regain the maid, upon my knightly
  • honour, she shall marry you!"
  • Dick bent his knee before his prisoner; but he, leaping up lightly from
  • the cross, caught the lad up and embraced him like a son.
  • "Come," he said, "an y'are to marry Joan, we must be early friends."
  • CHAPTER IV
  • THE "GOOD HOPE"
  • An hour thereafter, Dick was back at the Goat and Bagpipes, breaking his
  • fast, and receiving the report of his messengers and sentries. Duckworth
  • was still absent from Shoreby; and this was frequently the case, for he
  • played many parts in the world, shared many different interests, and
  • conducted many various affairs. He had founded that fellowship of the
  • Black Arrow, as a ruined man longing for vengeance and money; and yet
  • among those who knew him best, he was thought to be the agent and
  • emissary of the great king-maker of England, Richard, Earl of Warwick.
  • In his absence, at any rate, it fell upon Richard Shelton to command
  • affairs in Shoreby; and, as he sat at meat, his mind was full of care,
  • and his face heavy with consideration. It had been determined, between
  • him and the Lord Foxham, to make one bold stroke that evening, and, by
  • brute force, to set Joanna free. The obstacles, however, were many; and
  • as one after another of his scouts arrived, each brought him more
  • discomfortable news.
  • Sir Daniel was alarmed by the skirmish of the night before. He had
  • increased the garrison of the house in the garden; but not content with
  • that, he had stationed horsemen in all the neighbouring lanes, so that
  • he might have instant word of any movement. Meanwhile, in the court of
  • his mansion, steeds stood saddled, and the riders, armed at every point,
  • awaited but the signal to ride.
  • The adventure of the night appeared more and more difficult of
  • execution, till suddenly Dick's countenance lightened.
  • "Lawless!" he cried, "you that were a shipman, can ye steal me a ship?"
  • "Master Dick," replied Lawless, "if ye would back me, I would agree to
  • steal York Minster."
  • Presently after, these two set forth and descended to the harbour. It
  • was a considerable basin, lying among sand-hills, and surrounded with
  • patches of down, ancient ruinous lumber, and tumble-down slums of the
  • town. Many decked ships and many open boats either lay there at anchor,
  • or had been drawn up on the beach. A long duration of bad weather had
  • driven them from the high seas into the shelter of the port; and the
  • great trooping of black clouds, and the cold squalls that followed one
  • another, now with a sprinkling of dry snow, now in a mere swoop of wind,
  • promised no improvement but rather threatened a more serious storm in
  • the immediate future.
  • The seamen, in view of the cold and the wind, had for the most part
  • slunk ashore, and were now roaring and singing in the shoreside taverns.
  • Many of the ships already rode unguarded at their anchors; and as the
  • day wore on, and the weather offered no appearance of improvement, the
  • number was continually being augmented. It was to these deserted ships,
  • and, above all, to those of them that lay far out, that Lawless directed
  • his attention; while Dick, seated upon an anchor that was half embedded
  • in the sand, and giving ear, now to the rude, potent, and boding voices
  • of the gale, and now to the hoarse singing of the shipmen in a
  • neighbouring tavern, soon forgot his immediate surroundings and concerns
  • in the agreeable recollection of Lord Foxham's promise.
  • He was disturbed by a touch upon his shoulder. It was Lawless, pointing
  • to a small ship that lay somewhat by itself, and within but a little of
  • the harbour mouth, where it heaved regularly and smoothly on the
  • entering swell. A pale gleam of winter sunshine fell, at that moment, on
  • the vessel's deck, relieving her against a bank of scowling cloud; and
  • in this momentary glitter Dick could see a couple of men hauling the
  • skiff alongside.
  • "There, sir," said Lawless, "mark ye it well! There is the ship for
  • to-night."
  • Presently the skiff put out from the vessel's side, and the two men,
  • keeping her head well to the wind, pulled lustily for shore, Lawless
  • turned to a loiterer.
  • "How call ye her?" he asked, pointing to the little vessel.
  • "They call her the _Good Hope_, of Dartmouth," replied the loiterer.
  • "Her captain, Arblaster by name. He pulleth the bow oar in yon skiff."
  • This was all that Lawless wanted. Hurriedly thanking the man, he moved
  • round the shore to a certain sandy creek, for which the skiff was
  • heading. There he took up his position, and as soon as they were within
  • earshot, opened fire on the sailors of the _Good Hope_.
  • "What! Gossip Arblaster!" he cried. "Why, ye be well met; nay, gossip,
  • ye be right well met, upon the rood! And is that the _Good Hope_? Ay, I
  • would know her among ten thousand!--a sweet shear, a sweet boat! But
  • marry come up, my gossip, will ye drink? I have come into mine estate
  • which doubtless ye remember to have heard on. I am now rich; I have left
  • to sail upon the sea; I do sail now, for the most part, upon spiced ale.
  • Come, fellow; thy hand upon't! Come, drink with an old shipfellow!"
  • Skipper Arblaster, a long-faced, elderly, weather-beaten man, with a
  • knife hanging about his neck by a plaited cord, and for all the world
  • like any modern seaman in his gait and bearing, had hung back in obvious
  • amazement and distrust. But the name of an estate, and a certain air of
  • tipsified simplicity and good-fellowship which Lawless very well
  • affected, combined to conquer his suspicious jealousy; his countenance
  • relaxed, and he at once extended his open hand and squeezed that of the
  • outlaw in a formidable grasp.
  • "Nay," he said, "I cannot mind you. But what o' that? I would drink with
  • any man, gossip, and so would my man Tom. Man Tom," he added, addressing
  • his follower, "here is my gossip, whose name I cannot mind, but no doubt
  • a very good seaman. Let's go drink with him and his shore friend."
  • Lawless led the way, and they were soon seated in an alehouse, which, as
  • it was very new, and stood in an exposed and solitary station, was less
  • crowded than those nearer to the centre of the port. It was but a shed
  • of timber, much like a blockhouse in the backwoods of to-day, and was
  • coarsely furnished with a press or two, a number of naked benches, and
  • boards set upon barrels to play the part of tables. In the middle, and
  • besieged by half a hundred violent draughts, a fire of wreck-wood blazed
  • and vomited thick smoke.
  • "Ay, now," said Lawless, "here is a shipman's joy--a good fire and a
  • good stiff cup ashore, with foul weather without and an off-sea gale
  • a-snoring in the roof! Here's to the _Good Hope_! May she ride easy!"
  • "Ay," said Skipper Arblaster, "'tis good weather to be ashore in, that
  • is sooth. Man Tom, how say ye to that? Gossip, ye speak well, though I
  • can never think upon your name; but ye speak very well. May the _Good
  • Hope_ ride easy! Amen!"
  • "Friend Dickon," resumed Lawless, addressing his commander, "ye have
  • certain matters on hand, unless I err? Well, prithee be about them
  • incontinently. For here I be with the choice of all good company, two
  • tough old shipmen; and till that ye return I will go warrant these brave
  • fellows will bide here and drink me cup for cup. We are not like
  • shore-men, we old, tough tarry-Johns!"
  • "It is well meant," returned the skipper. "Ye can go, boy; for I will
  • keep your good friend and my good gossip company till curfew--ay, and by
  • St. Mary, till the sun get up again! For, look ye, when a man hath been
  • long enough at sea, the salt getteth me into the clay upon his bones;
  • and let him drink a draw-well, he will never be quenched."
  • Thus encouraged upon all hands, Dick rose, saluted his company, and
  • going forth again into the gusty afternoon, got him as speedily as he
  • might to the Goat and Bagpipes. Thence he sent word to my Lord Foxham
  • that, so soon as ever the evening closed, they would have a stout boat
  • to keep the sea in. And then leading along with him a couple of outlaws
  • who had some experience of the sea, he returned himself to the harbour
  • and the little sandy creek.
  • The skiff of the _Good Hope_ lay among many others, from which it was
  • easily distinguished by its extreme smallness and fragility. Indeed,
  • when Dick and his two men had taken their places, and begun to put forth
  • out of the creek into the open harbour, the little cockle dipped into
  • the swell and staggered under every gust of wind, like a thing upon the
  • point of sinking.
  • The _Good Hope_, as we have said, was anchored far out, where the swell
  • was heaviest. No other vessel lay nearer than several cables' length;
  • those that were the nearest were themselves entirely deserted; and as
  • the skiff approached, a thick flurry of snow and a sudden darkening of
  • the weather further concealed the movements of the outlaws from all
  • possible espial. In a trice they had leaped upon the heaving deck, and
  • the skiff was dancing at the stern. The _Good Hope_ was captured.
  • [Illustration: _The little cockle dipped into the swell and staggered
  • under every gust of wind_]
  • She was a good stout boat, decked in the bows and amid-ships, but open
  • in the stern. She carried one mast, and was rigged between a felucca and
  • a lugger. It would seem that Skipper Arblaster had made an excellent
  • venture, for the hold was full of pieces of French wine; and in the
  • little cabin, besides the Virgin Mary in the bulkhead which proved
  • the captain's piety, there were many lock-fast chests and cupboards,
  • which showed him to be rich and careful.
  • A dog, who was the sole occupant of the vessel, furiously barked and bit
  • the heels of the boarders; but he was soon kicked into the cabin, and
  • the door shut upon his just resentment. A lamp was lit and fixed in the
  • shrouds to mark the vessel clearly from the shore; one of the wine
  • pieces in the hold was broached, and a cup of excellent Gascony emptied
  • to the adventure of the evening; and then, while one of the outlaws
  • began to get ready his bow and arrows and prepare to hold the ship
  • against all comers, the other hauled in the skiff and got overboard,
  • where he held on, waiting for Dick.
  • "Well, Jack, keep me a good watch," said the young commander, preparing
  • to follow his subordinate. "Ye will do right well."
  • "Why," returned Jack, "I shall do excellent well indeed, so long as we
  • lie here; but once we put the nose of this poor ship outside the
  • harbour--See, there she trembles! Nay, the poor shrew heard the words,
  • and the heart misgave her in her oak-tree ribs. But look, Master Dick!
  • how black the weather gathers!"
  • The darkness ahead was, indeed, astonishing. Great billows heaved up out
  • of the blackness, one after another; and one after another the _Good
  • Hope_ buoyantly climbed, and giddily plunged upon the farther side. A
  • thin sprinkle of snow and thin flakes of foam came flying, and powdered
  • the deck; and the wind harped dismally among the rigging.
  • "In sooth, it looketh evilly," said Dick, "But what cheer! 'Tis but a
  • squall, and presently it will blow over." But, in spite of his words, he
  • was depressingly affected by the bleak disorder of the sky and the
  • wailing and fluting of the wind; and as he got over the side of the
  • _Good Hope_ and made once more for the landing-creek with the best speed
  • of oars, he crossed himself devoutly, and recommended to Heaven the
  • lives of all who should adventure on the sea.
  • At the landing-creek there had already gathered about a dozen of the
  • outlaws. To these the skiff was left, and they were bidden embark
  • without delay.
  • A little farther up the beach Dick found Lord Foxham hurrying in quest
  • of him, his face concealed with a dark hood, and his bright armour
  • covered by a long russet mantle of a poor appearance.
  • "Young Shelton," he said, "are ye for sea, then, truly?"
  • "My lord," replied Richard, "they lie about the house with horsemen; it
  • may not be reached from the land side without alarum; and Sir Daniel
  • once advertised of our adventure, we can no more carry it to a good end
  • than, saving your presence, we could ride upon the wind. Now, in going
  • round by sea, we do run some peril by the elements; but, what much
  • outweighteth all, we have a chance to make good our purpose and bear off
  • the maid."
  • "Well," returned Lord Foxham, "lead on. I will, in some sort, follow you
  • for shame's sake; but I own I would I were in bed."
  • "Here, then," said Dick. "Hither we go to fetch our pilot."
  • And he led the way to the rude alehouse where he had given rendezvous
  • to a portion of his men. Some of these he found lingering round the door
  • outside; others had pushed more boldly in, and, choosing places as near
  • as possible to where they saw their comrade, gathered close about
  • Lawless and the two shipmen. These, to judge by the distempered
  • countenance and cloudy eye, had long since gone beyond the boundaries of
  • moderation; and as Richard entered, closely followed by Lord Foxham,
  • they were all three tuning up an old, pitiful sea-ditty, to the chorus
  • of the wailing of the gale.
  • The young leader cast a rapid glance about the shed. The fire had just
  • been replenished, and gave forth volumes of black smoke, so that it was
  • difficult to see clearly in the farther corners. It was plain, however,
  • that the outlaws very largely outnumbered the remainder of the guests.
  • Satisfied upon this point, in case of any failure in the operation of
  • his plan, Dick strode up to the table and resumed his place upon the
  • bench.
  • "Hey?" cried the skipper, tipsily, "who are ye, hey?"
  • "I want a word with you without, Master Arblaster," returned Dick; "and
  • here is what we shall talk of." And he showed him a gold noble in the
  • glimmer of the firelight.
  • The shipman's eyes burned, although he still failed to recognise our
  • hero.
  • "Ay, boy," he said, "I am with you. Gossip, I will be back anon. Drink
  • fair, gossip"; and, taking Dick's arm to steady his uneven steps, he
  • walked to the door of the alehouse.
  • As soon as he was over the threshold, ten strong arms had seized and
  • bound him; and in two minutes more, with his limbs trussed one to
  • another, and a good gag in his mouth, he had been tumbled neck and crop
  • into a neighbouring hay-barn. Presently, his man Tom, similarly secured,
  • was tossed beside him, and the pair were left to their uncouth
  • reflections for the night.
  • And now, as the time for concealment had gone by, Lord Foxham's
  • followers were summoned by a preconcerted signal, and the party, boldly
  • taking possession of as many boats as their numbers required, pulled in
  • a flotilla for the light in the rigging of the ship. Long before the
  • last man had climbed to the deck of the _Good Hope_, the sound of
  • furious shouting from the shore showed that a part, at least, of the
  • seamen had discovered the loss of their skiffs.
  • But it was now too late, whether for recovery or revenge. Out of some
  • forty fighting men now mustered in the stolen ship, eight had been to
  • sea, and could play the part of mariners. With the aid of these, a slice
  • of sail was got upon her. The cable was cut. Lawless, vacillating on his
  • feet, and still shouting the chorus of sea-ballads, took the long tiller
  • in his hands: and the _Good Hope_ began to flit forward into the
  • darkness of the night, and to face the great waves beyond the harbour
  • bar.
  • Richard took his place beside the weather rigging. Except for the ship's
  • own lantern, and for some lights in Shoreby town, that were already
  • fading to leeward, the whole world of air was as black as in a pit. Only
  • from time to time, as the _Good Hope_ swooped dizzily down into the
  • valley of the rollers, a crest would break--a great cataract of snowy
  • foam would leap in one instant into being--and, in an instant more,
  • would stream into the wake and vanish.
  • Many of the men lay holding on and praying aloud; many more were sick,
  • and had crept into the bottom, where they sprawled among the cargo. And
  • what with the extreme violence of the motion, and the continued drunken
  • bravado of Lawless, still shouting and singing at the helm, the stoutest
  • heart on board may have nourished a shrewd misgiving as to the result.
  • But Lawless, as if guided by an instinct, steered the ship across the
  • breakers, struck the lee of a great sand-bank, where they sailed for
  • awhile in smooth water, and presently after laid her alongside a rude
  • stone pier, where she was hastily made fast, and lay ducking and
  • grinding in the dark.
  • CHAPTER V
  • THE "GOOD HOPE"
  • (CONTINUED)
  • The pier was not far distant from the house in which Joanna lay; it now
  • only remained to get the men on shore, to surround the house with a
  • strong party, burst in the door and carry off the captive. They might
  • then regard themselves as done with the _Good Hope_; it had placed them
  • on the rear of their enemies; and the retreat, whether they should
  • succeed or fail in the main enterprise, would be directed with a greater
  • measure of hope in the direction of the forest and my Lord Foxham's
  • reserve.
  • To get the men on shore, however, was no easy task; many had been sick,
  • all were pierced with cold; the promiscuity and disorder on board had
  • shaken their discipline; the movement of the ship and the darkness of
  • the night had cowed their spirits. They made a rush upon the pier; my
  • lord, with his sword drawn on his own retainers, must throw himself in
  • front; and this impulse of rabblement was not restrained without a
  • certain clamour of voices, highly to be regretted in the case.
  • When some degree of order had been restored, Dick, with a few chosen
  • men, set forth in advance. The darkness on shore, by contrast with the
  • flashing of the surf, appeared before him like a solid body; and the
  • howling and whistling of the gale drowned any lesser noise.
  • He had scarce reached the end of the pier, however, when there fell a
  • lull of the wind; and in this he seemed to hear on shore the hollow
  • footing of horses and the clash of arms. Checking his immediate
  • followers, he passed forward a step or two alone, even setting foot upon
  • the down; and here he made sure he could detect the shape of men and
  • horses moving. A strong discouragement assailed him. If their enemies
  • were really on the watch, if they had beleaguered the shoreward end of
  • the pier, he and Lord Foxham were taken in a posture of very poor
  • defence, the sea behind, the men jostled in the dark upon a narrow
  • causeway. He gave a cautious whistle, the signal previously agreed upon.
  • It proved to be a signal far more than he desired. Instantly there fell,
  • through the black night, a shower of arrows sent at a venture; and so
  • close were the men huddled on the pier that more than one was hit, and
  • the arrows were answered with cries of both fear and pain. In this first
  • discharge, Lord Foxham was struck down; Hawksley had him carried on
  • board again at once; and his men, during the brief remainder of the
  • skirmish, fought (when they fought at all) without guidance. That was
  • perhaps the chief cause of the disaster which made haste to follow.
  • At the shore end of the pier, for perhaps a minute, Dick held his own
  • with a handful; one or two were wounded upon either side; steel crossed
  • steel; nor had there been the least signal of advantage, when in the
  • twinkling of an eye the tide turned against the party from the ship.
  • Some one cried out that all was lost; the men were in the very humour
  • to lend an ear to a discomfortable counsel; the cry was taken up. "On
  • board, lads, for your lives!" cried another. A third, with the true
  • instinct of the coward, raised that inevitable report on all retreats:
  • "We are betrayed!" And in a moment the whole mass of men went surging
  • and jostling backward down the pier, turning their defenceless backs on
  • their pursuers and piercing the night with craven outcry.
  • One coward thrust off the ship's stern, while another still held her by
  • the bows. The fugitives leaped, screaming, and were hauled on board, or
  • fell back and perished in the sea. Some were cut down upon the pier by
  • the pursuers. Many were injured on the ship's deck in the blind haste
  • and terror of the moment, one man leaping upon another, and a third on
  • both. At last, and whether by design or accident, the bows of the _Good
  • Hope_ were liberated; and the ever-ready Lawless, who had maintained his
  • place at the helm through all the hurly-burly by sheer strength of body
  • and a liberal use of the cold steel, instantly clapped her on the proper
  • tack. The ship began to move once more forward on the stormy sea, its
  • scuppers running blood, its deck heaped with fallen men, sprawling and
  • struggling in the dark.
  • Thereupon, Lawless sheathed his dagger, and turning to his next
  • neighbour, "I have left my mark on them, gossip," said he, "the yelping,
  • coward hounds."
  • Now, while they were all leaping and struggling for their lives, the men
  • had not appeared to observe the rough shoves and cutting stabs with
  • which Lawless had held his post in the confusion. But perhaps they had
  • already begun to understand somewhat more clearly, or perhaps another
  • ear had overheard, the helmsman's speech.
  • Panic-stricken troops recover slowly, and men who have just disgraced
  • themselves by cowardice, as if to wipe out the memory of their fault,
  • will sometimes run straight into the opposite extreme of
  • insubordination. So it was now; and the same men who had thrown away
  • their weapons and been hauled, feet-foremost, into the _Good Hope_,
  • began to cry out upon their leaders, and demand that some one should be
  • punished.
  • This growing ill-feeling turned upon Lawless.
  • In order to get a proper offing, the old outlaw had put the head of the
  • _Good Hope_ to seaward.
  • "What!" bawled one of the grumblers, "he carrieth us to seaward!"
  • "'Tis sooth," cried another. "Nay, we are betrayed for sure."
  • And they all began to cry out in chorus that they were betrayed, and in
  • shrill tones and with abominable oaths bade Lawless go about-ship and
  • bring them speedily ashore. Lawless, grinding his teeth, continued in
  • silence to steer the true course, guiding the _Good Hope_ among the
  • formidable billows. To their empty terrors, as to their dishonourable
  • threats, between drink and dignity he scorned to make reply. The
  • malcontents drew together a little abaft the mast, and it was plain they
  • were like barnyard cocks, "crowing for courage." Presently they would be
  • fit for any extremity of injustice or ingratitude. Dick began to mount
  • by the ladder, eager to interpose; but one of the outlaws, who was also
  • something of a seaman, got beforehand.
  • "Lads," he began, "y'are right wooden heads, I think. For to get back,
  • by the mass, we must have an offing, must we not? And this old
  • Lawless----"
  • Some one struck the speaker on the mouth, and the next moment, as a fire
  • springs among dry straw, he was felled upon the deck, trampled under the
  • feet, and despatched by the daggers of his cowardly companions. At this
  • the wrath of Lawless rose and broke.
  • "Steer yourselves," he bellowed, with a curse; and, careless of the
  • result, he left the helm.
  • The _Good Hope_ was, at that moment, trembling on the summit of a swell.
  • She subsided, with sickening velocity, upon the farther side. A wave,
  • like a great black bulwark, hove immediately in front of her; and, with
  • a staggering blow, she plunged head-foremost through that liquid hill.
  • The green water passed right over her from stem to stern, as high as a
  • man's knees; the sprays ran higher than the mast; and she rose again
  • upon the other side, with an appalling, tremulous indecision, like a
  • beast that has been deadly wounded.
  • Six or seven of the malcontents had been carried bodily overboard; and
  • as for the remainder, when they found their tongues again, it was to
  • bellow to the saints and wail upon Lawless to come back and take the
  • tiller.
  • Nor did Lawless wait to be twice bidden. The terrible result of his
  • fling of just resentment sobered him completely. He knew, better than
  • any one on board, how nearly the _Good Hope_ had gone bodily down below
  • their feet; and he could tell, by the laziness with which she met the
  • sea, that the peril was by no means over.
  • Dick, who had been thrown down by the concussion and half drowned, rose
  • wading to his knees in the swamped well of the stern, and crept to the
  • old helmsman's side.
  • "Lawless," he said, "we do all depend on you; y'are a brave, steady man,
  • indeed, and crafty in the management of ships; I shall put three sure
  • men to watch upon your safety."
  • "Bootless, my master, bootless," said the steersman, peering forward
  • through the dark. "We come every moment somewhat clearer of these
  • sand-banks; with every moment, then, the sea packeth upon us heavier,
  • and for all these whimperers, they will presently be on their backs.
  • For, my master, 'tis a right mystery, but true, there never yet was a
  • bad man that was a good shipman. None but the honest and the bold can
  • endure me this tossing of a ship."
  • "Nay, Lawless," said Dick, laughing, "that is a right shipman's by-word,
  • and hath no more of sense than the whistle of the wind. But, prithee,
  • how go we? Do we lie well? Are we in good case?"
  • "Master Shelton," replied Lawless, "I have been a Grey Friar--I praise
  • fortune--an archer, a thief, and a shipman. Of all these coats, I had
  • the best fancy to die in the Grey Friar's, as ye may readily conceive,
  • and the least fancy to die in John Shipman's tarry jacket; and that for
  • two excellent good reasons: first, that the death might take a man
  • suddenly; and second, for the horror of that great, salt smother and
  • welter under my foot here"--and Lawless stamped with his foot.
  • "Howbeit," he went on, "an I die not a sailor's death, and that this
  • night, I shall owe a tall candle to our Lady."
  • "Is it so?" asked Dick.
  • "It is right so," replied the outlaw. "Do ye not feel how heavy and dull
  • she moves upon the waves? Do ye not hear the water washing in her hold?
  • She will scarce mind the rudder even now. Bide till she has settled a
  • bit lower; and she will either go down below your boots like a stone
  • image, or drive ashore here, under our lee, and come all to pieces like
  • a twist of string."
  • "Ye speak with a good courage," returned Dick. "Ye are not then
  • appalled?"
  • "Why, master," answered Lawless, "if ever a man had an ill crew to come
  • to port with, it is I--a renegade friar, a thief, and all the rest on't.
  • Well, ye may wonder, but I keep a good hope in my wallet; and if that I
  • be to drown, I will drown with a bright eye, Master Shelton, and a
  • steady hand."
  • Dick returned no answer; but he was surprised to find the old vagabond
  • of so resolute a temper, and fearing some fresh violence or treachery,
  • set forth upon his quest for three sure men. The great bulk of the men
  • had now deserted the deck, which was continually wetted with the flying
  • sprays, and where they lay exposed to the shrewdness of the winter wind.
  • They had gathered, instead, into the hold of the merchandise, among the
  • butts of wine, and lighted by two swinging lanterns.
  • Here a few kept up the form of revelry, and toasted each other deep in
  • Arblaster's Gascony wine. But as the _Good Hope_ continued to tear
  • through the smoking waves, and toss her stem and stern alternately high
  • in air and deep into white foam, the number of these jolly companions
  • diminished with every moment and with every lurch. Many sat apart,
  • tending their hurts, but the majority were already prostrated with
  • sickness, and lay moaning in the bilge.
  • Greensheve, Cuckow, and a young fellow of Lord Foxham's whom Dick had
  • already remarked for his intelligence and spirit, were still, however,
  • both fit to understand and willing to obey. These Dick set, as a
  • body-guard, about the person of the steersman, and then, with a last
  • look at the black sky and sea, he turned and went below into the cabin,
  • whither Lord Foxham had been carried by his servants.
  • CHAPTER VI
  • THE "GOOD HOPE"
  • (CONCLUDED)
  • The moans of the wounded baron blended with the wailing of the ship's
  • dog. The poor animal, whether he was merely sick at heart to be
  • separated from his friends, or whether he indeed recognised some peril
  • in the labouring of the ship, raised his cries, like minute-guns, above
  • the roar of wave and weather; and the more superstitious of the men
  • heard, in these sounds, the knell of the _Good Hope_.
  • Lord Foxham had been laid in a berth upon a fur cloak. A little lamp
  • burned dim before the Virgin in the bulkhead, and by its glimmer Dick
  • could see the pale countenance and hollow eyes of the hurt man.
  • "I am sore hurt," said he. "Come near to my side, young Shelton; let
  • there be one by me who, at least, is gentle born; for after having lived
  • nobly and richly all the days of my life, this is a sad pass that I
  • should get my hurt in a little ferreting skirmish, and die here, in a
  • foul, cold ship upon the sea, among broken men and churls."
  • "Nay, my lord," said Dick, "I pray rather to the saints that ye will
  • recover you of your hurt, and come soon and sound ashore."
  • "How!" demanded his lordship. "Come sound ashore? There is, then, a
  • question of it?"
  • "The ship laboureth--the sea is grievous and contrary," replied the lad;
  • "and by what I can learn of my fellow that steereth us, we shall do
  • well, indeed, if we come dry-shod to land."
  • "Ha!" said the baron, gloomily, "thus shall every terror attend upon the
  • passage of my soul! Sir, pray rather to live hard, that ye may die easy,
  • than to be fooled and fluted all through life, as to the pipe and
  • tabour, and, in the last hour, be plunged among misfortunes! Howbeit, I
  • have that upon my mind that must not be delayed. We have no priest
  • aboard?"
  • "None," replied Dick.
  • "Here, then, to my secular interests," resumed Lord Foxham: "ye must be
  • as good a friend to me dead, as I found you a gallant enemy when I was
  • living. I fall in an evil hour for me, for England, and for them that
  • trusted me. My men are being brought by Hamley--he that was your rival;
  • they will rendezvous in the long holm at Holywood; this ring from off my
  • finger will accredit you to represent mine orders; and I shall write,
  • besides, two words upon this paper, bidding Hamley yield to you the
  • damsel. Will he obey? I know not."
  • "But, my lord, what orders?" inquired Dick.
  • "Ay," quoth the baron, "ay--the orders"; and he looked upon Dick with
  • hesitation. "Are ye Lancaster or York?" he asked, at length.
  • "I shame to say it," answered Dick, "I can scarce clearly answer. But
  • so much I think is certain: since I serve with Ellis Duckworth, I serve
  • the house of York. Well, if that be so, I declare for York."
  • "It is well," returned the other; "it is exceeding well. For, truly, had
  • ye said Lancaster, I wot not for the world what I had done. But sith ye
  • are for York, follow me. I came hither but to watch these lords at
  • Shoreby, while mine excellent young lord, Richard of Gloucester,[1]
  • prepareth a sufficient force to fall upon and scatter them. I have made
  • me notes of their strength, what watch they keep, and how they lie; and
  • these I was to deliver to my young lord on Sunday, an hour before noon,
  • at St. Bride's Cross beside the forest. This tryst I am not like to
  • keep, but I pray you, of courtesy, to keep it in my stead; and see that
  • not pleasure, nor pain, tempest, wound, nor pestilence withhold you from
  • the hour and place, for the welfare of England lieth upon this cast."
  • [1] At the date of this story, Richard Crookback could not have been
  • created Duke of Gloucester; but for clearness, with the reader's
  • leave, he shall so be called.
  • "I do soberly take this upon me," said Dick. "In so far as in me lieth,
  • your purpose shall be done."
  • "It is good," said the wounded man. "My lord duke shall order you
  • further, and if ye obey him with spirit and good-will, then is your
  • fortune made. Give me the lamp a little nearer to mine eyes, till that I
  • write these words for you."
  • He wrote a note "to his worshipful kinsman, Sir John Hamley"; and then a
  • second, which he left without external superscripture.
  • "This is for the duke," he said. "The word is 'England and Edward,' and
  • the counter, 'England and York.'"
  • "And Joanna, my lord?" asked Dick.
  • "Nay, ye must get Joanna how ye can," replied the baron. "I have named
  • you for my choice in both these letters; but ye must get her for
  • yourself, boy. I have tried, as ye see here before you, and have lost my
  • life. More could no man do."
  • By this time the wounded man began to be very weary; and Dick, putting
  • the precious papers in his bosom, bade him be of good cheer, and left
  • him to repose.
  • The day was beginning to break, cold and blue, with flying squalls of
  • snow. Close under the lee of the _Good Hope_, the coast lay in alternate
  • rocky headlands and sandy bays; and farther inland the wooded hill-tops
  • of Tunstall showed along the sky. Both the wind and the sea had gone
  • down; but the vessel wallowed deep, and scarce rose upon the waves.
  • Lawless was still fixed at the rudder; and by this time nearly all the
  • men had crawled on deck, and were now gazing, with blank faces, upon the
  • inhospitable coast.
  • "Are we going ashore?" asked Dick.
  • "Ay," said Lawless, "unless we get first to the bottom."
  • And just then the ship rose so languidly to meet a sea, and the water
  • weltered so loudly in her hold, that Dick involuntarily seized the
  • steersman by the arm.
  • "By the mass!" cried Dick, as the bows of the _Good Hope_ reappeared
  • above the foam, "I thought we had foundered, indeed; my heart was at my
  • throat."
  • In the waist, Greensheve, Hawksley, and the better men of both companies
  • were busy breaking up the deck to build a raft; and to these Dick joined
  • himself, working the harder to drown the memory of his predicament. But,
  • even as he worked, every sea that struck the poor ship, and every one of
  • her dull lurches, as she tumbled wallowing among the waves, recalled him
  • with a horrid pang to the immediate proximity of death.
  • Presently, looking up from his work, he saw that they were close in
  • below a promontory; a piece of ruinous cliff, against the base of which
  • the sea broke white and heavy, almost overplumbed the deck; and, above
  • that, again, a house appeared, crowning a down.
  • Inside the bay the seas ran gaily, raised the _Good Hope_ upon their
  • foam-flecked shoulders, carried her beyond the control of the steersman,
  • and in a moment dropped her, with a great concussion, on the sand, and
  • began to break over her half-mast high, and roll her to and fro. Another
  • great wave followed, raised her again, and carried her yet farther in;
  • and then a third succeeded, and left her far inshore of the more
  • dangerous breakers, wedged upon a bank.
  • "Now, boys," cried Lawless, "the saints have had a care of us, indeed.
  • The tide ebbs; let us but sit down and drink a cup of wine, and before
  • half an hour ye may all march me ashore as safe as on a bridge."
  • A barrel was broached, and, sitting in what shelter they could find from
  • the flying snow and spray, the shipwrecked company handed the cup
  • around, and sought to warm their bodies and restore their spirits.
  • Dick, meanwhile, returned to Lord Foxham, who lay in great perplexity
  • and fear, the floor of his cabin washing knee-deep in water, and the
  • lamp, which had been his only light, broken and extinguished by the
  • violence of the blow.
  • "My lord," said young Shelton, "fear not at all; the saints are plainly
  • for us; the seas have cast us high upon a shoal, and as soon as the tide
  • hath somewhat ebbed, we may walk ashore upon our feet."
  • It was nearly an hour before the vessel was sufficiently deserted by the
  • ebbing sea, and they could set forth for the land, which appeared dimly
  • before them through a veil of driving snow.
  • Upon a hillock on one side of their way a party of men lay huddled
  • together, suspiciously observing the movements of the new arrivals.
  • "They might draw near and offer us some comfort," Dick remarked.
  • "Well, an' they come not to us, let us even turn aside to them," said
  • Hawksley. "The sooner we come to a good fire and a dry bed the better
  • for my poor lord."
  • But they had not moved far in the direction of the hillock, before the
  • men, with one consent, rose suddenly to their feet, and poured a flight
  • of well-directed arrows on the shipwrecked company.
  • "Back! back!" cried his lordship. "Beware, in Heaven's name, that ye
  • reply not."
  • "Nay," cried Greensheve, pulling an arrow from his leather jack. "We are
  • in no posture to fight, it is certain, being drenching wet, dog-weary,
  • and three-parts frozen; but for the love of old England, what aileth
  • them to shoot thus cruelly on their poor country people in distress?"
  • "They take us to be French pirates," answered Lord Foxham. "In these
  • most troublesome and degenerate days we cannot keep our own shores of
  • England; but our old enemies, whom we once chased on sea and land, do
  • now range at pleasure, robbing and slaughtering and burning. It is the
  • pity and reproach of this poor land."
  • The men upon the hillock lay, closely observing them, while they trailed
  • upward from the beach and wound inland among desolate sand-hills; for a
  • mile or so they even hung upon the rear of the march, ready, at a sign,
  • to pour another volley on the weary and dispirited fugitives; and it was
  • only when, striking at length upon a firm highroad, Dick began to call
  • his men to some more martial order, that these jealous guardians of the
  • coast of England silently disappeared among the snow. They had done what
  • they desired; they had protected their own homes and farms, their own
  • families and cattle; and their private interest being thus secured, it
  • mattered not the weight of a straw to any one of them, although the
  • Frenchmen should carry blood and fire to every other parish in the realm
  • of England.
  • BOOK IV
  • THE DISGUISE
  • CHAPTER I
  • THE DEN
  • The place where Dick had struck the line of a highroad was not far from
  • Holywood, and within nine or ten miles of Shoreby-on-the-Till; and here,
  • after making sure that they were pursued no longer, the two bodies
  • separated. Lord Foxham's followers departed, carrying their wounded
  • master towards the comfort and security of the great abbey; and Dick, as
  • he saw them wind away and disappear in the thick curtain of the falling
  • snow, was left alone with near upon a dozen outlaws, the last remainder
  • of his troop of volunteers.
  • Some were wounded; one and all were furious at their ill-success and
  • long exposure; and though they were now too cold and hungry to do more,
  • they grumbled and cast sullen looks upon their leaders. Dick emptied his
  • purse among them, leaving himself nothing; thanked them for the courage
  • they had displayed, though he could have found it more readily in his
  • heart to rate them for poltroonery; and having thus somewhat softened
  • the effect of his prolonged misfortune, despatched them to find their
  • way, either severally or in pairs, to Shoreby and the Goat and Bagpipes.
  • For his own part, influenced by what he had seen on board of the _Good
  • Hope_, he chose Lawless to be his companion on the walk. The snow was
  • falling, without pause or variation, in one even, blinding cloud; the
  • wind had been strangled, and now blew no longer; and the whole world was
  • blotted out and sheeted down below that silent inundation. There was
  • great danger of wandering by the way and perishing in drifts; and
  • Lawless, keeping half a step in front of his companion, and holding his
  • head forward like a hunting dog upon the scent, inquired his way of
  • every tree, and studied out their path as though he were conning a ship
  • among dangers.
  • About a mile into the forest they came to a place where several ways
  • met, under a grove of lofty and contorted oaks. Even in the narrow
  • horizon of the falling snow, it was a spot that could not fail to be
  • recognised; and Lawless evidently recognised it with particular delight.
  • "Now, Master Richard," said he, "an y'are not too proud to be the guest
  • of a man who is neither a gentleman by birth nor so much as a good
  • Christian, I can offer you a cup of wine and a good fire to melt the
  • marrow in your frozen bones."
  • "Lead on, Will," answered Dick. "A cup of wine and a good fire! Nay, I
  • would go a far way round to see them."
  • Lawless turned aside under the bare branches of the grove, and, walking
  • resolutely forward for some time, came to a steepish hollow or den, that
  • had now drifted a quarter full of snow. On the verge, a great beech-tree
  • hung, precariously rooted; and here the old outlaw, pulling aside some
  • bushy underwood, bodily disappeared into the earth.
  • [Illustration: _And Lawless, keeping half a step in front of his
  • companion and holding his head forward like a hunting-dog upon the
  • scent, ... studied out their path_]
  • The beech had, in some violent gale, been half uprooted, and had torn
  • up a considerable stretch of turf; and it was under this that old
  • Lawless had dug out his forest hiding-place. The roots served him for
  • rafters, the turf was his thatch; for walls and floor he had his mother
  • the earth. Rude as it was, the hearth in one corner, blackened by fire,
  • and the presence in another of a large oaken chest well fortified with
  • iron, showed it at one glance to be the den of a man, and not the burrow
  • of a digging beast.
  • Though the snow had drifted at the mouth and sifted in upon the floor of
  • this earth cavern, yet was the air much warmer than without; and when
  • Lawless had struck a spark, and the dry furze bushes had begun to blaze
  • and crackle on the hearth, the place assumed, even to the eye, an air of
  • comfort and of home.
  • With a sigh of great contentment, Lawless spread his broad hands before
  • the fire, and seemed to breathe the smoke.
  • "Here, then," he said, "is this old Lawless's rabbit-hole; pray Heaven
  • there come no terrier! Far I have rolled hither and thither, and here
  • and about, since that I was fourteen years of mine age and first ran
  • away from mine abbey, with the sacrist's gold chain and a mass-book that
  • I sold for four marks. I have been in England and France and Burgundy,
  • and in Spain, too, on a pilgrimage for my poor soul; and upon the sea,
  • which is no man's country. But here is my place, Master Shelton. This is
  • my native land, this burrow in the earth! Come rain or wind--and whether
  • it's April, and the birds all sing, and the blossoms fall about my
  • bed--or whether it's winter, and I sit alone with my good gossip the
  • fire, and robin redbreast twitters in the woods--here, is my church and
  • market, and my wife and child. It's here I come back to, and it's here,
  • so please the saints, that I would like to die."
  • "'Tis a warm corner, to be sure," replied Dick, "and a pleasant, and a
  • well hid."
  • "It had need to be," returned Lawless, "for an they found it, Master
  • Shelton, it would break my heart. But here," he added, burrowing with
  • his stout fingers in the sandy floor, "here is my wine cellar; and ye
  • shall have a flask of excellent strong stingo."
  • Sure enough, after but a little digging, he produced a big leathern
  • bottle of about a gallon, nearly three-parts full of a very heady and
  • sweet wine; and when they had drunk to each other comradely, and the
  • fire had been replenished and blazed up again, the pair lay at full
  • length, thawing and steaming, and divinely warm.
  • "Master Shelton," observed the outlaw, "y' 'ave had two mischances this
  • last while, and y'are like to lose the maid--do I take it aright?"
  • "Aright!" returned Dick, nodding his head.
  • "Well, now," continued Lawless, "hear an old fool that hath been
  • nigh-hand everything, and seen nigh-hand all! Ye go too much on other
  • people's errands, Master Dick. Ye go on Ellis's; but he desireth rather
  • the death of Sir Daniel. Ye go on Lord Foxham's; well--the saints
  • preserve him!--doubtless he meaneth well. But go ye upon your own, good
  • Dick. Come right to the maid's side. Court her, lest that she forget
  • you. Be ready; and when the chance shall come, off with her at the
  • saddle-bow."
  • "Ay, but, Lawless, beyond doubt she is now in Sir Daniel's own mansion,"
  • answered Dick.
  • "Thither, then, go we," replied the outlaw.
  • Dick stared at him.
  • "Nay, I mean it," nodded Lawless. "And if y'are of so little faith, and
  • stumble at a word, see here!"
  • And the outlaw, taking a key from about his neck, opened the oak chest,
  • and dipping and groping deep among its contents, produced first a
  • friar's robe, and next a girdle of rope; and then a huge rosary of wood,
  • heavy enough to be counted as a weapon.
  • "Here," he said, "is for you. On with them!"
  • And then, when Dick had clothed himself in this clerical disguise,
  • Lawless produced some colours and a pencil, and proceeded, with the
  • greatest cunning, to disguise his face. The eyebrows he thickened and
  • produced; to the moustache, which was yet hardly visible, he rendered a
  • little service; while, by a few lines around the eye, he changed the
  • expression and increased the apparent age of this young monk.
  • "Now," he resumed, "when I have done the like, we shall make as bonny a
  • pair of friars as the eye could wish. Boldly to Sir Daniel's we shall
  • go, and there be hospitably welcome for the love of Mother Church."
  • "And how, dear Lawless," cried the lad, "shall I repay you?"
  • "Tut, brother," replied the outlaw, "I do naught but for my pleasure.
  • Mind not for me. I am one, by the mass, that mindeth for himself. When
  • that I lack, I have a long tongue and a voice like the monastery
  • bell--I do ask, my son; and where asking faileth, I do most usually
  • take."
  • The old rogue made a humorous grimace; and although Dick was displeased
  • to lie under so great favours to so equivocal a personage, he was yet
  • unable to restrain his mirth.
  • With that, Lawless returned to the big chest, and was soon similarly
  • disguised; but, below his gown, Dick wondered to observe him conceal a
  • sheaf of black arrows.
  • "Wherefore do ye that?" asked the lad. "Wherefore arrows, when ye take
  • no bow?"
  • "Nay," replied Lawless, lightly, "'tis like there will be heads
  • broke--not to say backs--ere you and I win sound from where we're going
  • to; and if any fall, I would our fellowship should come by the credit
  • on't. A black arrow, Master Dick, is the seal of our abbey; it showeth
  • you who writ the bill."
  • "An ye prepare so carefully," said Dick, "I have here some papers that,
  • for mine own sake, and the interest of those that trusted me, were
  • better left behind than found upon my body. Where shall I conceal them,
  • Will?"
  • "Nay," replied Lawless, "I will go forth into the wood and whistle me
  • three verses of a song; meanwhile, do you bury them where ye please, and
  • smooth the sand upon the place."
  • "Never!" cried Richard. "I trust you, man. I were base indeed if I not
  • trusted you."
  • "Brother, y'are but a child," replied the old outlaw, pausing and
  • turning his face upon Dick from the threshold of the den. "I am a kind
  • old Christian, and no traitor to men's blood, and no sparer of mine own
  • in a friend's jeopardy. But, fool, child, I am a thief by trade and
  • birth and habit. If my bottle were empty and my mouth dry, I would rob
  • you, dear child, as sure as I love, honour, and admire your parts and
  • person! Can it be clearer spoken? No."
  • And he stumped forth through the bushes with a snap of his big fingers.
  • Dick, thus left alone, after a wondering thought upon the
  • inconsistencies of his companion's character, hastily produced,
  • reviewed, and buried his papers. One only he reserved to carry along
  • with him, since it in nowise compromised his friends, and yet might
  • serve him, in a pinch, against Sir Daniel. That was the knight's own
  • letter to Lord Wensleydale, sent by Throgmorton, on the morrow of the
  • defeat at Risingham, and found next day by Dick upon the body of the
  • messenger.
  • Then, treading down the embers of the fire, Dick left the den, and
  • rejoined the old outlaw, who stood awaiting him under the leafless oaks,
  • and was already beginning to be powdered by the falling snow. Each
  • looked upon the other, and each laughed, so thorough and so droll was
  • the disguise.
  • "Yet I would it were but summer and a clear day," grumbled the outlaw,
  • "that I might see myself in the mirror of a pool. There be many of Sir
  • Daniel's men that know me; and if we fell to be recognised, there might
  • be two words for you, brother, but as for me, in a paternoster while, I
  • should be kicking in a rope's-end."
  • Thus they set forth together along the road to Shoreby, which, in this
  • part of its course, kept near along the margin of the forest, coming
  • forth, from time to time, in the open country, and passing beside poor
  • folks' houses and small farms.
  • Presently at sight of one of these, Lawless pulled up.
  • "Brother Martin," he said, in a voice capitally disguised, and suited to
  • his monkish robe, "let us enter and seek alms from these poor sinners.
  • _Pax vobiscum!_ Ay," he added, in his own voice, "'tis as I feared; I
  • have somewhat lost the whine of it; and by your leave, good Master
  • Shelton, ye must suffer me to practise in these country places, before
  • that I risk my fat neck by entering Sir Daniel's. But look ye a little,
  • what an excellent thing it is to be a Jack-of-all-trades! An I had not
  • been a shipman, ye had infallibly gone down in the _Good Hope_; an I had
  • not been a thief, I could not have painted me your face; and but that I
  • had been a Grey Friar, and sung loud in the choir, and ate hearty at the
  • board, I could not have carried this disguise, but the very dogs would
  • have spied us out and barked at us for shams."
  • He was by this time close to the window of the farm, and he rose on his
  • tip-toes and peeped in.
  • "Nay," he cried, "better and better. We shall here try our false faces
  • with a vengeance, and have a merry jest on Brother Capper to boot."
  • And so saying, he opened the door and led the way into the house.
  • Three of their own company sat at the table, greedily eating. Their
  • daggers, stuck beside them in the board, and the black and menacing
  • looks which they continued to shower upon the people of the house,
  • proved that they owed their entertainment rather to force than favour.
  • On the two monks, who now, with a sort of humble dignity, entered the
  • kitchen of the farm, they seemed to turn with a particular resentment;
  • and one--it was John Capper in person--who seemed to play the leading
  • part, instantly and rudely ordered them away.
  • "We want no beggars here!" he cried.
  • But another--although he was as far from recognising Dick and
  • Lawless--inclined to more moderate counsels.
  • "Not so," he cried. "We be strong men, and take; these be weak, and
  • crave; but in the latter end these shall be uppermost and we below. Mind
  • him not, my father; but come, drink of my cup, and give me a
  • benediction."
  • "Y'are men of a light mind, carnal, and accursed," said the monk. "Now,
  • may the saints forbid that ever I should drink with such companions! But
  • here, for the pity I bear to sinners, here I do leave you a blessed
  • relic, the which, for your souls' interest, I bid you kiss and cherish."
  • So far Lawless thundered upon them like a preaching friar; but with
  • these words he drew from under his robe a black arrow, tossed it on the
  • board in front of the three startled outlaws, turned in the same
  • instant, and, taking Dick along with him, was out of the room and out of
  • sight among the falling snow before they had time to utter a word or
  • move a finger.
  • "So," he said, "we have proved our false faces, Master Shelton. I will
  • now adventure my poor carcase where ye please."
  • "Good!" returned Richard. "It irks me to be doing. Set we on for
  • Shoreby!"
  • CHAPTER II
  • "IN MINE ENEMIES' HOUSE"
  • Sir Daniel's residence in Shoreby was a tall, commodious, plastered
  • mansion, framed in carven oak, and covered by a low-pitched roof of
  • thatch. To the back there stretched a garden, full of fruit-trees,
  • alleys, and thick arbours, and overlooked from the far end by the tower
  • of the abbey church.
  • The house might contain, upon a pinch, the retinue of a greater person
  • than Sir Daniel; but even now it was filled with hubbub. The court rang
  • with arms and horseshoe-iron; the kitchens roared with cookery like a
  • bees'-hive; minstrels, and the players of instruments, and the cries of
  • tumblers, sounded from the hall. Sir Daniel, in his profusion, in the
  • gaiety and gallantry of his establishment, rivalled with Lord Shoreby,
  • and eclipsed Lord Risingham.
  • All guests were made welcome. Minstrels, tumblers, players of chess, the
  • sellers of relics, medicines, perfumes, and enchantments, and along with
  • these every sort of priest, friar, or pilgrim, were made welcome to the
  • lower table, and slept together in the ample lofts, or on the bare
  • boards of the long dining-hall.
  • On the afternoon following the wreck of the _Good Hope_, the buttery,
  • the kitchens, the stables, the covered cartshed that surrounded two
  • sides of the court, were all crowded by idle people, partly belonging to
  • Sir Daniel's establishment, and attired in his livery of murrey and
  • blue, partly nondescript strangers attracted to the town by greed, and
  • received by the knight through policy, and because it was the fashion of
  • the time.
  • The snow, which still fell without interruption, the extreme chill of
  • the air, and the approach of night, combined to keep them under shelter.
  • Wine, ale, and money were all plentiful; many sprawled gambling in the
  • straw of the barn, many were still drunken from the noontide meal. To
  • the eye of a modern it would have looked like the sack of a city; to the
  • eye of a contemporary it was like any other rich and noble household at
  • a festive season.
  • Two monks--a young and an old--had arrived late, and were now warming
  • themselves at a bonfire in a corner of the shed. A mixed crowd
  • surrounded them--jugglers, mountebanks, and soldiers; and with these the
  • elder of the two had soon engaged so brisk a conversation, and exchanged
  • so many loud guffaws and country witticisms, that the group momentarily
  • increased in number.
  • The younger companion, in whom the reader has already recognised Dick
  • Shelton, sat from the first somewhat backward, and gradually drew
  • himself away. He listened, indeed, closely, but he opened not his mouth;
  • and by the grave expression of his countenance, he made but little
  • account of his companion's pleasantries.
  • At last his eye, which travelled continually to and fro, and kept a
  • guard upon all the entrances of the house, lit upon a little procession
  • entering by the main gate and crossing the court in an oblique
  • direction. Two ladies, muffled in thick furs, led the way, and were
  • followed by a pair of waiting-women and four stout men-at-arms. The next
  • moment they had disappeared within the house; and Dick, slipping through
  • the crowd of loiterers in the shed, was already giving hot pursuit.
  • "The taller of these twain was Lady Brackley," he thought; "and where
  • Lady Brackley is, Joan will not be far."
  • At the door of the house the four men-at-arms had ceased to follow, and
  • the ladies were now mounting the stairway of polished oak, under no
  • better escort than that of the two waiting-women. Dick followed close
  • behind. It was already the dusk of the day; and in the house the
  • darkness of the night had almost come. On the stair-landings, torches
  • flared in iron holders; down the long, tapestried corridors, a lamp
  • burned by every door. And where the door stood open, Dick could look in
  • upon arras-covered walls and rush-bescattered floors, glowing in the
  • light of the wood fires.
  • Two floors were passed, and at every landing the younger and shorter of
  • the two ladies had looked back keenly at the monk. He, keeping his eyes
  • lowered, and affecting the demure manners that suited his disguise, had
  • but seen her once, and was unaware that he had attracted her attention.
  • And now, on the third floor, the party separated, the younger lady
  • continuing to ascend alone, the other, followed by the Waiting-maids,
  • descending the corridor to the right.
  • Dick mounted with a swift foot, and holding to the corner, thrust forth
  • his head and followed the three women with his eyes. Without turning or
  • looking behind them, they continued to descend the corridor.
  • "It is right well," thought Dick. "Let me but know my Lady Brackley's
  • chamber, and it will go hard an I find not Dame Hatch upon an errand."
  • And just then a hand was laid upon his shoulder, and, with a bound and a
  • choked cry, he turned to grapple his assailant.
  • He was somewhat abashed to find, in the person whom he had so roughly
  • seized, the short young lady in the furs. She, on her part, was shocked
  • and terrified beyond expression, and hung trembling in his grasp.
  • "Madam," said Dick, releasing her, "I cry you a thousand pardons; but I
  • have no eyes behind, and, by the mass, I could not tell ye were a maid."
  • The girl continued to look at him, but, by this time, terror began to be
  • succeeded by surprise, and surprise by suspicion. Dick, who could read
  • these changes on her face, became alarmed for his own safety in that
  • hostile house.
  • "Fair maid," he said, affecting easiness, "suffer me to kiss your hand,
  • in token ye forgive my roughness, and I will even go."
  • "Y'are a strange monk, young sir," returned the young lady, looking him
  • both boldly and shrewdly in the face; "and now that my first
  • astonishment hath somewhat passed away, I can spy the layman in each
  • word you utter. What do ye here? Why are ye thus sacrilegiously tricked
  • out? Come ye in peace or war? And why spy ye after Lady Brackley like a
  • thief?"
  • "Madam," quoth Dick, "of one thing I pray you to be very sure: I am no
  • thief. And even if I come here in war, as in some degree I do, I make no
  • war upon fair maids, and I hereby entreat them to copy me so far, and to
  • leave me be. For, indeed, fair mistress, cry out--if such be your
  • pleasure--cry but once, and say what ye have seen, and the poor
  • gentleman before you is merely a dead man. I cannot think ye would be
  • cruel," added Dick; and taking the girl's hand gently in both of his, he
  • looked at her with courteous admiration.
  • "Are ye, then, a spy--a Yorkist?" asked the maid.
  • "Madam," he replied, "I am indeed a Yorkist, and, in some sort, a spy.
  • But that which bringeth me into this house, the same which will win for
  • me the pity and interest of your kind heart, is neither of York nor
  • Lancaster. I will wholly put my life in your discretion. I am a lover,
  • and my name----"
  • But here the young lady clapped her hand suddenly upon Dick's mouth,
  • looked hastily up and down and east and west, and, seeing the coast
  • clear, began to drag the young man, with great strength and vehemence,
  • up-stairs.
  • "Hush!" she said, "and come! Shalt talk hereafter."
  • Somewhat bewildered, Dick suffered himself to be pulled up-stairs,
  • bustled along a corridor, and thrust suddenly into a chamber, lit, like
  • so many of the others, by a blazing log upon the hearth.
  • "Now," said the young lady, forcing him down upon a stool, "sit ye there
  • and attend my sovereign good pleasure. I have life and death over you,
  • and I will not scruple to abuse my power. Look to yourself; y' 'ave
  • cruelly mauled my arm. He knew not I was a maid, quoth he! Had he known
  • I was a maid, he had ta'en his belt to me, forsooth!"
  • And with these words, she whipped out of the room and left Dick gaping
  • with wonder, and not very sure if he were dreaming or awake.
  • "Ta'en my belt to her!" he repeated. "Ta'en my belt to her!" And the
  • recollection of that evening in the forest flowed back upon his mind,
  • and he once more saw Matcham's wincing body and beseeching eyes.
  • And then he was recalled to the dangers of the present. In the next room
  • he heard a stir, as of a person moving; then followed a sigh, which
  • sounded strangely near; and then the rustle of skirts and tap of feet
  • once more began. As he stood hearkening, he saw the arras wave along the
  • wall; there was the sound of a door being opened, the hangings divided,
  • and, lamp in hand, Joanna Sedley entered the apartment.
  • She was attired in costly stuffs of deep and warm colours, such as befit
  • the winter and the snow. Upon her head, her hair had been gathered
  • together and became her as a crown. And she, who had seemed so little
  • and so awkward in the attire of Matcham, was now tall like a young
  • willow, and swam across the floor as though she scorned the drudgery of
  • walking.
  • Without a start, without a tremor, she raised her lamp and looked at the
  • young monk.
  • "What make ye here, good brother?" she inquired. "Ye are doubtless
  • ill-directed. Whom do ye require?" And she set her lamp upon the
  • bracket.
  • "Joanna," said Dick; and then his voice failed him. "Joanna," he began
  • again, "ye said ye loved me; and the more fool I, but I believed it!"
  • "Dick!" she cried. "Dick!"
  • And then, to the wonder of the lad, this beautiful and tall young lady
  • made but one step of it, and threw her arms about his neck and gave him
  • a hundred kisses all in one.
  • "Oh, the fool fellow!" she cried. "Oh, dear Dick! Oh, if ye could see
  • yourself! Alack!" she added, pausing. "I have spoilt you, Dick! I have
  • knocked some of the paint off. But that can be mended. What cannot be
  • mended, Dick--or I much fear it cannot!--is my marriage with Lord
  • Shoreby."
  • "Is it decided, then?" asked the lad.
  • "To-morrow, before noon, Dick, in the abbey church," she answered, "John
  • Matcham and Joanna Sedley both shall come to a right miserable end.
  • There is no help in tears, or I could weep mine eyes out. I have not
  • spared myself to pray, but Heaven frowns on my petition. And, dear
  • Dick--good Dick--but that ye can get me forth of this house before the
  • morning, we must even kiss and say good-bye."
  • "Nay," said Dick, "not I; I will never say that word. 'Tis like despair;
  • but while there's life, Joanna, there is hope. Yet will I hope. Ay, by
  • the mass, and triumph! Look ye, now, when ye were but a name to me, did
  • I not follow--did I not rouse good men--did I not stake my life upon the
  • quarrel? And now that I have seen you for what ye are--the fairest maid
  • and stateliest of England--think ye I would turn?--if the deep sea were
  • there, I would straight through it; if the way were full of lions, I
  • would scatter them like mice."
  • "Ay," she said, drily, "ye make a great ado about a sky-blue robe!"
  • "Nay, Joan," protested Dick, "'tis not alone the robe. But, lass, ye
  • were disguised. Here am I disguised; and, to the proof, do I not cut a
  • figure of fun--a right fool's figure?"
  • "Ay, Dick, an' that ye do!" she answered, smiling.
  • "Well, then!" he returned, triumphant. "So was it with you, poor
  • Matcham, in the forest. In sooth, ye were a wench to laugh at. But now!"
  • So they ran on, holding each other by both hands, exchanging smiles and
  • lovely looks, and melting minutes into seconds; and so they might have
  • continued all night long. But presently there was a noise behind them;
  • and they were aware of the short young lady, with her finger on her
  • lips.
  • "Saints!" she cried, "but what a noise ye keep! Can ye not speak in
  • compass? And now, Joanna, my fair maid of the woods, what will ye give
  • your gossip for bringing you your sweetheart?"
  • Joanna ran to her, by way of answer, and embraced her fierily.
  • "And you, sir," added the young lady, "what do ye give me?"
  • "Madam," said Dick, "I would fain offer to pay you in the same money."
  • "Come, then," said the lady, "it is permitted you."
  • But Dick, blushing like a peony, only kissed her hand.
  • "What ails ye at my face, fair sir?" she inquired, curtseying to the
  • very ground; and then, when Dick had at length and most tepidly embraced
  • her, "Joanna," she added, "your sweetheart is very backwards under your
  • eyes; but I warrant you, when first we met, he was more ready. I am all
  • black and blue, wench; trust me never, if I be not black and blue! And
  • now," she continued, "have ye said your sayings? for I must speedily
  • dismiss the paladin."
  • But at this they both cried out that they had said nothing, that the
  • night was still very young, and that they would not be separated so
  • early.
  • "And supper?" asked the young lady. "Must we not go down to supper?"
  • "Nay, to be sure!" cried Joan. "I had forgotten."
  • "Hide me, then," said Dick, "put me behind the arras, shut me in a
  • chest, or what ye will, so that I may be here on your return. Indeed,
  • fair lady," he added, "bear this in mind, that we are sore bested, and
  • may never look upon each other's face from this night forward till we
  • die."
  • At this the young lady melted; and when, a little after, the bell
  • summoned Sir Daniel's household to the board, Dick was planted very
  • stiffly against the wall, at a place where a division in the tapestry
  • permitted him to breathe the more freely, and even to see into the room.
  • He had not been long in this position, when he was somewhat strangely
  • disturbed. The silence in that upper storey of the house, was only
  • broken by the flickering of the flames and the hissing of a green log
  • in the chimney; but presently, to Dick's strained hearing, there came
  • the sound of some one walking with extreme precaution; and soon after
  • the door opened, and a little black-faced, dwarfish fellow, in Lord
  • Shoreby's colours, pushed first his head, and then his crooked body,
  • into the chamber. His mouth was open, as though to hear the better; and
  • his eyes, which were very bright, flitted restlessly and swiftly to and
  • fro. He went round and round the room, striking here and there upon the
  • hangings; but Dick, by a miracle, escaped his notice. Then he looked
  • below the furniture, and examined the lamp; and, at last, with an air of
  • cruel disappointment, was preparing to go away as silently as he had
  • come, when down he dropped upon his knees, picked up something from
  • among the rushes on the floor, examined it, and, with every signal of
  • delight, concealed it in the wallet at his belt.
  • Dick's heart sank, for the object in question was a tassel from his own
  • girdle; and it was plain to him that this dwarfish spy, who took a
  • malign delight in his employment, would lose no time in bearing it to
  • his master, the baron. He was half tempted to throw aside the arras,
  • fall upon the scoundrel, and, at the risk of his life, remove the
  • tell-tale token. And while he was still hesitating, a new cause of
  • concern was added. A voice, hoarse and broken by drink, began to be
  • audible from the stair; and presently after, uneven, wandering, and
  • heavy footsteps sounded without along the passage.
  • "What make ye here, my merry men, among the greenwood shaws?" sang the
  • voice. "What make ye here? Hey! sots, what make ye here?" it added,
  • with a rattle of drunken laughter; and then, once more breaking into
  • song:
  • "If ye should drink the clary wine,
  • Fat Friar John, ye friend o' mine--
  • If I should eat, and ye should drink,
  • Who shall sing the mass, d'ye think?"
  • Lawless, alas! rolling drunk, was wandering the house, seeking for a
  • corner wherein to slumber off the effect of his potations. Dick inwardly
  • raged. The spy, at first terrified, had grown reassured as he found he
  • had to deal with an intoxicated man, and now, with a movement of
  • cat-like rapidity, slipped from the chamber, and was gone from Richard's
  • eyes.
  • What was to be done? If he lost touch of Lawless for the night, he was
  • left impotent, whether to plan or carry forth Joanna's rescue. If, on
  • the other hand, he dared to address the drunken outlaw, the spy might
  • still be lingering within sight, and the most fatal consequences ensue.
  • It was, nevertheless, upon this last hazard that Dick decided. Slipping
  • from behind the tapestry, he stood ready in the doorway of the chamber,
  • with a warning hand upraised. Lawless, flushed crimson, with his eyes
  • injected, vacillating on his feet, drew still unsteadily nearer. At last
  • he hazily caught sight of his commander, and, in despite of Dick's
  • imperious signals, hailed him instantly and loudly by his name.
  • Dick leaped upon and shook the drunkard furiously.
  • "Beast!" he hissed--"beast and no man! It is worse than treachery to be
  • so witless. We may all be shent for thy sotting."
  • But Lawless only laughed and staggered, and tried to clap young Shelton
  • on the back.
  • And just then Dick's quick ear caught a rapid brushing in the arras. He
  • leaped towards the sound, and the next moment a piece of the
  • wall-hanging had been torn down, and Dick and the spy were sprawling
  • together in its folds. Over and over they rolled, grappling for each
  • other's throat, and still baffled by the arras, and still silent in
  • their deadly fury. But Dick was by much the stronger, and soon the spy
  • lay prostrate under his knee, and, with a single stroke of the long
  • poniard, ceased to breathe.
  • CHAPTER III
  • THE DEAD SPY
  • Throughout this furious and rapid passage, Lawless had looked on
  • helplessly, and even when all was over, and Dick, already re-arisen to
  • his feet, was listening with the most passionate attention to the
  • distant bustle in the lower storeys of the house, the old outlaw was
  • still wavering on his legs like a shrub in a breeze of wind, and still
  • stupidly staring on the face of the dead man.
  • "It is well," said Dick, at length; "they have not heard us, praise the
  • saints! But, now, what shall I do with this poor spy? At least, I will
  • take my tassel from his wallet."
  • So saying, Dick opened the wallet; within he found a few pieces of
  • money, the tassel, and a letter addressed to Lord Wensleydale, and
  • sealed with my Lord Shoreby's seal. The name awoke Dick's recollection;
  • and he instantly broke the wax and read the contents of the letter. It
  • was short, but, to Dick's delight, it gave evident proof that Lord
  • Shoreby was treacherously corresponding with the House of York.
  • The young fellow usually carried his ink-horn and implements about him,
  • and so now, bending a knee beside the body of the dead spy, he was able
  • to write these words upon a corner of the paper:
  • My Lord of Shoreby, ye that writt the letter, wot ye why your man
  • is ded? But let me rede you, marry not.
  • JON AMEND-ALL.
  • He laid this paper on the breast of the corpse; and then Lawless, who
  • had been looking on upon these last manoeuvres with some flickering
  • returns of intelligence, suddenly drew a black arrow from below his
  • robe, and therewith pinned the paper in its place. The sight of this
  • disrespect, or, as it almost seemed, cruelty to the dead, drew a cry of
  • horror from young Shelton; but the old outlaw only laughed.
  • "Nay, I will have the credit for mine order," he hiccupped. "My jolly
  • boys must have the credit on't--the credit, brother"; and then, shutting
  • his eyes tight and opening his mouth like a precentor, he began to
  • thunder, in a formidable voice:
  • "If ye should drink the clary wine"--
  • "Peace, sot!" cried Dick, and thrust him hard against the wall. "In two
  • words--if so be that such a man can understand me who hath more wine
  • than wit in him--in two words, and, a-Mary's name, begone out of this
  • house, where, if ye continue to abide, ye will not only hang yourself,
  • but me also! Faith, then, up foot! be yare, or, by the mass, I may
  • forget that I am in some sort your captain and in some your debtor! Go!"
  • The sham monk was now, in some degree, recovering the use of his
  • intelligence; and the ring in Dick's voice, and the glitter in Dick's
  • eye, stamped home the meaning of his words.
  • "By the mass," cried Lawless, "an I be not wanted, I can go"; and he
  • turned tipsily along the corridor and proceeded to flounder down-stairs,
  • lurching against the wall.
  • So soon as he was out of sight, Dick returned to his hiding-place,
  • resolutely fixed to see the matter out. Wisdom, indeed, moved him to be
  • gone; but love and curiosity were stronger.
  • Time passed slowly for the young man, bolt upright behind the arras. The
  • fire in the room began to die down, and the lamp to burn low and to
  • smoke. And still there was no word of the return of any one to these
  • upper quarters of the house; still the faint hum and clatter of the
  • supper party sounded from far below; and still, under the thick fall of
  • the snow, Shoreby town lay silent upon every side.
  • At length, however, feet and voices began to draw near upon the stair;
  • and presently after several of Sir Daniel's guests arrived upon the
  • landing, and, turning down the corridor, beheld the torn arras and the
  • body of the spy.
  • Some ran forward and some back, and all together began to cry aloud.
  • At the sound of their cries, guests, men-at-arms, ladies, servants, and,
  • in a word, all the inhabitants of that great house, came flying from
  • every direction, and began to join their voices to the tumult.
  • Soon a way was cleared, and Sir Daniel came forth in person, followed by
  • the bridegroom of the morrow, my Lord Shoreby.
  • "My lord," said Sir Daniel, "have I not told you of this knave Black
  • Arrow? To the proof, behold it! There it stands, and, by the rood, my
  • gossip, in a man of yours, or one that stole your colours!"
  • "In good sooth, it was a man of mine," replied Lord Shoreby, hanging
  • back. "I would I had more such. He was keen as a beagle and secret as a
  • mole."
  • "Ay, gossip, truly?" asked Sir Daniel, keenly. "And what came he
  • smelling up so many stairs in my poor mansion? But he will smell no
  • more."
  • "An't please you, Sir Daniel," said one, "here is a paper written upon
  • with some matter, pinned upon his breast."
  • "Give it me, arrow and all," said the knight. And when he had taken into
  • his hand the shaft, he continued for some time to gaze upon it in a
  • sullen musing. "Ay," he said, addressing Lord Shoreby, "here is a hate
  • that followeth hard and close upon my heels. This black stick, or its
  • just likeness, shall yet bring me down. And, gossip, suffer a plain
  • knight to counsel you; and if these hounds begin to wind you, flee! 'Tis
  • like a sickness--it still hangeth, hangeth upon the limbs. But let us
  • see what they have written. It is as I thought, my lord; y'are marked,
  • like an old oak, by the woodman; to-morrow or next day, by will come the
  • axe. But what wrote ye in a letter?"
  • Lord Shoreby snatched the paper from the arrow, read it, crumpled it
  • between his hands, and overcoming the reluctance which had hitherto
  • withheld him from approaching, threw himself on his knees beside the
  • body and eagerly groped in the wallet.
  • He rose to his feet with a somewhat unsettled countenance.
  • "Gossip," he said, "I have indeed lost a letter here that much imported;
  • and could I lay my hand upon the knave that took it, he should
  • incontinently grace a halter. But let us, first of all, secure the
  • issues of the house. Here is enough harm already, by St. George!"
  • Sentinels were posted close around the house and garden; a sentinel on
  • every landing of the stair, a whole troop in the main entrance-hall; and
  • yet another about the bonfire in the shed. Sir Daniel's followers were
  • supplemented by Lord Shoreby's; there was thus no lack of men or weapons
  • to make the house secure, or to entrap a lurking enemy, should one be
  • there.
  • Meanwhile, the body of the spy was carried out through the falling snow
  • and deposited in the abbey church.
  • It was not until these dispositions had been taken, and all had returned
  • to a decorous silence, that the two girls drew Richard Shelton from his
  • place of concealment, and made a full report to him of what had passed.
  • He, upon his side, recounted the visit of the spy, his dangerous
  • discovery, and speedy end.
  • Joanna leaned back very faint against the curtained wall.
  • "It will avail but little," she said. "I shall be wed to-morrow, in the
  • morning, after all!"
  • "What!" cried her friend. "And here is our paladin that driveth lions
  • like mice! Ye have little faith, of a surety. But come, friend
  • lion-driver, give us some comfort; speak, and let us hear bold
  • counsels."
  • Dick was confounded to be thus outfaced with his own exaggerated words;
  • but though he coloured, he still spoke stoutly.
  • "Truly," said he, "we are in straits. Yet, could I but win out of this
  • house for half an hour, I do honestly tell myself that all might still
  • go well; and for the marriage, it should be prevented."
  • "And for the lions," mimicked the girl, "they shall be driven."
  • "I crave your excuse," said Dick. "I speak not now in any boasting
  • humour, but rather as one inquiring after help or counsel; for if I get
  • not forth of this house and through these sentinels, I can do less than
  • naught. Take me, I pray you, rightly."
  • "Why said ye he was rustic, Joan?" the girl inquired. "I warrant he hath
  • a tongue in his head; ready, soft, and bold is his speech at pleasure.
  • What would ye more?"
  • "Nay," sighed Joanna, with a smile, "they have changed me my friend
  • Dick, 'tis sure enough. When I beheld him, he was rough indeed. But it
  • matters little; there is no help for my hard case, and I must still be
  • Lady Shoreby!"
  • "Nay, then," said Dick, "I will even make the adventure. A friar is not
  • much regarded; and if I found a good fairy to lead me up, I may find
  • another belike to carry me down. How call they the name of this spy?"
  • "Rutter," said the young lady; "and an excellent good name to call him
  • by. But how mean ye, lion-driver? What is in your mind to do?"
  • "To offer boldly to go forth," returned Dick; "and if any stop me, to
  • keep an unchanged countenance, and say I go to pray for Rutter. They
  • will be praying over his poor clay even now."
  • "The device is somewhat simple," replied the girl, "yet it may hold."
  • "Nay," said young Shelton, "it is no device, but mere boldness, which
  • serveth often better in great straits."
  • "Ye say true," she said. "Well, go, a-Mary's name, and may Heaven speed
  • you! Ye leave here a poor maid that loves you entirely, and another that
  • is most heartily your friend. Be wary, for their sakes, and make not
  • shipwreck of your safety."
  • "Ay," added Joanna, "go, Dick. Ye run no more peril, whether ye go or
  • stay. Go; ye take my heart with you; the saints defend you!"
  • Dick passed the first sentry with so assured a countenance that the
  • fellow merely fidgeted and stared; but at the second landing the man
  • carried his spear across and bade him name his business.
  • "_Pax vobiscum,_" answered Dick. "I go to pray over the body of this
  • poor Rutter."
  • "Like enough," returned the sentry; "but to go alone is not permitted
  • you." He leaned over the oaken balusters and whistled shrill. "One
  • cometh!" he cried; and then motioned Dick to pass.
  • At the foot of the stair he found the guard afoot and awaiting his
  • arrival; and when he had once more repeated his story, the commander of
  • the post ordered four men out to accompany him to the church.
  • "Let him not slip, my lads," he said. "Bring him to Sir Oliver, on your
  • lives!"
  • The door was then opened; one of the men took Dick by either arm,
  • another marched ahead with a link, and the fourth, with bent bow and the
  • arrow on the string, brought up the rear. In this order they proceeded
  • through the garden, under the thick darkness of the night and the
  • scattering snow, and drew near to the dimly illuminated windows of the
  • abbey church.
  • At the western portal a picket of archers stood, taking what shelter
  • they could find in the hollow of the arched doorways, and all powdered
  • with the snow; and it was not until Dick's conductors had exchanged a
  • word with these, that they were suffered to pass forth and enter the
  • nave of the sacred edifice.
  • The church was doubtfully lighted by the tapers upon the great altar,
  • and by a lamp or two that swung from the arched roof before the private
  • chapels of illustrious families. In the midst of the choir the dead spy
  • lay, his limbs piously composed, upon a bier.
  • A hurried mutter of prayer sounded along the arches; cowled figures
  • knelt in the stalls of the choir, and on the steps of the high altar a
  • priest in pontifical vestments celebrated mass.
  • Upon this fresh entrance, one of the cowled figures arose, and, coming
  • down the steps which elevated the level of the choir above that of the
  • nave, demanded from the leader of the four men what business brought him
  • to the church. Out of respect for the service and the dead, they spoke
  • in guarded tones; but the echoes of that huge, empty building caught up
  • their words, and hollowly repeated and repeated them along the aisles.
  • "A monk!" returned Sir Oliver (for he it was), when he had heard the
  • report of the archer. "My brother, I looked not for your coming," he
  • added, turning to young Shelton. "In all civility, who are ye? and at
  • whose instance do ye join your supplications to ours?"
  • Dick, keeping his cowl about his face, signed to Sir Oliver to move a
  • pace or two aside from the archers; and, so soon as the priest had done
  • so, "I cannot hope to deceive you, sir," he said. "My life is in your
  • hands."
  • Sir Oliver violently started; his stout cheeks grew pale, and for a
  • space he was silent.
  • "Richard," he said, "what brings you here, I know not; but I much
  • misdoubt it to be evil. Nevertheless, for the kindness that was, I would
  • not willingly deliver you to harm. Ye shall sit all night beside me in
  • the stalls: ye shall sit there till my Lord of Shoreby be married, and
  • the party gone safe home; and if all goeth well, and ye have planned no
  • evil, in the end ye shall go whither ye will. But if your purpose be
  • bloody, it shall return upon your head. Amen!"
  • And the priest devoutly crossed himself, and turned and louted to the
  • altar.
  • With that, he spoke a few words more to the soldiers, and taking Dick by
  • the hand, led him up to the choir, and placed him in the stall beside
  • his own, where, for mere decency, the lad had instantly to kneel and
  • appear to be busy with his devotions.
  • His mind and his eyes, however, were continually wandering. Three of the
  • soldiers, he observed, instead of returning to the house, had got them
  • quietly into a point of vantage in the aisle; and he could not doubt
  • that they had done so by Sir Oliver's command. Here, then, he was
  • trapped. Here he must spend the night in the ghostly glimmer and shadow
  • of the church, and looking on the pale face of him he slew; and here, in
  • the morning, he must see his sweetheart married to another man before
  • his eyes.
  • But, for all that, he obtained a command upon his mind, and built
  • himself up in patience to await the issue.
  • CHAPTER IV
  • IN THE ABBEY CHURCH
  • In Shoreby Abbey Church the prayers were kept up all night without
  • cessation, now with the singing of psalms, now with a note or two upon
  • the bell.
  • Rutter, the spy, was nobly waked. There he lay, meanwhile, as they had
  • arranged him, his dead hands crossed upon his bosom, his dead eyes
  • staring on the roof; and hard by, in the stall, the lad who had slain
  • him waited, in sore disquietude, the coming of the morning.
  • Once only, in the course of the hours, Sir Oliver leaned across to his
  • captive.
  • "Richard," he whispered, "my son, if ye mean me evil, I will certify, on
  • my soul's welfare, ye design upon an innocent man. Sinful in the eye of
  • Heaven I do declare myself; but sinful as against you I am not, neither
  • have been ever."
  • "My father," returned Dick, in the same tone of voice, "trust me, I
  • design nothing; but as for your innocence, I may not forget that ye
  • cleared yourself but lamely."
  • "A man may be innocently guilty," replied the priest. "He may be set
  • blindfolded upon a mission, ignorant of its true scope. So it was with
  • me. I did decoy your father to his death; but as Heaven sees us in this
  • sacred place, I knew not what I did."
  • "It may be," returned Dick. "But see what a strange web ye have woven,
  • that I should be, at this hour, at once your prisoner and your judge;
  • that ye should both threaten my days and deprecate my anger. Methinks,
  • if ye had been all your life a true man and good priest, ye would
  • neither thus fear nor thus detest me. And now to your prayers. I do obey
  • you, since needs must; but I will not be burthened with your company."
  • The priest uttered a sigh so heavy that it had almost touched the lad
  • into some sentiment of pity, and he bowed his head upon his hands like a
  • man borne down below a weight of care. He joined no longer in the
  • psalms; but Dick could hear the beads rattle though his fingers and the
  • prayers a-pattering between his teeth.
  • Yet a little, and the grey of the morning began to struggle through the
  • painted casements of the church, and to put to shame the glimmer of the
  • tapers. The light slowly broadened and brightened, and presently through
  • the southeastern clerestories a flush of rosy sunlight flickered on the
  • walls. The storm was over; the great clouds had disburthened their snow
  • and fled farther on, and the new day was breaking on a merry winter
  • landscape sheathed in white.
  • A bustle of church officers followed; the bier was carried forth to the
  • deadhouse, and the stains of blood were cleansed from off the tiles,
  • that no such ill-omened spectacle should disgrace the marriage of Lord
  • Shoreby. At the same time, the very ecclesiastics who had been so
  • dismally engaged all night began to put on morning faces, to do honour
  • to the merrier ceremony which was about to follow. And further to
  • announce the coming of the day, the pious of the town began to assemble
  • and fall to prayer before their favourite shrines, or wait their turn at
  • the confessionals.
  • Favoured by this stir, it was of course easily possible for any man to
  • avoid the vigilance of Sir Daniel's sentries at the door; and presently
  • Dick, looking about him wearily, caught the eye of no less a person than
  • Will Lawless, still in his monk's habit.
  • The outlaw, at the same moment, recognised his leader, and privily
  • signed to him with hand and eye.
  • Now, Dick was far from having forgiven the old rogue his most untimely
  • drunkenness, but he had no desire to involve him in his own predicament;
  • and he signalled back to him, as plain as he was able, to begone.
  • Lawless, as though he had understood, disappeared at once behind a
  • pillar, and Dick breathed again.
  • What, then, was his dismay to feel himself plucked by the sleeve and to
  • find the old robber installed beside him, upon the next seat, and, to
  • all appearance, plunged in his devotions!
  • Instantly Sir Oliver arose from his place, and, gliding behind the
  • stalls, made for the soldiers in the aisle. If the priest's suspicions
  • had been so lightly wakened, the harm was already done, and Lawless a
  • prisoner in the church.
  • "Move not," whispered Dick. "We are in the plaguiest pass, thanks,
  • before all things, to thy swinishness of yestereven. When ye saw me
  • here, so strangely seated where I have neither right nor interest, what
  • a murrain! could ye not smell harm and get ye gone from evil?"
  • "Nay," returned Lawless, "I thought ye had heard from Ellis, and were
  • here on duty."
  • "Ellis!" echoed Dick. "Is Ellis, then, returned?"
  • "For sure," replied the outlaw. "He came last night, and belted me sore
  • for being in wine--so there ye are avenged, my master. A furious man is
  • Ellis Duckworth! He hath ridden me hot-spur from Craven to prevent this
  • marriage; and, Master Dick, ye know the way of him--do so he will!"
  • "Nay, then," returned Dick, with composure, "you and I, my poor brother,
  • are dead men; for I sit here a prisoner upon suspicion, and my neck was
  • to answer for this very marriage that he purposeth to mar. I had a fair
  • choice, by the rood! to lose my sweetheart or else lose my life! Well,
  • the cast is thrown--it is to be my life."
  • "By the mass," cried Lawless, half arising, "I am gone!"
  • But Dick had his hand at once upon his shoulder.
  • "Friend Lawless, sit ye still," he said. "An ye have eyes, look yonder
  • at the corner by the chancel arch; see ye not that, even upon the motion
  • of your rising, yon armed men are up and ready to intercept you? Yield
  • ye, friend. Ye were bold aboard ship, when ye thought to die a
  • sea-death; be bold again, now that y'are to die presently upon the
  • gallows."
  • "Master Dick," gasped Lawless, "the thing hath come upon me somewhat of
  • the suddenest. But give me a moment till I fetch my breath again; and,
  • by the mass, I will be as stout-hearted as yourself."
  • "Here is my bold fellow!" returned Dick. "And yet, Lawless, it goes
  • hard against the grain with me to die; but where whining mendeth
  • nothing, wherefore whine?"
  • "Nay, that indeed!" chimed Lawless. "And a fig for death, at worst! It
  • has to be done, my master, soon or late. And hanging in a good quarrel
  • is an easy death, they say, though I could never hear of any that came
  • back to say so."
  • And so saying, the stout old rascal leaned back in his stall, folded his
  • arms, and began to look about him with the greatest air of insolence and
  • unconcern.
  • "And for the matter of that," Dick added, "it is yet our best chance to
  • keep quiet. We wot not yet what Duckworth purposes; and when all is
  • said, and if the worst befall, we may yet clear our feet of it."
  • Now that they ceased talking, they were aware of a very distant and thin
  • strain of mirthful music which steadily drew nearer, louder, and
  • merrier. The bells in the tower began to break forth into a doubling
  • peal, and a greater and greater concourse of people to crowd into the
  • church, shuffling the snow from off their feet, and clapping and blowing
  • in their hands. The western door was flung wide open, showing a glimpse
  • of sunlit, snowy street, and admitting in a great gust the shrewd air of
  • the morning; and in short, it became plain by every sign that Lord
  • Shoreby desired to be married very early in the day, and that the
  • wedding-train was drawing near.
  • Some of Lord Shoreby's men now cleared a passage down the middle aisle,
  • forcing the people back with lance-stocks; and just then, outside the
  • portal, the secular musicians could be descried drawing near over the
  • frozen snow, the fifers and trumpeters scarlet in the face with lusty
  • blowing, the drummers and the cymbalists beating as for a wager.
  • These, as they drew near the door of the sacred building, filed off on
  • either side, and, marking time to their own vigorous music, stood
  • stamping in the snow. As they thus opened their ranks, the leaders of
  • this noble bridal train appeared behind and between them; and such was
  • the variety and gaiety of their attire, such the displays of silk and
  • velvet, fur and satin, embroidery and lace, that the procession showed
  • forth upon the snow like a flower-bed in a path or a painted window in a
  • wall.
  • First came the bride, a sorry sight, as pale as winter, clinging to Sir
  • Daniel's arm, and attended, as bridesmaid, by the short young lady who
  • had befriended Dick the night before. Close behind, in the most radiant
  • toilet, followed the bridegroom, halting on a gouty foot; and as he
  • passed the threshold of the sacred building and doffed his hat, his bald
  • head was seen to be rosy with emotion.
  • And now came the hour of Ellis Duckworth.
  • Dick, who sat stunned among contrary emotions, grasping the desk in
  • front of him, beheld a movement in the crowd, people jostling backward,
  • and eyes and arms uplifted. Following these signs, he beheld three or
  • four men with bent bows, leaning from the clerestory gallery. At the
  • same instant they delivered their discharge, and before the clamour and
  • cries of the astounded populace had time to swell fully upon the ear,
  • they had flitted from their perch and disappeared.
  • The nave was full of swaying heads and voices screaming; the
  • ecclesiastics thronged in terror from their places; the music ceased,
  • and though the bells overhead continued for some seconds to clang upon
  • the air, some wind of the disaster seemed to find its way at last even
  • to the chamber where the ringers were leaping on their ropes, and they
  • also desisted from their merry labours.
  • Right in the midst of the nave the bridegroom lay stone-dead, pierced by
  • two black arrows. The bride had fainted. Sir Daniel stood, towering
  • above the crowd in his surprise and anger, a cloth-yard shaft quivering
  • in his left forearm, and his face streaming blood from another which had
  • grazed his brow.
  • Long before any search could be made for them, the authors of this
  • tragic interruption had clattered down a turn-pike stair and decamped by
  • a postern door.
  • But Dick and Lawless still remained in pawn; they had, indeed, arisen on
  • the first alarm, and pushed manfully to gain the door; but what with the
  • narrowness of the stalls and the crowding of terrified priests and
  • choristers, the attempt had been in vain, and they had stoically resumed
  • their places.
  • And now, pale with horror, Sir Oliver rose to his feet and called upon
  • Sir Daniel, pointing with one hand to Dick.
  • "Here," he cried, "is Richard Shelton--alas the hour!--blood guilty!
  • Seize him!--bid him be seized! For all our lives' sakes, take him and
  • bind him surely! He hath sworn our fall."
  • Sir Daniel was blinded by anger--blinded by the hot blood that still
  • streamed across his face.
  • [Illustration: _First came the bride, a sorry sight, as pale as the
  • winter, clinging to Sir Daniel's arm_]
  • "Where?" he bellowed. "Hale him forth! By the cross of Holywood, but he
  • shall rue this hour!"
  • The crowd fell back, and a party of archers invaded the choir, laid
  • rough hands on Dick, dragged him head-foremost from the stall, and
  • thrust him by the shoulders down the chancel steps. Lawless, on his
  • part, sat as still as a mouse.
  • Sir Daniel, brushing the blood out of his eyes, stared blinkingly upon
  • his captive.
  • "Ay," he said, "treacherous and insolent, I have thee fast; and by all
  • potent oaths, for every drop of blood that now trickles in mine eyes, I
  • will wring a groan out of thy carcase. Away with him!" he added. "Here
  • is no place! Off with him to my house. I will number every joint of thy
  • body with a torture."
  • But Dick, putting off his captors, uplifted his voice.
  • "Sanctuary!" he shouted. "Sanctuary! Ho, there, my fathers! They would
  • drag me from the church!"
  • "From the church thou hast defiled with murder, boy," added a tall man,
  • magnificently dressed.
  • "On what probation?" cried Dick. "They do accuse me, indeed, of some
  • complicity, but have not proved one tittle. I was, in truth, a suitor
  • for this damsel's hand; and she, I will be bold to say it, repaid my
  • suit with favour. But what then? To love a maid is no offence, I
  • trow--nay, nor to gain her love. In all else, I stand here free from
  • guiltiness."
  • There was a murmur of approval among the bystanders, so boldly Dick
  • declared his innocence; but at the same time a throng of accusers arose
  • upon the other side, crying how he had been found last night in Sir
  • Daniel's house, how he wore a sacrilegious disguise; and in the midst of
  • the babel, Sir Oliver indicated Lawless, both by voice and gesture, as
  • accomplice to the fact. He, in his turn, was dragged from his seat and
  • set beside his leader. The feelings of the crowd rose high on either
  • side, and while some dragged the prisoners to and fro to favour their
  • escape, others cursed and struck them with their fists. Dick's ears rang
  • and his brain swam dizzily, like a man struggling in the eddies of a
  • furious river.
  • But the tall man who had already answered Dick, by a prodigious exercise
  • of voice restored silence and order in the mob.
  • "Search them," he said, "for arms. We may so judge of their intentions."
  • Upon Dick they found no weapon but his poniard, and this told in his
  • favour, until one man officiously drew it from its sheath, and found it
  • still uncleansed of the blood of Rutter. At this there was a great shout
  • among Sir Daniel's followers, which the tall man suppressed by a gesture
  • and an imperious glance. But when it came to the turn of Lawless, there
  • was found under his gown a sheaf of arrows identical with those that had
  • been shot.
  • "How say ye now?" asked the tall man, frowningly, of Dick.
  • "Sir," replied Dick, "I am here in sanctuary, is it not so? Well, sir, I
  • see by your bearing that ye are high in station, and I read in your
  • countenance the marks of piety and justice. To you, then, I will yield
  • me prisoner, and that blithely, foregoing the advantage of this holy
  • place. But rather than to be yielded into the discretion of that
  • man--whom I do here accuse with a loud voice to be the murderer of my
  • natural father and the unjust retainer of my lands and revenues--rather
  • than that, I would beseech you, under favour, with your own gentle hand,
  • to despatch me on the spot. Your own ears have heard him, how before
  • that I was proven guilty he did threaten me with torments. It standeth
  • not with your own honour to deliver me to my sworn enemy and old
  • oppressor, but to try me fairly by the way of law, and, if that I be
  • guilty indeed, to slay me mercifully."
  • "My lord," cried Sir Daniel, "ye will not hearken to this wolf? His
  • bloody dagger reeks him the lie into his face."
  • "Nay, but suffer me, good knight," returned the tall stranger; "your own
  • vehemence doth somewhat tell against yourself."
  • And here the bride, who had come to herself some minutes past and looked
  • wildly on upon this scene, broke loose from those that held her, and
  • fell upon her knees before the last speaker.
  • "My Lord of Risingham," she cried, "hear me, in justice. I am here in
  • this man's custody by mere force, reft from mine own people. Since that
  • day I had never pity, countenance, nor comfort from the face of man--but
  • from him only--Richard Shelton--whom they now accuse and labour to undo.
  • My lord, if he was yesternight in Sir Daniel's mansion, it was I that
  • brought him there; he came but at my prayer, and thought to do no hurt.
  • While yet Sir Daniel was a good lord to him, he fought with them of the
  • Black Arrow loyally; but when his foul guardian sought his life by
  • practices, and he fled by night, for his soul's sake, out of that bloody
  • house, whither was he to turn--he, helpless and penniless? Or if he be
  • fallen among ill company, whom should ye blame--the lad that was
  • unjustly handled, or the guardian that did abuse his trust?"
  • And then the short young lady fell on her knees by Joanna's side.
  • "And I, my good lord and natural uncle," she added, "I can bear
  • testimony, on my conscience and before the face of all, that what this
  • maiden saith is true. It was I, unworthy, that did lead the young man
  • in."
  • Earl Risingham had heard in silence, and when the voices ceased, he
  • still stood silent for a space. Then he gave Joanna his hand to arise,
  • though it was to be observed that he did not offer the like courtesy to
  • her who had called herself his niece.
  • "Sir Daniel," he said, "here is a right intricate affair, the which,
  • with your good leave, it shall be mine to examine and adjust. Content
  • ye, then; your business is in careful hands; justice shall be done you;
  • and in the meanwhile, get ye incontinently home, and have your hurts
  • attended. The air is shrewd, and I would not ye took cold upon these
  • scratches."
  • He made a sign with his hand; it was passed down the nave by obsequious
  • servants, who waited there upon his smallest gesture. Instantly, without
  • the church, a tucket sounded shrill, and through the open portal archers
  • and men-at-arms, uniformly arrayed in the colours and wearing the badge
  • of Lord Risingham, began to file into the church, took Dick and Lawless
  • from those who still detained them, and closing their files about the
  • prisoners, marched forth again and disappeared.
  • As they were passing, Joanna held both her hands to Dick and cried him
  • her farewell; and the bridesmaid, nothing downcast by her uncle's
  • evident displeasure, blew him a kiss, with a "Keep your heart up,
  • lion-driver!" that for the first time since the accident called up a
  • smile to the faces of the crowd.
  • CHAPTER V
  • EARL RISINGHAM
  • Earl Risingham, although by far the most important person then in
  • Shoreby, was poorly lodged in the house of a private gentleman upon the
  • extreme outskirts of the town. Nothing but the armed men at the doors,
  • and the mounted messengers that kept arriving and departing, announced
  • the temporary residence of a great lord.
  • Thus it was that, from lack of space, Dick and Lawless were clapped into
  • the same apartment.
  • "Well spoken, Master Richard," said the outlaw; "it was excellently well
  • spoken, and, for my part, I thank you cordially. Here we are in good
  • hands; we shall be justly tried, and, some time this evening, decently
  • hanged on the same tree."
  • "Indeed, my poor friend, I do believe it," answered Dick.
  • "Yet have we a string to our bow," returned Lawless. "Ellis Duckworth is
  • a man out of ten thousand; he holdeth you right near his heart, both for
  • your own and for your father's sake; and knowing you guiltless of this
  • fact, he will stir earth and heaven to bear you clear."
  • "It may not be," said Dick. "What can he do? He hath but a handful.
  • Alack, if it were but to-morrow--could I but keep a certain tryst an
  • hour before noon to-morrow--all were, I think, otherwise. But now there
  • is no help."
  • "Well," concluded Lawless, "an ye will stand to it for my innocence, I
  • will stand to it for yours, and that stoutly. It shall naught avail us;
  • but an I be to hang, it shall not be for lack of swearing."
  • And then, while Dick gave himself over to his reflections, the old rogue
  • curled himself down into a corner, pulled his monkish hood about his
  • face, and composed himself to sleep. Soon he was loudly snoring, so
  • utterly had his long life of hardship and adventure blunted the sense of
  • apprehension.
  • It was long after noon, and the day was already failing, before the door
  • was opened and Dick taken forth and led up-stairs to where, in a warm
  • cabinet, Earl Risingham sat musing over the fire.
  • On his captive's entrance he looked up.
  • "Sir," he said, "I knew your father, who was a man of honour, and this
  • inclineth me to be the more lenient; but I may not hide from you that
  • heavy charges lie against your character. Ye do consort with murderers
  • and robbers; upon a clear probation ye have carried war against the
  • king's peace; ye are suspected to have piratically seized upon a ship;
  • ye are found skulking with a counterfeit presentment in your enemy's
  • house; a man is slain that very evening----"
  • "An it like you, my lord," Dick interposed, "I will at once avow my
  • guilt, such as it is. I slew this fellow Rutter; and to the
  • proof"--searching in his bosom--"here is a letter from his wallet."
  • Lord Risingham took the letter, and opened and read it twice.
  • "Ye have read this?" he inquired.
  • "I have read it," answered Dick.
  • "Are ye for York or Lancaster?" the earl demanded.
  • "My lord, it was but a little while back that I was asked that question,
  • and knew not how to answer it," said Dick; "but having answered once, I
  • will not vary. My lord, I am for York."
  • The earl nodded approvingly.
  • "Honestly replied," he said. "But wherefore, then, deliver me this
  • letter?"
  • "Nay, but against traitors, my lord, are not all sides arrayed?" cried
  • Dick.
  • "I would they were, young gentleman," returned the earl; "and I do at
  • least approve your saying. There is more youth than guile in you, I do
  • perceive; and were not Sir Daniel a mighty man upon our side, I were
  • half tempted to espouse your quarrel. For I have inquired, and it
  • appears ye have been hardly dealt with, and have much excuse. But look
  • ye, sir, I am, before all else, a leader in the Queen's interest; and
  • though by nature a just man, as I believe, and leaning even to the
  • excess of mercy, yet must I order my goings for my party's interest,
  • and, to keep Sir Daniel, I would go far about."
  • "My lord," returned Dick, "ye will think me very bold to counsel you;
  • but do ye count upon Sir Daniel's faith? Methought he had changed sides
  • intolerably often."
  • "Nay, it is the way of England. What would ye have?" the earl demanded.
  • "But ye are unjust to the knight of Tunstall; and as faith goes, in this
  • unfaithful generation, he hath of late been honourably true to us of
  • Lancaster. Even in our last reverses he stood firm."
  • "An it pleased you, then," said Dick, "to cast your eye upon this
  • letter, ye might somewhat change your thought of him"; and he handed to
  • the earl Sir Daniel's letter to Lord Wensleydale.
  • The effect upon the earl's countenance was instant; he lowered like an
  • angry lion, and his hand, with a sudden movement, clutched at his
  • dagger.
  • "Ye have read this also?" he asked.
  • "Even so," said Dick. "It is your lordship's own estate he offers to
  • Lord Wensleydale?"
  • "It is my own estate, even as ye say!" returned the earl. "I am your
  • bedesman for this letter. It hath shown me a fox's hole. Command me,
  • Master Shelton; I will not be backward in gratitude, and to begin with,
  • York or Lancaster, true man or thief, I do now set you at freedom. Go,
  • a-Mary's name! But judge it right that I retain and hang your fellow,
  • Lawless. The crime hath been most open, and it were fitting that some
  • open punishment should follow."
  • "My lord, I make it my first suit to you to spare him also," pleaded
  • Dick.
  • "It is an old, condemned rogue, thief, and vagabond, Master Shelton,"
  • said the earl. "He hath been gallows-ripe this score of years. And,
  • whether for one thing or another, whether to-morrow or the day after,
  • where is the great choice?"
  • "Yet, my lord, it was through love to me that he came hither," answered
  • Dick, "and I were churlish and thankless to desert him."
  • "Master Shelton, ye are troublesome," replied the earl, severely. "It is
  • an evil way to prosper in this world. Howbeit, and to be quit of your
  • importunity, I will once more humour you. Go, then, together; but go
  • warily, and get swiftly out of Shoreby town. For this Sir Daniel (whom
  • may the saints confound!) thirsteth most greedily to have your blood."
  • "My lord, I do now offer you in words my gratitude, trusting at some
  • brief date to pay you some of it in service," replied Dick, as he turned
  • from the apartment.
  • CHAPTER VI
  • ARBLASTER AGAIN
  • When Dick and Lawless were suffered to steal, by a back way, out of the
  • house where Lord Risingham held his garrison, the evening had already
  • come.
  • They paused in shelter of the garden wall to consult on their best
  • course. The danger was extreme. If one of Sir Daniel's men caught sight
  • of them and raised the view-hallo, they would be run down and butchered
  • instantly. And not only was the town of Shoreby a mere net of peril for
  • their lives, but to make for the open country was to run the risk of the
  • patrols.
  • A little way off, upon some open ground, they spied a windmill standing;
  • and hard by that, a very large granary with open doors.
  • "How if we lay there until the night fall?" Dick proposed.
  • And Lawless having no better suggestion to offer, they made a straight
  • push for the granary at a run, and concealed themselves behind the door
  • among some straw. The daylight rapidly departed; and presently the moon
  • was silvering the frozen snow. Now or never was their opportunity to
  • gain the Goat and Bagpipes unobserved and change their tell-tale
  • garments. Yet even then it was advisable to go round by the outskirts,
  • and not run the gauntlet of the market-place, where, in the concourse of
  • people, they stood the more imminent peril to be recognised and slain.
  • This course was a long one. It took them not far from the house by the
  • beach, now lying dark and silent, and brought them forth at last by the
  • margin of the harbour. Many of the ships, as they could see by the clear
  • moonshine, had weighed anchor, and, profiting by the calm sky, proceeded
  • for more distant parts; answerably to this, the rude alehouses along the
  • beach (although, in defiance of the curfew law, they still shone with
  • fire and candle) were no longer thronged with customers, and no longer
  • echoed to the chorus of sea-songs.
  • Hastily, half running, with their monkish raiment kilted to the knee,
  • they plunged through the deep snow and threaded the labyrinth of marine
  • lumber; and they were already more than half-way round the harbour when,
  • as they were passing close before an alehouse, the door suddenly opened
  • and let out a gush of light upon their fleeting figures.
  • Instantly they stopped, and made believe to be engaged in earnest
  • conversation.
  • Three men, one after another, came out of the alehouse, and the last
  • closed the door behind him. All three were unsteady upon their feet, as
  • if they had passed the day in deep potations, and they now stood
  • wavering in the moonlight, like men who knew not what they would be
  • after. The tallest of the three was talking in a loud, lamentable
  • voice.
  • "Seven pieces of as good Gascony as ever a tapster broached," he was
  • saying, "the best ship out o' the port o' Dartmouth, a Virgin Mary
  • parcel-gilt, thirteen pounds of good gold money----"
  • "I have had losses, too," interrupted one of the others. "I have had
  • losses of mine own, gossip Arblaster. I was robbed at Martinmas of five
  • shillings and a leather wallet well worth ninepence farthing."
  • Dick's heart smote him at what he heard. Until that moment he had not
  • perhaps thought twice of the poor skipper who had been ruined by the
  • loss of the _Good Hope_; so careless, in those days, were men who wore
  • arms of the goods and interests of their inferiors. But this sudden
  • encounter reminded him sharply of the high-handed manner and ill-ending
  • of his enterprise; and both he and Lawless turned their heads the other
  • way, to avoid the chance of recognition.
  • The ship's dog had, however, made his escape from the wreck and found
  • his way back again to Shoreby. He was now at Arblaster's heels, and
  • suddenly sniffing and pricking his ears, he darted forward and began to
  • bark furiously at the two sham friars.
  • His master unsteadily followed him.
  • "Hey, shipmates!" he cried. "Have ye ever a penny piece for a poor old
  • shipman, clean destroyed by pirates? I am a man that would have paid for
  • you both o' Thursday morning; and now here I be, o' Saturday night,
  • begging for a flagon of ale! Ask my man Tom, if ye misdoubt me. Seven
  • pieces of good Gascon wine, a ship that was mine own, and was my
  • father's before me, a Blessed Mary of plane-tree wood and parcel-gilt,
  • and thirteen pounds in gold and silver. Hey! what say ye? A man that
  • fought the French, too; for I have fought the French; I have cut more
  • French throats upon the high seas than ever a man that sails out of
  • Dartmouth. Come, a penny piece."
  • Neither Dick nor Lawless durst answer him a word, lest he should
  • recognise their voices; and they stood there as helpless as a ship
  • ashore, not knowing where to turn nor what to hope.
  • "Are ye dumb, boy?" inquired the skipper. "Mates," he added, with a
  • hiccup, "they be dumb. I like not this manner of discourtesy; for an a
  • man be dumb, so be as he's courteous, he will still speak when he was
  • spoken to, methinks."
  • By this time the sailor, Tom, who was a man of great personal strength,
  • seemed to have conceived some suspicion of these two speechless figures;
  • and being soberer than his captain, stepped suddenly before him, took
  • Lawless roughly by the shoulder, and asked him, with an oath, what ailed
  • him that he held his tongue. To this the outlaw, thinking all was over,
  • made answer by a wrestling feint that stretched the sailor on the sand,
  • and, calling upon Dick to follow him, took to his heels among the
  • lumber.
  • The affair passed in a second. Before Dick could run at all, Arblaster
  • had him in his arms; Tom, crawling on his face, had caught him by one
  • foot, and the third man had a drawn cutlass brandishing above his head.
  • It was not so much the danger, it was not so much the annoyance, that
  • now bowed down the spirits of young Shelton; it was the profound
  • humiliation to have escaped Sir Daniel, convinced Lord Risingham, and
  • now fall helpless in the hands of this old, drunken sailor; and not
  • merely helpless, but, as his conscience loudly told him when it was too
  • late, actually guilty--actually the bankrupt debtor of the man whose
  • ship he had stolen and lost.
  • "Bring me him back into the alehouse, till I see his face," said
  • Arblaster.
  • "Nay, nay," returned Tom; "but let us first unload his wallet, lest the
  • other lads cry share."
  • But though he was searched from head to foot, not a penny was found upon
  • him; nothing but Lord Foxham's signet, which they plucked savagely from
  • his finger.
  • "Turn me him to the moon," said the skipper; and taking Dick by the
  • chin, he cruelly jerked his head into the air. "Blessed Virgin!" he
  • cried, "it is the pirate!"
  • "Hey!" cried Tom.
  • "By the Virgin of Bordeaux, it is the man himself!" repeated Arblaster.
  • "What, sea-thief, do I hold you?" he cried. "Where is my ship? Where is
  • my wine? Hey! have I you in my hands? Tom, give me one end of a cord
  • here; I will so truss me this sea-thief, hand and foot together, like a
  • basting turkey--marry, I will so bind him up--and thereafter I will so
  • beat--so beat him!"
  • And so he ran on, winding the cord meanwhile about Dick's limbs with the
  • dexterity peculiar to seamen, and at every turn and cross securing it
  • with a knot, and tightening the whole fabric with a savage pull.
  • When he had done, the lad was a mere package in his hands--as helpless
  • as the dead. The skipper held him at arm's length, and laughed aloud.
  • Then he fetched him a stunning buffet on the ear; and then turned him
  • about, and furiously kicked and kicked him. Anger rose up in Dick's
  • bosom like a storm; anger strangled him, and he thought to have died;
  • but when the sailor, tired of this cruel play, dropped him all his
  • length upon the sand and turned to consult with his companions, he
  • instantly regained command of his temper. Here was a momentary respite;
  • ere they began again to torture him, he might have found some method to
  • escape from this degrading and fatal misadventure.
  • Presently, sure enough, and while his captors were still discussing what
  • to do with him, he took heart of grace, and, with a pretty steady voice,
  • addressed them.
  • "My masters," he began, "are ye gone clean foolish? Here hath Heaven put
  • into your hands as pretty an occasion to grow rich as ever shipman
  • had--such as ye might make thirty over-sea adventures and not find
  • again--and, by the mass! what do ye? Beat me?--nay; so would an angry
  • child! But for long-headed tarry-Johns, that fear not fire nor water,
  • and that love gold as they love beef, methinks ye are not wise."
  • "Ay," said Tom, "now y'are trussed ye would cozen us."
  • "Cozen you!" repeated Dick. "Nay, if ye be fools, it would be easy. But
  • if ye be shrewd fellows, as I trow ye are, ye can see plainly where your
  • interest lies. When I took your ship from you, we were many, we were
  • well clad and armed; but now, bethink you a little, who mustered that
  • array? One incontestably that hath much gold. And if he, being already
  • rich, continueth to hunt after more even in the face of storms--bethink
  • you once more--shall there not be a treasure somewhere hidden?"
  • "What meaneth he?" asked one of the men.
  • "Why, if ye have lost an old skiff and a few jugs of vinegary wine,"
  • continued Dick, "forget them, for the trash they are; and do ye rather
  • buckle to an adventure worth the name, that shall, in twelve hours, make
  • or mar you for ever. But take me up from where I lie, and let us go
  • somewhere near at hand and talk across a flagon, for I am sore and
  • frozen, and my mouth is half among the snow."
  • "He seeks but to cozen us," said Tom, contemptuously.
  • "Cozen! cozen!" cried the third man. "I would I could see the man that
  • could cozen me! He were a cozener indeed! Nay, I was not born yesterday.
  • I can see a church when it hath a steeple on it; and for my part, gossip
  • Arblaster, methinks there is some sense in this young man. Shall we go
  • hear him, indeed? Say, shall we go hear him?"
  • "I would look gladly on a pottle of strong ale, good Master Pirret,"
  • returned Arblaster. "How say ye, Tom? But then the wallet is empty."
  • "I will pay," said the other--"I will pay. I would fain see this matter
  • out; I do believe, upon my conscience, there is gold in it."
  • "Nay, if ye get again to drinking, all is lost!" cried Tom.
  • "Gossip Arblaster, ye suffer your fellow to have too much liberty,"
  • returned Master Pirret. "Would ye be led by a hired man? Fy, fy!"
  • "Peace, fellow!" said Arblaster, addressing Tom. "Will ye put your oar
  • in? Truly a fine pass, when the crew is to correct the skipper!"
  • "Well, then, go your way," said Tom; "I wash my hands of you."
  • "Set him, then, upon his feet," said Master Pirret. "I know a privy
  • place where we may drink and discourse."
  • "If I am to walk, my friends, ye must set my feet at liberty," said
  • Dick, when he had been once more planted upright like a post.
  • "He saith true," laughed Pirret. "Truly, he could not walk accoutred as
  • he is. Give it a slit--out with your knife and slit it, gossip."
  • Even Arblaster paused at this proposal; but as his companion continued
  • to insist, and Dick had the sense to keep the merest wooden indifference
  • of expression, and only shrugged his shoulders over the delay, the
  • skipper consented at last, and cut the cords which tied his prisoner's
  • feet and legs. Not only did this enable Dick to walk; but the whole
  • network of his bonds being proportionately loosened, he felt the arm
  • behind his back begin to move more freely, and could hope, with time and
  • trouble, to entirely disengage it. So much he owed already to the owlish
  • silliness and greed of Master Pirret.
  • That worthy now assumed the lead, and conducted them to the very same
  • rude alehouse where Lawless had taken Arblaster on the day of the gale.
  • It was now quite deserted; the fire was a pile of red embers, radiating
  • the most ardent heat; and when they had chosen their places, and the
  • landlord had set before them a measure of mulled ale, both Pirret and
  • Arblaster stretched forth their legs and squared their elbows like men
  • bent upon a pleasant hour.
  • The table at which they sat, like all the others in the alehouse,
  • consisted of a heavy, square board, set on a pair of barrels; and each
  • of the four curiously-assorted cronies sat at one side of the square,
  • Pirret facing Arblaster, and Dick opposite to the common sailor.
  • "And now, young man," said Pirret, "to your tale. It doth appear,
  • indeed, that ye have somewhat abused our gossip Arblaster; but what
  • then? Make it up to him--show him but this chance to become wealthy--and
  • I will go pledge he will forgive you."
  • So far Dick had spoken pretty much at random; but it was now necessary,
  • under the supervision of six eyes, to invent and tell some marvellous
  • story, and, if it were possible, get back into his hands the
  • all-important signet. To squander time was the first necessity. The
  • longer his stay lasted, the more would his captors drink, and the surer
  • should he be when he attempted his escape.
  • Well, Dick was not much of an inventor, and what he told was pretty much
  • the tale of Ali Baba, with Shoreby and Tunstall Forest substituted for
  • the East, and the treasures of the cavern rather exaggerated than
  • diminished. As the reader is aware, it is an excellent story, and has
  • but one drawback--that it is not true; and so, as these three simple
  • shipmen now heard it for the first time, their eyes stood out of their
  • faces, and their mouths gaped like codfish at a fishmonger's.
  • Pretty soon a second measure of mulled ale was called for; and while
  • Dick was still artfully spinning out the incidents a third followed the
  • second.
  • Here was the position of the parties towards the end:
  • Arblaster, three-parts drunk and one-half asleep, hung helpless on his
  • stool. Even Tom had been much delighted with the tale, and his vigilance
  • had abated in proportion. Meanwhile, Dick had gradually wormed his right
  • arm clear of its bonds, and was ready to risk all.
  • "And so," said Pirret, "y'are one of these?"
  • "I was made so," replied Dick, "against my will; but an I could but get
  • a sack or two of gold coin to my share, I should be a fool indeed to
  • continue dwelling in a filthy cave, and standing shot and buffet like a
  • soldier. Here be we four; good! Let us, then, go forth into the forest
  • to-morrow ere the sun be up. Could we come honestly by a donkey, it were
  • better; but an we cannot, we have our four strong backs, and I warrant
  • me we shall come home staggering."
  • Pirret licked his lips.
  • "And this magic," he said--"this password, whereby the cave is
  • opened--how call ye it, friend?"
  • "Nay, none know the word but the three chiefs," returned Dick; "but here
  • is your great good fortune, that, on this very evening, I should be the
  • bearer of a spell to open it. It is a thing not trusted twice a year
  • beyond the captain's wallet."
  • "A spell!" said Arblaster, half awakening, and squinting upon Dick with
  • one eye. "Aroint thee! no spells! I be a good Christian. Ask my man Tom,
  • else."
  • "Nay, but this is white magic," said Dick. "It doth naught with the
  • devil; only the powers of numbers, herbs, and planets."
  • "Ay, ay," said Pirret; "'tis but white magic, gossip. There is no sin
  • therein, I do assure you. But proceed, good youth. This spell--in what
  • should it consist?"
  • "Nay, that I will incontinently show you," answered Dick. "Have ye there
  • the ring ye took from my finger? Good! Now hold it forth before you by
  • the extreme finger-ends, at the arm's length, and over against the
  • shining of these embers. 'Tis so exactly. Thus, then, is the spell."
  • With a haggard glance, Dick saw the coast was clear between him and the
  • door. He put up an internal prayer. Then whipping forth his arm, he made
  • but one snatch of the ring, and at the same instant, levering up the
  • table, he sent it bodily over upon the seaman Tom. He, poor soul, went
  • down bawling under the ruins; and before Arblaster understood that
  • anything was wrong, or Pirret could collect his dazzled wits, Dick had
  • run to the door and escaped into the moonlit night.
  • The moon, which now rode in the mid-heavens, and the extreme whiteness
  • of the snow, made the open ground about the harbour bright as day; and
  • young Shelton leaping, with kilted robe, among the lumber, was a
  • conspicuous figure from afar.
  • Tom and Pirret followed him with shouts; from every drinking-shop they
  • were joined by others whom their cries aroused; and presently a whole
  • fleet of sailors was in full pursuit. But Jack ashore was a bad runner,
  • even in the fifteenth century, and Dick, besides, had a start, which he
  • rapidly improved, until, as he drew near the entrance of a narrow lane,
  • he even paused and looked laughingly behind him.
  • Upon the white floor of snow, all the shipmen of Shoreby came clustering
  • in an inky mass, and tailing out rearward in isolated clumps. Every man
  • was shouting or screaming; every man was gesticulating with both arms in
  • air; some one was continually falling; and to complete the picture, when
  • one fell, a dozen would fall upon the top of him.
  • The confused mass of sound which they rolled up as high as to the moon
  • was partly comical and partly terrifying to the fugitive whom they were
  • hunting. In itself, it was impotent, for he made sure no seaman in the
  • port could run him down. But the mere volume of noise, in so far as it
  • must awake all the sleepers in Shoreby and bring all the skulking
  • sentries to the street, did really threaten him with danger in the
  • front. So, spying a dark doorway at a corner, he whipped briskly into
  • it, and let the uncouth hunt go by him, still shouting and
  • gesticulating, and all red with hurry and white with tumbles in the
  • snow.
  • It was a long while, indeed, before this great invasion of the town by
  • the harbour came to an end, and it was long before silence was restored.
  • For long, lost sailors were still to be heard pounding and shouting
  • through the streets in all directions and in every quarter of the town.
  • Quarrels followed, sometimes among themselves, sometimes with the men
  • of the patrols; knives were drawn, blows given and received, and more
  • than one dead body remained behind upon the snow.
  • When, a full hour later, the last seaman returned grumblingly to the
  • harbour side and his particular tavern, it may fairly be questioned if
  • he had ever known what manner of man he was pursuing, but it was
  • absolutely sure that he had now forgotten. By next morning there were
  • many strange stories flying; and a little while after, the legend of the
  • devil's nocturnal visit was an article of faith with all the lads of
  • Shoreby.
  • But the return of the last seaman did not, even yet, set free young
  • Shelton from his cold imprisonment in the doorway.
  • For some time after, there was a great activity of patrols; and special
  • parties came forth to make the round of the place and report to one or
  • other of the great lords, whose slumbers had been thus unusually broken.
  • The night was already well spent before Dick ventured from his
  • hiding-place and came, safe and sound, but aching with cold and bruises,
  • to the door of the Goat and Bagpipes. As the law required, there was
  • neither fire nor candle in the house; but he groped his way into a
  • corner of the icy guest-room, found an end of a blanket, which he
  • hitched around his shoulders, and creeping close to the nearest sleeper,
  • was soon lost in slumber.
  • BOOK V
  • CROOKBACK
  • CHAPTER I
  • THE SHRILL TRUMPET
  • Very early the next morning, before the first peep of the day, Dick
  • arose, changed his garments, armed himself once more like a gentleman,
  • and set forth for Lawless's den in the forest. There, it will be
  • remembered, he had left Lord Foxham's papers; and to get these and be
  • back in time for the tryst with the young Duke of Gloucester could only
  • be managed by an early start and the most vigorous walking.
  • The frost was more rigorous than ever; the air windless and dry, and
  • stinging to the nostril. The moon had gone down, but the stars were
  • still bright and numerous, and the reflection from the snow was clear
  • and cheerful. There was no need for a lamp to walk by; nor, in that
  • still but ringing air, the least temptation to delay.
  • Dick had crossed the greater part of the open ground between Shoreby and
  • the forest, and had reached the bottom of the little hill, some hundred
  • yards below the Cross of St. Bride, when, through the stillness of the
  • black morn, there rang forth the note of a trumpet, so shrill, clear,
  • and piercing, that he thought he had never heard the match of it for
  • audibility. It was blown once, and then hurriedly a second time; and
  • then the clash of steel succeeded.
  • At this young Shelton pricked his ears, and drawing his sword, ran
  • forward up the hill.
  • Presently he came in sight of the cross, and was aware of a most fierce
  • encounter raging on the road before it. There were seven or eight
  • assailants, and but one to keep head against them; but so active and
  • dexterous was this one, so desperately did he charge and scatter his
  • opponents, so deftly keep his footing on the ice, that already, before
  • Dick could intervene, he had slain one, wounded another, and kept the
  • whole in check.
  • Still, it was by a miracle that he continued his defence, and at any
  • moment, any accident, the least slip of foot or error of hand, his life
  • would be a forfeit.
  • "Hold ye well, sir! Here is help!" cried Richard; and forgetting that he
  • was alone, and that the cry was somewhat irregular, "To the Arrow! to
  • the Arrow!" he shouted, as he fell upon the rear of the assailants.
  • These were stout fellows also, for they gave not an inch at this
  • surprise, but faced about, and fell with astonishing fury upon Dick.
  • Four against one, the steel flashed about him in the starlight; the
  • sparks flew fiercely; one of the men opposed to him fell--in the stir of
  • the fight he hardly knew why; then he himself was struck across the
  • head, and though the steel cap below his hood protected him, the blow
  • beat him down upon one knee, with a brain whirling like a windmill-sail.
  • [Illustration: _There were seven or eight assailants, and but one to
  • keep head against them_]
  • Meanwhile the man whom he had come to rescue, instead of joining in the
  • conflict, had, on the first sign of intervention, leaped aback and blown
  • again, and yet more urgently and loudly, on that same shrill-voiced
  • trumpet that began the alarm. Next moment, indeed, his foes were on him,
  • and he was once more charging and fleeing, leaping, stabbing, dropping
  • to his knee, and using indifferently sword and dagger, foot and hand,
  • with the same unshaken courage and feverish energy and speed.
  • But that ear-piercing summons had been heard at last. There was a
  • muffled rushing in the snow; and in a good hour for Dick, who saw the
  • sword-points glitter already at his throat, there poured forth out of
  • the wood upon both sides a disorderly torrent of mounted men-at-arms,
  • each cased in iron, and with visor lowered, each bearing his lance in
  • rest, or his sword bared and raised, and each carrying, so to speak, a
  • passenger, in the shape of an archer or page, who leaped one after
  • another from their perches, and had presently doubled the array.
  • The original assailants, seeing themselves outnumbered and surrounded,
  • threw down their arms without a word.
  • "Seize me these fellows!" said the hero of the trumpet; and when his
  • order had been obeyed, he drew near to Dick and looked him in the face.
  • Dick, returning this scrutiny, was surprised to find in one who had
  • displayed such strength, skill, and energy, a lad no older than
  • himself--slightly deformed, with one shoulder higher than the other, and
  • of a pale, painful, and distorted countenance.[2] The eyes, however,
  • were very clear and bold.
  • [2] Richard Crookback would have been really far younger at this
  • date.
  • "Sir," said this lad, "ye came in good time for me, and none too early."
  • "My lord," returned Dick, with a faint sense that he was in the presence
  • of a great personage, "ye are yourself so marvellous a good swordsman
  • that I believe ye had managed them single-handed. Howbeit, it was
  • certainly well for me that your men delayed no longer than they did."
  • "How knew ye who I was?" demanded the stranger.
  • "Even now, my lord," Dick answered, "I am ignorant of whom I speak
  • with."
  • "Is it so?" asked the other. "And yet ye threw yourself head-first into
  • this unequal battle."
  • "I saw one man valiantly contending against many," replied Dick, "and I
  • had thought myself dishonoured not to bear him aid."
  • A singular sneer played about the young nobleman's mouth as he made
  • answer:
  • "These are very brave words. But to the more essential--are ye Lancaster
  • or York?"
  • "My lord, I make no secret; I am clear for York," Dick answered.
  • "By the mass!" replied the other, "it is well for you."
  • And so saying, he turned towards one of his followers.
  • "Let me see," he continued, in the same sneering and cruel tones--"let
  • me see a clean end of these brave gentlemen. Truss me them up."
  • There were but five survivors of the attacking party. Archers seized
  • them by the arms; they were hurried to the borders of the wood, and each
  • placed below a tree of suitable dimension; the rope was adjusted; an
  • archer, carrying the end of it, hastily clambered overhead; and before a
  • minute was over, and without a word passing upon either hand, the five
  • men were swinging by the neck.
  • "And now," cried the deformed leader, "back to your posts, and when I
  • summon you next, be readier to attend."
  • "My lord duke," said one man, "beseech you, tarry not here alone. Keep
  • but a handful of lances at your hand."
  • "Fellow," said the duke, "I have forborne to chide you for your
  • slowness. Cross me not, therefore. I trust my hand and arm, for all that
  • I be crooked. Ye were backwards when the trumpet sounded; and ye are now
  • too forward with your counsels. But it is ever so; last with the lance
  • and first with tongue. Let it be reversed."
  • And with a gesture that was not without a sort of dangerous nobility, he
  • waved them off.
  • The footmen climbed again to their seats behind the men-at-arms, and the
  • whole party moved slowly away and disappeared in twenty different
  • directions, under the cover of the forest.
  • The day was by this time beginning to break, and the stars to fade. The
  • first grey glimmer of dawn shone upon the countenances of the two young
  • men, who now turned once more to face each other.
  • "Here," said the duke, "ye have seen my vengeance, which is, like my
  • blade, both sharp and ready. But I would not have you, for all
  • Christendom, suppose me thankless. You that came to my aid with a good
  • sword and a better courage--unless that ye recoil from my
  • misshapeness--come to my heart."
  • And so saying, the young leader held out his arms for an embrace.
  • In the bottom of his heart Dick already entertained a great terror and
  • some hatred for the man whom he had rescued; but the invitation was so
  • worded that it would not have been merely discourteous, but cruel, to
  • refuse or hesitate; and he hastened to comply.
  • "And now, my lord duke," he said, when he had regained his freedom, "do
  • I suppose aright? Are ye my Lord Duke of Gloucester?"
  • "I am Richard of Gloucester," returned the other. "And you--how call
  • they you?"
  • Dick told him his name, and presented Lord Foxham's signet, which the
  • duke immediately recognised.
  • "Ye come too soon," he said; "but why should I complain? Ye are like me,
  • that was here at watch two hours before the day. But this is the first
  • sally of mine arms; upon this adventure, Master Shelton, shall I make or
  • mar the quality of my renown. There lie mine enemies, under two old,
  • skilled captains--Risingham and Brackley--well posted for strength, I do
  • believe, but yet upon two sides without retreat, enclosed betwixt the
  • sea, the harbour, and the river. Methinks, Shelton, here were a great
  • blow to be stricken, an we could strike it silently and suddenly."
  • "I do think so, indeed," cried Dick, warming.
  • "Have ye my Lord Foxham's notes?" inquired the duke.
  • And then, Dick, having explained how he was without them for the moment,
  • made himself bold to offer information every jot as good, of his own
  • knowledge.
  • "And for mine own part, my lord duke," he added, "an ye had men enough,
  • I would fall on even at this present. For, look ye, at the peep of day
  • the watches of the night are over; but by day they keep neither watch
  • nor ward--only scour the outskirts with horsemen. Now, then, when the
  • night watch is already unarmed, and the rest are at their morning
  • cup--now were the time to break them."
  • "How many do ye count?" asked Gloucester.
  • "They number not two thousand," Dick replied.
  • "I have seven hundred in the woods behind us," said the duke; "seven
  • hundred follow from Kettley, and will be here anon; behind these, and
  • further, are four hundred more; and my Lord Foxham hath five hundred
  • half a day from here, at Holywood. Shall we attend their coming, or fall
  • on?"
  • "My lord," said Dick, "when ye hanged these five poor rogues ye did
  • decide the question. Churls although they were, in these uneasy times
  • they will be lacked and looked for, and the alarm be given. Therefore,
  • my lord, if ye do count upon the advantage of a surprise, ye have not,
  • in my poor opinion, one whole hour in front of you."
  • "I do think so indeed," returned Crookback. "Well, before an hour, ye
  • shall be in the thick on't, winning spurs. A swift man to Holywood,
  • carrying Lord Foxham's signet; another along the road to speed my
  • laggards! Nay, Shelton, by the rood, it may be done!"
  • Therewith he once more set his trumpet to his lips and blew.
  • This time he was not long kept waiting. In a moment the open space
  • about the cross was filled with horse and foot. Richard of Gloucester
  • took his place upon the steps, and despatched messenger after messenger
  • to hasten the concentration of the seven hundred men that lay hidden in
  • the immediate neighbourhood among the woods; and before a quarter of an
  • hour had passed, all his dispositions being taken, he put himself at
  • their head, and began to move down the hill towards Shoreby.
  • His plan was simple. He was to seize a quarter of the town of Shoreby
  • lying on the right hand of the highroad and make his position good there
  • in the narrow lanes until his reinforcements followed.
  • If Lord Risingham chose to retreat, Richard would follow upon his rear,
  • and take him between two fires; or, if he preferred to hold the town, he
  • would be shut in a trap, there to be gradually overwhelmed by force of
  • numbers.
  • There was but one danger, but that was imminent and great--Gloucester's
  • seven hundred might be rolled up and cut to pieces in the first
  • encounter, and, to avoid this, it was needful to make the surprise of
  • their arrival as complete as possible.
  • The footmen, therefore, were all once more taken up behind the riders,
  • and Dick had the signal honour meted out to him of mounting behind
  • Gloucester himself. For as far as there was any cover the troops moved
  • slowly, and when they came near the end of the trees that lined the
  • highway, stopped to breathe and reconnoitre.
  • The sun was now well up, shining with a frosty brightness out of a
  • yellow halo, and right over against the luminary, Shoreby, a field of
  • snowy roofs and ruddy gables, was rolling up its columns of morning
  • smoke.
  • Gloucester turned round to Dick.
  • "In that poor place," he said, "where people are cooking breakfast,
  • either you shall gain your spurs and I begin a life of mighty honour and
  • glory in the world's eye, or both of us, as I conceive it, shall fall
  • dead and be unheard of. Two Richards are we. Well, then, Richard
  • Shelton, they shall be heard about, these two! Their swords shall not
  • ring more loudly on men's helmets than their names shall ring in
  • people's ears."
  • Dick was astonished at so great a hunger after fame, expressed with so
  • great vehemence of voice and language, and he answered very sensibly and
  • quietly, that, for his part, he promised he would do his duty, and
  • doubted not of victory if every one did the like.
  • By this time the horses were well breathed, and the leader holding up
  • his, sword and giving rein, the whole troop of chargers broke into the
  • gallop and thundered, with their double load of fighting men, down the
  • remainder of the hill and across the snow-covered plain that still
  • divided them from Shoreby.
  • CHAPTER II
  • THE BATTLE OF SHOREBY
  • The whole distance to be crossed was not above a quarter of a mile. But
  • they had no sooner debouched beyond the cover of the trees than they
  • were aware of people fleeing and screaming in the snowy meadows upon
  • either hand. Almost at the same moment a great rumour began to arise,
  • and spread and grow continually louder in the town; and they were not
  • yet half-way to the nearest house before the bells began to ring
  • backwards from the steeple.
  • The young duke ground his teeth together. By these so early signals of
  • alarm he feared to find his enemies prepared; and if he failed to gain a
  • footing in the town, he knew that his small party would soon be broken
  • and exterminated in the open.
  • In the town, however, the Lancastrians were far from being in so good a
  • posture. It was as Dick had said. The night-guard had already doffed
  • their harness; the rest were still hanging--unlatched, unbraced, all
  • unprepared for battle--about their quarters; and in the whole of Shoreby
  • there were not, perhaps, fifty men full armed, or fifty chargers ready
  • to be mounted.
  • The beating of the bells, the terrifying summons of men who ran about
  • the streets crying and beating upon the doors, aroused in an incredibly
  • short space at least two-score out of that half-hundred. These got
  • speedily to horse, and, the alarm still flying wild and contrary,
  • galloped in different directions.
  • Thus it befell that, when Richard of Gloucester reached the first house
  • of Shoreby, he was met in the mouth of the street by a mere handful of
  • lances, whom he swept before his onset as the storm chases the bark.
  • A hundred paces into the town, Dick Shelton touched the duke's arm; the
  • duke, in answer, gathered his reins, put the shrill trumpet to his
  • mouth, and blowing a concerted point, turned to the right hand out of
  • the direct advance. Swerving like a single rider, his whole command
  • turned after him, and, still at the full gallop of the chargers, swept
  • up the narrow by-street. Only the last score of riders drew rein and
  • faced about in the entrance; the footmen, whom they carried behind them,
  • leapt at the same instant to the earth, and began, some to bend their
  • bows, and others to break into and secure the houses upon either hand.
  • Surprised at this sudden change of direction, and daunted by the firm
  • front of the rear-guard, the few Lancastrians, after a momentary
  • consultation, turned and rode farther into town to seek for
  • reinforcements.
  • The quarter of the town upon which, by the advice of Dick, Richard of
  • Gloucester had now seized, consisted of five small streets of poor and
  • ill-inhabited houses, occupying a very gentle eminence, and lying open
  • towards the back.
  • The five streets being each secured by a good guard, the reserve would
  • thus occupy the centre, out of shot, and yet ready to carry aid wherever
  • it was needed.
  • Such was the poorness of the neighbourhood that none of the Lancastrian
  • lords, and but few of their retainers, had been lodged therein; and the
  • inhabitants, with one accord, deserted their houses and fled, squalling,
  • along the streets or over garden walls.
  • In the centre, where the five ways all met, a somewhat ill-favoured
  • alehouse displayed the sign of the Chequers; and here the Duke of
  • Gloucester chose his headquarters for the day.
  • To Dick he assigned the guard of one of the five streets.
  • "Go," he said, "win your spurs. Win glory for me: one Richard for
  • another. I tell you, if I rise, ye shall rise by the same ladder. Go,"
  • he added, shaking him by the hand.
  • But, as soon as Dick was gone, he turned to a little shabby archer at
  • his elbow.
  • "Go, Dutton, and that right speedily," he added. "Follow that lad. If ye
  • find him faithful, ye answer for his safety, a head for a head. Woe unto
  • you, if ye return without him! But if he be faithless--or, for one
  • instant, ye misdoubt him--stab him from behind."
  • In the meanwhile Dick hastened to secure his post. The street he had to
  • guard was very narrow, and closely lined with houses, which projected
  • and overhung the roadway; but narrow and dark as it was, since it opened
  • upon the market-place of the town, the main issue of the battle would
  • probably fall to be decided on that spot.
  • The market-place was full of townspeople fleeing in disorder; but there
  • was as yet no sign of any foeman ready to attack, and Dick judged he had
  • some time before him to make ready his defence.
  • The two houses at the end stood deserted, with open doors, as the
  • inhabitants had left them in their flight, and from these he had the
  • furniture hastily tossed forth and piled into a barrier in the entry of
  • the lane. A hundred men were placed at his disposal, and of these he
  • threw the more part into the houses, where they might lie in shelter and
  • deliver their arrows from the windows. With the rest, under his own
  • immediate eye, he lined the barricade.
  • Meanwhile the utmost uproar and confusion had continued to prevail
  • throughout the town; and what with the hurried clashing of bells, the
  • sounding of trumpets, the swift movement of bodies of horse, the cries
  • of the commanders, and the shrieks of women, the noise was almost
  • deafening to the ear. Presently, little by little, the tumult began to
  • subside; and soon after, files of men in armour and bodies of archers
  • began to assemble and form in line of battle in the market-place.
  • A large portion of this body were in murrey and blue, and in the mounted
  • knight who ordered their array Dick recognised Sir Daniel Brackley.
  • Then there befell a long pause, which was followed by the almost
  • simultaneous sounding of four trumpets from four different quarters of
  • the town. A fifth rang in answer from the market-place, and at the same
  • moment the files began to move, and a shower of arrows rattled about the
  • barricade, and sounded like blows upon the walls of the two flanking
  • houses.
  • The attack had begun, by a common signal, on all the five issues of the
  • quarter. Gloucester was beleaguered upon every side; and Dick judged, if
  • he would make good his post, he must rely entirely on the hundred men of
  • his command.
  • Seven volleys of arrows followed one upon the other, and in the very
  • thick of the discharges Dick was touched from behind upon the arm, and
  • found a page holding out to him a leathern jack, strengthened with
  • bright plates of mail.
  • "It is from my Lord of Gloucester," said the page. "He hath observed,
  • Sir Richard, that ye went unarmed."
  • Dick, with a glow at his heart at being so addressed, got to his feet
  • and, with the assistance of the page, donned the defensive coat. Even as
  • he did so, two arrows rattled harmlessly upon the plates, and a third
  • struck down the page, mortally wounded, at his feet.
  • Meantime the whole body of the enemy had been steadily drawing nearer
  • across the market-place; and by this time were so close at hand that
  • Dick gave the order to return their shot. Immediately, from behind the
  • barrier and from the windows of the houses, a counterblast of arrows
  • sped, carrying death. But the Lancastrians, as if they had but waited
  • for a signal, shouted loudly in answer; and began to close at a run upon
  • the barrier, the horsemen still hanging back, with visors lowered.
  • Then followed an obstinate and deadly struggle, hand to hand. The
  • assailants, wielding their falchions with one hand, strove with the
  • other to drag down the structure of the barricade. On the other side,
  • the parts were reversed; and the defenders exposed themselves like
  • madmen to protect their rampart. So for some minutes the contest raged
  • almost in silence, friend and foe falling one upon another. But it is
  • always the easier to destroy; and when a single note upon the tucket
  • recalled the attacking party from this desperate service, much of the
  • barricade had been removed piecemeal, and the whole fabric had sunk to
  • half its height, and tottered to a general fall.
  • And now the footmen in the market-place fell back, at a run, on every
  • side. The horsemen, who had been standing in a line two deep, wheeled
  • suddenly, and made their flank into their front; and as swift as a
  • striking adder, the long, steel-clad column was launched upon the
  • ruinous barricade.
  • Of the first two horsemen, one fell, rider and steed, and was ridden
  • down by his companions. The second leaped clean upon the summit of the
  • rampart, transpiercing an archer with his lance. Almost in the same
  • instant he was dragged from the saddle and his horse despatched.
  • And then the full weight and impetus of the charge burst upon and
  • scattered the defenders. The men-at-arms, surmounting their fallen
  • comrades, and carried onward by the fury of their onslaught, dashed
  • through Dick's broken line and poured thundering up the lane beyond, as
  • a stream bestrides and pours across a broken dam.
  • Yet was the fight not over. Still, in the narrow jaws of the entrance,
  • Dick and a few survivors plied their bills like woodmen; and already,
  • across the width of the passage, there had been formed a second, a
  • higher, and a more effectual rampart of fallen men and disembowelled
  • horses, lashing in the agonies of death.
  • Baffled by this fresh obstacle, the remainder of the cavalry fell back;
  • and as, at the sight of this movement, the flight of arrows redoubled
  • from the casements of the houses, their retreat had, for a moment,
  • almost degenerated into flight.
  • Almost at the same time, those who had crossed the barricade and charged
  • farther up the street, being met before the door of the Chequers by the
  • formidable hunchback and the whole reserve of the Yorkists, began to
  • come scattering backwards, in the excess of disarray and terror.
  • Dick and his fellows faced about, fresh men poured out of the houses; a
  • cruel blast of arrows met the fugitives full in the face, while
  • Gloucester was already riding down their rear; in the inside of a minute
  • and a half there was no living Lancastrian in the street.
  • Then, and not till then, did Dick hold up his reeking blade and give the
  • word to cheer.
  • Meanwhile Gloucester dismounted from his horse and came forward to
  • inspect the post. His face was as pale as linen; but his eyes shone in
  • his head like some strange jewel, and his voice, when he spoke, was
  • hoarse and broken with the exultation of battle and success. He looked
  • at the rampart, which neither friend nor foe could now approach without
  • precaution, so fiercely did the horses struggle in the throes of death,
  • and at the sight of that great carnage he smiled upon one side.
  • "Despatch these horses," he said; "they keep you from your vantage.
  • Richard Shelton," he added, "ye have pleased me. Kneel."
  • The Lancastrians had already resumed their archery, and the shafts fell
  • thick in the mouth of the street; but the duke, minding them not at all,
  • deliberately drew his sword and dubbed Richard a knight upon the spot.
  • "And now, Sir Richard," he continued, "if that ye see Lord Risingham,
  • send me an express upon the instant. Were it your last man, let me hear
  • of it incontinently. I had rather venture the post than lose my stroke
  • at him. For mark me, all of ye," he added, raising his voice, "if Earl
  • Risingham fall by another hand than mine, I shall count this victory a
  • defeat."
  • "My lord duke," said one of his attendants, "is your grace not weary of
  • exposing his dear life unneedfully? Why tarry we here?"
  • "Catesby," returned the duke, "here is the battle, not elsewhere. The
  • rest are but feigned onslaughts. Here must we vanquish. And for the
  • exposure--if ye were an ugly hunchback, and the children gecked at you
  • upon the street, ye would count your body cheaper, and an hour of glory
  • worth a life. Howbeit, if ye will, let us ride on and visit the other
  • posts. Sir Richard here, my namesake, he shall still hold this entry,
  • where he wadeth to the ankles in hot blood. Him can we trust. But mark
  • it, Sir Richard, ye are not yet done. The worst is yet to ward. Sleep
  • not."
  • He came right up to young Shelton, looking him hard in the eyes, and
  • taking his hand in both of his, gave it so extreme a squeeze that the
  • blood had nearly spurted. Dick quailed before his eyes. The insane
  • excitement, the courage, and the cruelty that he read therein filled him
  • with dismay about the future. This young duke's was indeed a gallant
  • spirit, to ride foremost in the ranks of war; but after the battle, in
  • the days of peace and in the circle of his trusted friends, that mind,
  • it was to be dreaded, would continue to bring forth the fruits of
  • death.
  • CHAPTER III
  • THE BATTLE OF SHOREBY
  • (CONCLUDED)
  • Dick, once more left to his own counsels, began to look about him. The
  • arrow-shot had somewhat slackened. On all sides the enemy were falling
  • back; and the greater part of the market-place was now left empty, the
  • snow here trampled into orange mud, there splashed with gore, scattered
  • all over with dead men and horses, and bristling thick with feathered
  • arrows.
  • On his own side the loss had been cruel. The jaws of the little street
  • and the ruins of the barricade were heaped with the dead and dying; and
  • out of the hundred men with whom he had begun the battle, there were not
  • seventy left who could still stand to arms.
  • At the same time, the day was passing. The first reinforcements might be
  • looked for to arrive at any moment; and the Lancastrians, already shaken
  • by the result of their desperate but unsuccessful onslaught, were in an
  • ill temper to support a fresh invader.
  • There was a dial in the wall of one of the two flanking houses; and
  • this, in the frosty winter sunshine, indicated ten of the forenoon.
  • Dick turned to the man who was at his elbow, a little insignificant
  • archer, binding a cut in his arm.
  • "It was well fought," he said, "and, by my sooth, they will not charge
  • us twice."
  • "Sir," said the little archer, "ye have fought right well for York, and
  • better for yourself. Never hath man in so brief space prevailed so
  • greatly on the duke's affections. That he should have entrusted such a
  • post to one he knew not is a marvel. But look to your head, Sir Richard!
  • If ye be vanquished--ay, if ye give way one foot's breadth--axe or cord
  • shall punish it; and I am set if ye do aught doubtful, I will tell you
  • honestly, here to stab you from behind."
  • Dick looked at the little man in amaze.
  • "You!" he cried. "And from behind!"
  • "It is right so," returned the archer; "and because I like not the
  • affair I tell it you. Ye must make the post good, Sir Richard, at your
  • peril. O, our Crookback is a bold blade and a good warrior; but, whether
  • in cold blood or in hot, he will have all things done exact to his
  • commandment. If any fail or hinder, they shall die the death."
  • "Now, by the saints!" cried Richard, "is this so? And will men follow
  • such a leader?"
  • "Nay, they follow him gleefully," replied the other; "for if he be exact
  • to punish, he is most open-handed to reward. And if he spare not the
  • blood and sweat of others, he is ever liberal of his own, still in the
  • first front of battle, still the last to sleep. He will go far, will
  • Crookback Dick o' Gloucester!"
  • The young knight, if he had before been brave and vigilant, was now all
  • the more inclined to watchfulness and courage. His sudden favour, he
  • began to perceive, had brought perils in its train. And he turned from
  • the archer, and once more scanned anxiously the market-place. It lay
  • empty as before.
  • "I like not this quietude," he said. "Doubtless they prepare us some
  • surprise."
  • And, as if in answer to his remark, the archers began once more to
  • advance against the barricade, and the arrows to fall thick. But there
  • was something hesitating in the attack. They came not on roundly, but
  • seemed rather to await a further signal.
  • Dick looked uneasily about him, spying for a hidden danger. And sure
  • enough, about half-way up the little street, a door was suddenly opened
  • from within, and the house continued, for some seconds, and both by door
  • and window, to disgorge a torrent of Lancastrian archers. These, as they
  • leaped down, hurriedly stood to their ranks, bent their bows, and
  • proceeded to pour upon Dick's rear a flight of arrows.
  • At the same time, the assailants in the market-place redoubled their
  • shot, and began to close in stoutly upon the barricade.
  • Dick called down his whole command out of the houses, and facing them
  • both ways, and encouraging their valour both by word and gesture,
  • returned as best he could the double shower of shafts that fell about
  • his post.
  • Meanwhile house after house was opened in the street, and the
  • Lancastrians continued to pour out of the doors and leap down from the
  • windows, shouting victory, until the number of enemies upon Dick's rear
  • was almost equal to the number in his face. It was plain that he could
  • hold the post no longer; what was worse, even if he could have held it,
  • it had now become useless; and the whole Yorkist army lay in a posture
  • of helplessness upon the brink of a complete disaster.
  • The men behind him formed the vital flaw in the general defence; and it
  • was upon these that Dick turned, charging at the head of his men. So
  • vigorous was the attack, that the Lancastrian archers gave ground and
  • staggered, and, at last, breaking their ranks, began to crowd back into
  • the houses from which they had so recently and so vain-gloriously
  • sallied.
  • Meanwhile the men from the market-place had swarmed across the
  • undefended barricade, and fell on hotly upon the other side; and Dick
  • must once again face about, and proceed to drive them back. Once again
  • the spirit of his men prevailed; they cleared the street in a triumphant
  • style, but even as they did so the others issued again out of the
  • houses, and took them, a third time, upon the rear.
  • The Yorkists began to be scattered; several times Dick found himself
  • alone among his foes and plying his bright sword for life; several times
  • he was conscious of a hurt. And meanwhile the fight swayed to and fro in
  • the street without determinate result.
  • Suddenly Dick was aware of a great trumpeting about the outskirts of the
  • town. The war-cry of York began to be rolled up to heaven, as by many
  • and triumphant voices. And at the same time the men in front of him
  • began to give ground rapidly, streaming out of the street and back upon
  • the market-place. Some one gave the word to fly. Trumpets were blown
  • distractedly, some for a rally, some to charge. It was plain that a
  • great blow had been struck, and the Lancastrians were thrown, at least
  • for the moment, into full disorder, and some degree of panic.
  • And then, like a theatre trick, there followed the last act of Shoreby
  • Battle. The men in front of Richard turned tail, like a dog that has
  • been whistled home, and fled like the wind. At the same moment there
  • came through the market-place a storm of horsemen, fleeing and pursuing,
  • the Lancastrians turning back to strike with the sword, the Yorkists
  • riding them down at the point of the lance.
  • Conspicuous in the mellay, Dick beheld the Crookback. He was already
  • giving a foretaste of that furious valour and skill to cut his way
  • across the ranks of war, which, years afterwards upon the field of
  • Bosworth, and when he was stained with crimes, almost sufficed to change
  • the fortunes of the day and the destiny of the English throne. Evading,
  • striking, riding down, he so forced and so manoeuvred his strong horse,
  • so aptly defended himself, and so liberally scattered death to his
  • opponents, that he was now far ahead of the foremost of his knights,
  • hewing his way, with the truncheon of a bloody sword, to where Lord
  • Risingham was rallying the bravest. A moment more and they had met; the
  • tall, splendid, and famous warrior against the deformed and sickly boy.
  • Yet Shelton had never a doubt of the result; and when the fight next
  • opened for a moment, the figure of the earl had disappeared; but still,
  • in the first of the danger, Crookback Dick was launching his big horse
  • and plying the truncheon of his sword.
  • Thus, by Shelton's courage in holding the mouth of the street against
  • the first attack, and by the opportune arrival of his seven hundred
  • reinforcements, the lad, who was afterwards to be handed down to the
  • execration of posterity under the name of Richard III., had won his
  • first considerable fight.
  • CHAPTER IV
  • THE SACK OF SHOREBY
  • There was not a foe left within striking distance; and Dick, as he
  • looked ruefully about him on the remainder of his gallant force, began
  • to count the cost of victory. He was himself, now that the danger was
  • ended, so stiff and sore, so bruised and cut and broken, and, above all,
  • so utterly exhausted by his desperate and unremitting labours in the
  • fight, that he seemed incapable of any fresh exertion.
  • But this was not yet the hour for repose. Shoreby had been taken by
  • assault; and though an open town, and not in any manner to be charged
  • with the resistance, it was plain that these rough fighters would be not
  • less rough now that the fight was over, and that the more horrid part of
  • war would fall to be enacted. Richard of Gloucester was not the captain
  • to protect the citizens from his infuriated soldiery; and even if he had
  • the will, it might be questioned if he had the power.
  • It was, therefore, Dick's business to find and to protect Joanna; and
  • with that end he looked about him at the faces of his men. The three or
  • four who seemed likeliest to be obedient and to keep sober he drew
  • aside; and promising them a rich reward and a special recommendation to
  • the duke, led them across the market-place, now empty of horsemen, and
  • into the streets upon the farther side.
  • Every here and there small combats of from two to a dozen still raged
  • upon the open street; here and there a house was being besieged, the
  • defenders throwing out stools and tables on the heads of the assailants.
  • The snow was strewn with arms and corpses; but except for these partial
  • combats the streets were deserted, and the houses, some standing open,
  • and some shuttered and barricaded, had for the most part ceased to give
  • out smoke.
  • Dick, threading the skirts of these skirmishers, led his followers
  • briskly in the direction of the abbey church; but when he came the
  • length of the main street, a cry of horror broke from his lips. Sir
  • Daniel's great house had been carried by assault. The gates hung in
  • splinters from the hinges, and a double throng kept pouring in and out
  • through the entrance, seeking and carrying booty. Meanwhile, in the
  • upper storeys, some resistance was still being offered to the pillagers;
  • for just as Dick came within eyeshot of the building, a casement was
  • burst open from within, and a poor wretch in murrey and blue, screaming
  • and resisting, was forced through the embrasure and tossed into the
  • street below.
  • The most sickening apprehension fell upon Dick. He ran forward like one
  • possessed, forced his way into the house among the foremost, and mounted
  • without pause to the chamber on the third floor where he had last parted
  • from Joanna. It was a mere wreck; the furniture had been overthrown, the
  • cupboards broken open, and in one place a trailing corner of the arras
  • lay smouldering on the embers of the fire.
  • Dick, almost without thinking, trod out the incipient conflagration, and
  • then stood bewildered. Sir Daniel, Sir Oliver, Joanna, all were gone;
  • but whether butchered in the rout or safe escaped from Shoreby, who
  • should say?
  • He caught a passing archer by the tabard.
  • "Fellow," he asked, "were ye here when this house was taken?"
  • "Let be," said the archer. "A murrain! let be, or I strike."
  • "Hark ye," returned Richard, "two can play at that. Stand and be plain."
  • But the man, flushed with drink and battle, struck Dick upon the
  • shoulder with one hand, while with the other he twitched away his
  • garment. Thereupon the full wrath of the young leader burst from his
  • control. He seized the fellow in his strong embrace, and crushed him on
  • the plates of his mailed bosom like a child; then, holding him at arm's
  • length, he bid him speak as he valued life.
  • "I pray you mercy!" gasped the archer. "An I had thought ye were so
  • angry I would 'a' been charier of crossing you. I was here indeed."
  • "Know ye Sir Daniel?" pursued Dick.
  • "Well do I know him," returned the man.
  • "Was he in the mansion?"
  • "Ay, sir, he was," answered the archer; "but even as we entered by the
  • yard gate he rode forth by the garden."
  • "Alone?" cried Dick.
  • "He may 'a' had a score of lances with him," said the man.
  • "Lances! No women, then?" asked Shelton.
  • "Troth, I saw not," said the archer. "But there were none in the house,
  • if that be your quest."
  • "I thank you," said Dick. "Here is a piece for your pains." But groping
  • in his wallet, Dick found nothing. "Inquire for me to-morrow," he
  • added--"Richard Shelt--Sir Richard Shelton," he corrected, "and I will
  • see you handsomely rewarded."
  • And then an idea struck Dick. He hastily descended to the courtyard, ran
  • with all his might across the garden, and came to the great door of the
  • church. It stood wide open; within, every corner of the pavement was
  • crowded with fugitive burghers, surrounded by their families and laden
  • with the most precious of their possessions, while, at the high altar,
  • priests in full canonicals were imploring the mercy of God. Even as Dick
  • entered, the loud chorus began to thunder in the vaulted roofs.
  • He hurried through the groups of refugees, and came to the door of the
  • stair that led into the steeple. And here a tall churchman stepped
  • before him and arrested his advance.
  • "Whither, my son?" he asked, severely.
  • "My father," answered Dick, "I am here upon an errand of expedition.
  • Stay me not. I command here for my Lord of Gloucester."
  • "For my Lord of Gloucester?" repeated the priest. "Hath, then, the
  • battle gone so sore?"
  • "The battle, father, is at an end, Lancaster clean sped, my Lord of
  • Risingham--Heaven rest him!--left upon the field. And now, with your
  • good leave, I follow mine affairs." And thrusting on one side the
  • priest, who seemed stupefied at the news, Dick pushed open the door and
  • rattled up the stairs four at a bound, and without pause or stumble,
  • till he stepped upon the open platform at the top.
  • Shoreby Church tower not only commanded the town, as in a map, but
  • looked far, on both sides, over sea and land. It was now near upon noon;
  • the day exceeding bright, the snow dazzling. And as Dick looked around
  • him, he could measure the consequences of the battle.
  • A confused, growling uproar reached him from the streets, and now and
  • then, but very rarely, the clash of steel. Not a ship, not so much as a
  • skiff remained in harbour; but the sea was dotted with sails and
  • row-boats laden with fugitives. On shore, too, the surface of the snowy
  • meadows was broken up with bands of horsemen, some cutting their way
  • towards the borders of the forest, others, who were doubtless of the
  • Yorkist side, stoutly interposing and beating them back upon the town.
  • Over all the open ground there lay a prodigious quantity of fallen men
  • and horses, clearly defined upon the snow.
  • To complete the picture, those of the foot soldiers as had not found
  • place upon a ship still kept up an archery combat on the borders of the
  • port, and from the cover of the shoreside taverns. In that quarter,
  • also, one or two houses had been fired, and the smoke towered high in
  • the frosty sunlight, and blew off to sea in voluminous folds.
  • Already close upon the margin of the woods, and somewhat in the line of
  • Holywood, one particular clump of fleeing horsemen riveted the attention
  • of the young watcher on the tower. It was fairly numerous; in no other
  • quarter of the field did so many Lancastrians still hold together; thus
  • they had left a wide, discoloured wake upon the snow, and Dick was able
  • to trace them step by step from where they had left the town.
  • While Dick stood watching them, they had gained, unopposed, the first
  • fringe of the leafless forest, and, turning a little from their
  • direction, the sun fell for a moment full on their array, as it was
  • relieved against the dusky wood.
  • "Murrey and blue!" cried Dick. "I swear it--murrey and blue!"
  • The next moment he was descending the stairway.
  • It was now his business to seek out the Duke of Gloucester, who alone,
  • in the disorder of the forces, might be able to supply him with a
  • sufficiency of men. The fighting in the main town was now practically at
  • an end; and as Dick ran hither and thither, seeking the commander, the
  • streets were thick with wandering soldiers, some laden with more booty
  • than they could well stagger under, others shouting drunk. None of them,
  • when questioned, had the least notion of the duke's whereabouts; and, at
  • last, it was by sheer good fortune that Dick found him, where he sat in
  • the saddle directing operations to dislodge the archers from the harbour
  • side.
  • "Sir Richard Shelton, ye are well found," he said. "I owe you one thing
  • that I value little, my life; and one that I can never pay you for, this
  • victory. Catesby, if I had ten such captains as Sir Richard, I would
  • march forthright on London. But now, sir, claim your reward."
  • "Freely, my lord," said Dick, "freely and loudly. One hath escaped to
  • whom I owe some grudges, and taken with him one whom I owe love and
  • service. Give me, then, fifty lances, that I may pursue; and for any
  • obligation that your graciousness is pleased to allow, it shall be clean
  • discharged."
  • "How call ye him?" inquired the duke.
  • "Sir Daniel Brackley," answered Richard.
  • "Out upon him, double-face!" cried Gloucester. "Here is no reward, Sir
  • Richard; here is fresh service offered, and, if that ye bring his head
  • to me, a fresh debt upon my conscience. Catesby, get him these lances;
  • and you, sir, bethink ye, in the meanwhile, what pleasure, honour, or
  • profit it shall be mine to give you."
  • Just then the Yorkist skirmishers carried one of the shoreside taverns,
  • swarming in upon it on three sides, and driving out or taking its
  • defenders. Crookback Dick was pleased to cheer the exploit, and pushing
  • his horse a little nearer, called to see the prisoners.
  • There were four or five of them--two men of my Lord Shoreby's and one of
  • Lord Risingham's among the number, and last, but in Dick's eyes not
  • least, a tall, shambling, grizzled old shipman, between drunk and sober,
  • and with a dog whimpering and jumping at his heels.
  • The young duke passed them for a moment under a severe review.
  • "Good," he said. "Hang them."
  • And he turned the other way to watch the progress of the fight.
  • "My lord," said Dick, "so please you, I have found my reward. Grant me
  • the life and liberty of yon old shipman."
  • Gloucester turned and looked the speaker in the face.
  • "Sir Richard," he said, "I make not war with peacock's feathers, but
  • steel shafts. Those that are mine enemies I slay, and that without
  • excuse or favour. For, bethink ye, in this realm of England, that is so
  • torn in pieces, there is not a man of mine but hath a brother or a
  • friend upon the other party. If, then, I did begin to grant these
  • pardons, I might sheathe my sword."
  • "It may be so, my lord; and yet I will be overbold, and, at the risk of
  • your disfavour, recall your lordship's promise," replied Dick.
  • Richard of Gloucester flushed.
  • "Mark it right well," he said, harshly. "I love not mercy, nor yet
  • mercymongers. Ye have this day laid the foundations of high fortune. If
  • ye oppose to me my word, which I have plighted, I will yield. But, by
  • the glory of heaven, there your favour dies!"
  • "Mine is the loss," said Dick.
  • "Give him his sailor," said the duke; and wheeling his horse, he turned
  • his back upon young Shelton.
  • Dick was nor glad nor sorry. He had seen too much of the young duke to
  • set great store on his affection; and the origin and growth of his own
  • favour had been too flimsy and too rapid to inspire much confidence. One
  • thing alone he feared--that the vindictive leader might revoke the offer
  • of the lances. But here he did justice neither to Gloucester's honour
  • (such as it was) nor, above all, to his decision. If he had once judged
  • Dick to be the right man to pursue Sir Daniel, he was not one to change;
  • and he soon proved it by shouting after Catesby to be speedy, for the
  • paladin was waiting.
  • In the meanwhile, Dick turned to the old shipman, who had seemed equally
  • indifferent to his condemnation and to his subsequent release.
  • "Arblaster," said Dick, "I have done you ill; but now, by the rood, I
  • think I have cleared the score."
  • But the old skipper only looked upon him dully and held his peace.
  • "Come," continued Dick, "a life is a life, old shrew, and it is more
  • than ships or liquor. Say ye forgive me; for if your life be worth
  • nothing to you, it hath cost me the beginnings of my fortune. Come, I
  • have paid for it dearly; be not so churlish."
  • "An I had had my ship," said Arblaster, "I would 'a' been forth and safe
  • on the high seas--I and my man Tom. But ye took my ship, gossip, and I'm
  • a beggar; and for my man Tom, a knave fellow in russet shot him down.
  • 'Murrain!' quoth he, and spake never again. 'Murrain' was the last of
  • his words, and the poor spirit of him passed. 'A will never sail no
  • more, will my Tom."
  • Dick was seized with unavailing penitence and pity; he sought to take
  • the skipper's hand, but Arblaster avoided his touch.
  • "Nay," said he, "let be. Y' have played the devil with me, and let that
  • content you."
  • The words died in Richard's throat. He saw, through tears, the poor old
  • man, bemused with liquor and sorrow, go shambling away, with bowed head,
  • across the snow, and the unnoticed dog whimpering at his heels, and for
  • the first time began to understand the desperate game that we play in
  • life; and how a thing once done is not to be changed or remedied, by any
  • penitence.
  • But there was no time left to him for vain regret. Catesby had now
  • collected the horsemen, and riding up to Dick he dismounted, and offered
  • him his own horse.
  • "This morning," he said, "I was somewhat jealous of your favour; it hath
  • not been of a long growth; and now, Sir Richard, it is with a very good
  • heart that I offer you this horse--to ride away with."
  • "Suffer me yet a moment," replied Dick. "This favour of mine--whereupon
  • was it founded?"
  • "Upon your name," answered Catesby. "It is my lord's chief superstition.
  • Were my name Richard, I should be an earl to-morrow."
  • "Well, sir, I thank you," returned Dick; "and since I am little likely
  • to follow these great fortunes, I will even say farewell. I will not
  • pretend I was displeased to think myself upon the road to fortune; but I
  • will not pretend, neither, that I am over-sorry to be done with it.
  • Command and riches, they are brave things, to be sure; but a word in
  • your ear--yon duke of yours, he is a fearsome lad."
  • Catesby laughed.
  • "Nay," said he, "of a verity he that rides with Crooked Dick will ride
  • deep. Well, God keep us all from evil! Speed ye well."
  • Thereupon Dick put himself at the head of his men, and giving the word
  • of command, rode off.
  • He made straight across the town, following what he supposed to be the
  • route of Sir Daniel, and spying around for any signs that might decide
  • if he were right.
  • The streets were strewn with the dead and the wounded, whose fate, in
  • the bitter frost, was far the more pitiable. Gangs of the victors went
  • from house to house, pillaging and stabbing, and sometimes singing
  • together as they went.
  • From different quarters, as he rode on, the sounds of violence and
  • outrage came to young Shelton's ears; now the blows of the sledge-hammer
  • on some barricaded door, and now the miserable shrieks of women.
  • Dick's heart had just been awakened. He had just seen the cruel
  • consequences of his own behaviour; and the thought of the sum of misery
  • that was now acting in the whole of Shoreby filled him with despair.
  • At length he reached the outskirts, and there, sure enough, he saw
  • straight before him the same broad, beaten track across the snow that he
  • had marked from the summit of the church. Here, then, he went the faster
  • on; but still, as he rode, he kept a bright eye upon the fallen men and
  • horses that lay beside the track. Many of these, he was relieved to see,
  • wore Sir Daniel's colours, and the faces of some, who lay upon their
  • back, he even recognised.
  • About half-way between the town and the forest, those whom he was
  • following had plainly been assailed by archers; for the corpses lay
  • pretty closely scattered, each pierced by an arrow. And here Dick spied
  • among the rest the body of a very young lad, whose face was somehow
  • hauntingly familiar to him.
  • He halted his troop, dismounted, and raised the lad's head. As he did
  • so, the hood fell back, and a profusion of long brown hair unrolled
  • itself. At the same time the eyes opened.
  • "Ah! lion driver!" said a feeble voice. "She is farther on. Ride--ride
  • fast!"
  • And then the poor young lady fainted once again.
  • One of Dick's men carried a flask of some strong cordial, and with this
  • Dick succeeded in reviving consciousness. Then he took Joanna's friend
  • upon his saddle-bow, and once more pushed toward the forest.
  • "Why do ye take me?" said the girl. "Ye but delay your speed."
  • "Nay, Mistress Risingham," replied Dick. "Shoreby is full of blood and
  • drunkenness and riot. Here ye are safe; content ye."
  • "I will not be beholden to any of your faction," she cried; "set me
  • down."
  • "Madam, ye know not what ye say," returned Dick. "Y'are hurt----"
  • "I am not," she said. "It was my horse was slain."
  • "It matters not one jot," replied Richard. "Ye are here in the midst of
  • open snow, and compassed about with enemies. Whether ye will or not, I
  • carry you with me. Glad am I to have the occasion; for thus shall I
  • repay some portion of our debt."
  • For a little while she was silent. Then, very suddenly, she asked:
  • "My uncle?"
  • "My Lord Risingham?" returned Dick. "I would I had good news to give
  • you, madam; but I have none. I saw him once in the battle, and once
  • only. Let us hope the best."
  • CHAPTER V
  • NIGHT IN THE WOODS: ALICIA RISINGHAM
  • It was almost certain that Sir Daniel had made for the Moat House; but,
  • considering the heavy snow, the lateness of the hour, and the necessity
  • under which he would lie of avoiding the few roads and striking across
  • the wood, it was equally certain that he could not hope to reach it ere
  • the morrow.
  • There were two courses open to Dick: either to continue to follow in the
  • knight's trail, and, if he were able, to fall upon him that very night
  • in camp, or to strike out a path of his own, and seek to place himself
  • between Sir Daniel and his destination.
  • Either scheme was open to serious objection, and Dick, who feared to
  • expose Joanna to the hazards of a fight, had not yet decided between
  • them when he reached the borders of the wood.
  • At this point Sir Daniel had turned a little to his left, and then
  • plunged straight under a grove of very lofty timber. His party had then
  • formed to a narrower front, in order to pass between the trees, and the
  • track was trod proportionally deeper in the snow. The eye followed it,
  • under the leafless tracery of the oaks, running direct and narrow; the
  • trees stood over it, with knotty joints and the great, uplifted forest
  • of their boughs; there was no sound, whether of man or beast--not so
  • much as the stirring of a robin; and over the field of snow the winter
  • sun lay golden among netted shadows.
  • "How say ye," asked Dick of one of the men, "to follow straight on, or
  • strike across for Tunstall?"
  • "Sir Richard," replied the man-at-arms, "I would follow the line until
  • they scatter."
  • "Ye are, doubtless, right," returned Dick; "but we came right hastily
  • upon the errand, even as the time commanded. Here are no houses, neither
  • for food nor shelter, and by the morrow's dawn we shall know both cold
  • fingers and an empty belly. How say ye, lads? Will ye stand a pinch for
  • expedition's sake, or shall we turn by Holywood and sup with Mother
  • Church? The case being somewhat doubtful, I will drive no man; yet if ye
  • would suffer me to lead you, ye would choose the first."
  • The men answered, almost with one voice, that they would follow Sir
  • Richard where he would.
  • And Dick, setting spur to his horse, began once more to go forward.
  • The snow in the trail had been trodden very hard, and the pursuers had
  • thus a great advantage over the pursued. They pushed on, indeed, at a
  • round trot, two hundred hoofs beating alternately on the dull pavement
  • of the snow, and the jingle of weapons and the snorting of horses
  • raising a warlike noise along the arches of the silent wood.
  • Presently, the wide slot of the pursued came out upon the highroad from
  • Holywood; it was there, for a moment, indistinguishable; and, where it
  • once more plunged into the unbeaten snow upon the farther side, Dick was
  • surprised to see it narrower and lighter trod. Plainly, profiting by the
  • road, Sir Daniel had begun already to scatter his command.
  • At all hazards, one chance being equal to another, Dick continued to
  • pursue the straight trail; and that, after an hour's riding, in which it
  • led into the very depths of the forest, suddenly split, like a bursting
  • shell, into two dozen others, leading to every point of the compass.
  • Dick drew bridle in despair. The short winter's day was near an end; the
  • sun, a dull red orange, shorn of rays, swam low among the leafless
  • thickets; the shadows were a mile long upon the snow; the frost bit
  • cruelly at the finger-nails; and the breath and steam of the horses
  • mounted in a cloud.
  • "Well, we are outwitted," Dick confessed. "Strike we for Holywood, after
  • all. It is still nearer us than Tunstall--or should be by the station of
  • the sun."
  • So they wheeled to their left, turning their backs on the red shield of
  • sun, and made across country for the abbey. But now times were changed
  • with them; they could no longer spank forth briskly on a path beaten
  • firm by the passage of their foes, and for a goal to which that path
  • itself conducted them. Now they must plough at a dull pace through the
  • encumbering snow, continually pausing to decide their course,
  • continually floundering in drifts. The sun soon left them; the glow of
  • the west decayed; and presently they were wandering in a shadow of
  • blackness, under frosty stars.
  • Presently, indeed, the moon would clear the hill-tops, and they might
  • resume their march. But till then, every random step might carry them
  • wider of their march. There was nothing for it but to camp and wait.
  • Sentries were posted; a spot of ground was cleared of snow, and, after
  • some failures, a good fire blazed in the midst. The men-at-arms sat
  • close about this forest hearth, sharing such provisions as they had, and
  • passing about the flask; and Dick, having collected the most delicate of
  • the rough and scanty fare, brought it to Lord Risingham's niece, where
  • she sat apart from the soldiery against a tree.
  • She sat upon one horse-cloth, wrapped in another, and stared straight
  • before her at the firelit scene. At the offer of food she started, like
  • one wakened from a dream, and then silently refused.
  • "Madam," said Dick, "let me beseech you, punish me not so cruelly.
  • Wherein I have offended you, I know not; I have, indeed, carried you
  • away, but with a friendly violence; I have, indeed, exposed you to the
  • inclemency of night, but the hurry that lies upon me hath for its end
  • the preservation of another, who is no less frail and no less unfriended
  • than yourself. At least, madam, punish not yourself; and eat, if not for
  • hunger, then for strength."
  • "I will eat nothing at the hands that slew my kinsman," she replied.
  • "Dear madam," Dick cried, "I swear to you upon the rood I touched him
  • not."
  • "Swear to me that he still lives," she returned.
  • "I will not palter with you," answered Dick. "Pity bids me to wound you.
  • In my heart I do believe him dead."
  • "And ye ask me to eat!" she cried. "Ay, and they call you 'sir'! Y' have
  • won your spurs by my good kinsman's murder. And had I not been fool and
  • traitor both, and saved you in your enemy's house, ye should have died
  • the death, and he--he that was worth twelve of you--were living."
  • "I did but my man's best, even as your kinsman did upon the other
  • party," answered Dick. "Were he still living--as I vow to Heaven I wish
  • it!--he would praise, not blame me."
  • "Sir Daniel hath told me," she replied. "He marked you at the barricade.
  • Upon you, he saith, their party foundered; it was you that won the
  • battle. Well, then, it was you that killed my good Lord Risingham, as
  • sure as though ye had strangled him. And ye would have me eat with
  • you--and your hands not washed from killing? But Sir Daniel hath sworn
  • your downfall. He 'tis that will avenge me!"
  • The unfortunate Dick was plunged in gloom. Old Arblaster returned upon
  • his mind, and he groaned aloud.
  • "Do ye hold me so guilty?" he said; "you that defended me--you that are
  • Joanna's friend?"
  • "What made ye in the battle?" she retorted. "Y'are of no party; y'are
  • but a lad--but legs and body, without government of wit or counsel!
  • Wherefore did ye fight? For the love of hurt, pardy!"
  • "Nay," cried Dick, "I know not. But as the realm of England goes, if
  • that a poor gentleman fight not upon the one side, perforce he must
  • fight upon the other. He may not stand alone; 'tis not in nature."
  • "They that have no judgment should not draw the sword," replied the
  • young lady. "Ye that fight but for a hazard, what are ye but a butcher?
  • War is but noble by the cause, and y' have disgraced it."
  • "Madam," said the miserable Dick, "I do partly see mine error. I have
  • made too much haste; I have been busy before my time. Already I stole a
  • ship--thinking, I do swear it, to do well--and thereby brought about the
  • death of many innocent, and the grief and ruin of a poor old man whose
  • face this very day hath stabbed me like a dagger. And for this morning,
  • I did but design to do myself credit, and get fame to marry with, and,
  • behold! I have brought about the death of your dear kinsman that was
  • good to me. And what besides, I know not. For, alas! I may have set York
  • upon the throne, and that may be the worser cause, and may do hurt to
  • England. O, madam, I do see my sin. I am unfit for life. I will, for
  • penance' sake and to avoid worse evil, once I have finished this
  • adventure, get me to a cloister. I will forswear Joanna and the trade of
  • arms. I will be a friar, and pray for your good kinsman's spirit all my
  • days."
  • It appeared to Dick, in this extremity of his humiliation and
  • repentance, that the young lady had laughed.
  • Raising his countenance, he found her looking down upon him, in the
  • firelight, with a somewhat peculiar but not unkind expression.
  • "Madam," he cried, thinking the laughter to have been an illusion of his
  • hearing, but still, from her changed looks, hoping to have touched her
  • heart, "madam, will not this content you? I give up all to undo what I
  • have done amiss; I make heaven certain for Lord Risingham. And all this
  • upon the very day that I have won my spurs, and thought myself the
  • happiest young gentleman on ground."
  • "O boy," she said--"good boy!"
  • And then, to the extreme surprise of Dick, she first very tenderly wiped
  • the tears away from his cheeks, and then, as if yielding to a sudden
  • impulse, threw both her arms about his neck, drew up his face, and
  • kissed him. A pitiful bewilderment came over simple-minded Dick.
  • "But come," she said, with great cheerfulness, "you that are a captain,
  • ye must eat. Why sup ye not?"
  • "Dear Mistress Risingham," replied Dick, "I did but wait first upon my
  • prisoner; but, to say truth, penitence will no longer suffer me to
  • endure the sight of food. I were better to fast, dear lady, and to
  • pray."
  • "Call me Alicia," she said; "are we not old friends? And now, come, I
  • will eat with you, bit for bit and sup for sup; so if ye eat not,
  • neither will I; but if ye eat hearty, I will dine like a ploughman."
  • So there and then she fell to; and Dick, who had an excellent stomach,
  • proceeded to bear her company, at first with great reluctance, but
  • gradually, as he entered into the spirit, with more and more vigour and
  • devotion: until, at last, he forgot even to watch his model, and most
  • heartily repaired the expenses of his day of labour and excitement.
  • "Lion-driver," she said, at length, "ye do not admire a maid in a man's
  • jerkin?"
  • The moon was now up; and they were only waiting to repose the wearied
  • horses. By the moon's light, the still penitent but now well-fed Richard
  • beheld her looking somewhat coquettishly down upon him.
  • "Madam--" he stammered, surprised at this new turn in her manners.
  • "Nay," she interrupted, "it skills not to deny; Joanna hath told me, but
  • come, sir lion-driver, look at me--am I so homely--come!"
  • And she made bright eyes at him.
  • "Ye are something smallish, indeed--" began Dick.
  • And here again she interrupted him, this time with a ringing peal of
  • laughter that completed his confusion and surprise.
  • "Smallish!" she cried. "Nay, now, be honest as ye are bold; I am a
  • dwarf, or little better; but for all that--come, tell me!--for all that,
  • passably fair to look upon; is't not so?"
  • "Nay, madam, exceedingly fair," said the distressed knight, pitifully
  • trying to seem easy.
  • "And a man would be right glad to wed me?" she pursued.
  • "O, madam, right glad!" agreed Dick.
  • "Call me Alicia," said she.
  • "Alicia," quoth Sir Richard.
  • "Well, then, lion-driver," she continued, "sith that ye slew my kinsman,
  • and left me without stay, ye owe me, in honour, every reparation; do ye
  • not?"
  • "I do, madam," said Dick. "Although, upon my heart, I do hold me but
  • partially guilty of that brave knight's blood."
  • "Would ye evade me?" she cried.
  • "Madam, not so. I have told you; at your bidding, I will even turn me a
  • monk," said Richard.
  • "Then, in honour, ye belong to me?" she concluded.
  • "In honour, madam, I suppose--" began the young man.
  • "Go to!" she interrupted; "ye are too full of catches. In honour do ye
  • belong to me, till ye have paid the evil?"
  • "In honour, I do," said Dick.
  • "Hear, then," she continued. "Ye would make but a sad friar, methinks;
  • and since I am to dispose of you at pleasure, I will even take you for
  • my husband. Nay, now, no words!" cried she. "They will avail you
  • nothing. For see how just it is, that you who deprived me of one home,
  • should supply me with another. And as for Joanna, she will be the first,
  • believe me, to commend the change; for, after all, as we be dear
  • friends, what matters it with which of us ye wed? Not one whit!"
  • "Madam," said Dick, "I will go into a cloister, an ye please to bid me;
  • but to wed with any one in this big world besides Joanna Sedley is what
  • I will consent to neither for man's force nor yet for lady's pleasure.
  • Pardon me if I speak my plain thoughts plainly; but where a maid is very
  • bold, a poor man must even be the bolder."
  • "Dick," she said, "ye sweet boy, ye must come and kiss me for that word.
  • Nay, fear not, ye shall kiss me for Joanna; and when we meet, I shall
  • give it back to her, and say I stole it. And as for what ye owe me, why,
  • dear simpleton, methinks ye were not alone in that great battle; and
  • even if York be on the throne, it was not you that set him there. But
  • for a good, sweet, honest heart, Dick, y'are all that; and if I could
  • find it in my soul to envy your Joanna anything, I would even envy her
  • your love."
  • CHAPTER VI
  • NIGHT IN THE WOODS (CONCLUDED): DICK AND JOAN
  • The horses had by this time finished the small store of provender, and
  • fully breathed from their fatigues. At Dick's command, the fire was
  • smothered in snow; and while his men got once more wearily to saddle, he
  • himself, remembering, somewhat late, true woodland caution, chose a tall
  • oak and nimbly clambered to the topmost fork. Hence he could look far
  • abroad on the moonlit and snow-paven forest. On the south-west, dark
  • against the horizon, stood those upland, heathy quarters where he and
  • Joanna had met with the terrifying misadventure of the leper. And there
  • his eye was caught by a spot of ruddy brightness no bigger than a
  • needle's eye.
  • He blamed himself sharply for his previous neglect. Were that, as it
  • appeared to be, the shining of Sir Daniel's camp-fire, he should long
  • ago have seen and marched for it; above all, he should, for no
  • consideration, have announced his neighbourhood by lighting a fire of
  • his own. But now he must no longer squander valuable hours. The direct
  • way to the uplands was about two miles in length; but it was crossed by
  • a very deep, precipitous dingle, impassable to mounted men; and for the
  • sake of speed, it seemed to Dick advisable to desert the horses and
  • attempt the adventure on foot.
  • Ten men were left to guard the horses; signals were agreed upon by which
  • they could communicate in case of need; and Dick set forth at the head
  • of the remainder, Alicia Risingham walking stoutly by his side.
  • The men had freed themselves of heavy armour, and left behind their
  • lances; and they now marched with a very good spirit in the frozen snow,
  • and under the exhilarating lustre of the moon. The descent into the
  • dingle, where a stream strained sobbing through the snow and ice, was
  • effected with silence and order; and on the farther side, being then
  • within a short half-mile of where Dick had seen the glimmer of the fire,
  • the party halted to breathe before the attack.
  • In the vast silence of the wood, the lightest sounds were audible from
  • far; and Alicia, who was keen of hearing, held up her finger warningly
  • and stooped to listen. All followed her example; but besides the groans
  • of the choked brook in the dingle close behind, and the barking of a fox
  • at a distance of many miles among the forest, to Dick's acutest
  • hearkening, not a breath was audible.
  • "But yet, for sure, I heard the clash of harness," whispered Alicia.
  • "Madam," returned Dick, who was more afraid of that young lady than of
  • ten stout warriors, "I would not hint ye were mistaken; but it might
  • well have come from either of the camps."
  • "It came not thence. It came from westward," she declared.
  • "It may be what it will," returned Dick; "and it must be as Heaven
  • please. Reck we not a jot, but push on the livelier, and put it to the
  • touch. Up, friends--enough breathed."
  • As they advanced, the snow became more and more trampled with
  • hoof-marks, and it was plain that they were drawing near to the
  • encampment of a considerable force of mounted men. Presently they could
  • see the smoke pouring from among the trees, ruddily coloured on its
  • lower edge and scattering bright sparks.
  • And here, pursuant to Dick's orders, his men began to open out, creeping
  • stealthily in the covert, to surround on every side the camp of their
  • opponents. He himself, placing Alicia in the shelter of a bulky oak,
  • stole straight forth in the direction of the fire.
  • At last, through an opening of the wood, his eye embraced the scene of
  • the encampment. The fire had been built upon a heathy hummock of the
  • ground, surrounded on three sides by thicket, and it now burned very
  • strong, roaring aloud and brandishing flames. Around it there sat not
  • quite a dozen people, warmly cloaked; but though the neighbouring snow
  • was trampled down as by a regiment, Dick looked in vain for any horse.
  • He began to have a terrible misgiving that he was out-manoeuvred. At the
  • same time, in a tall man with a steel salet, who was spreading his hands
  • before the blaze, he recognised his old friend and still kindly enemy,
  • Bennet Hatch; and in two others, sitting a little back, he made out,
  • even in their male disguise, Joanna Sedley and Sir Daniel's wife.
  • "Well," thought he to himself, "even if I lose my horses, let me get my
  • Joanna, and why should I complain?"
  • And then, from the farther side of the encampment, there came a little
  • whistle, announcing that his men had joined, and the investment was
  • complete.
  • Bennet, at the sound, started to his feet; but ere he had time to spring
  • upon his arms, Dick hailed him.
  • "Bennet," he said--"Bennet, old friend, yield ye. Ye will but spill
  • men's lives in vain, if ye resist."
  • "'Tis Master Shelton, by St. Barbary!" cried Hatch. "Yield me? Ye ask
  • much. What force have ye?"
  • "I tell you, Bennet, ye are both outnumbered and begirt," said Dick.
  • "Cæsar and Charlemagne would cry for quarter. I have two-score men at my
  • whistle, and with one shoot of arrows I could answer for you all."
  • "Master Dick," said Bennet, "it goes against my heart; but I must do my
  • duty. The saints help you!" And therewith he raised a little tucket to
  • his mouth and wound a rousing call.
  • Then followed a moment of confusion; for while Dick, fearing for the
  • ladies, still hesitated to give the word to shoot, Hatch's little band
  • sprang to their weapons and formed back to back as for a fierce
  • resistance. In the hurry of their change of place, Joanna sprang from
  • her seat and ran like an arrow to her lover's side.
  • "Here, Dick!" she cried, as she clasped his hand in hers.
  • But Dick still stood irresolute; he was yet young to the more deplorable
  • necessities of war, and the thought of old Lady Brackley checked the
  • command upon his tongue. His own men became restive. Some of them cried
  • on him by name; others, of their own accord, began to shoot; and at the
  • first discharge poor Bennet bit the dust. Then Dick awoke.
  • "On!" he cried. "Shoot, boys, and keep to cover. England and York!"
  • But just then the dull beat of many horses on the snow suddenly arose in
  • the hollow ear of the night, and, with incredible swiftness, drew nearer
  • and swelled louder. At the same time, answering tuckets repeated and
  • repeated Hatch's call.
  • "Rally, rally!" cried Dick. "Rally upon me! Rally for your lives!"
  • But his men--afoot, scattered, taken in the hour when they had counted
  • on an easy triumph--began instead to give ground severally, and either
  • stood wavering or dispersed into the thickets. And when the first of the
  • horsemen came charging through the open avenues and fiercely riding
  • their steeds into the underwood, a few stragglers were overthrown or
  • speared among the brush, but the bulk of Dick's command had simply
  • melted at the rumour of their coming.
  • Dick stood for a moment, bitterly recognising the fruits of his
  • precipitate and unwise valour. Sir Daniel had seen the fire; he had
  • moved out with his main force, whether to attack his pursuers or to take
  • them in the rear if they should venture the assault. His had been
  • throughout the part of a sagacious captain; Dick's the conduct of an
  • eager boy. And here was the young knight, his sweetheart, indeed,
  • holding him tightly by the hand, but otherwise alone, his whole command
  • of men and horses dispersed in the night and the wide forest, like a
  • paper of pins in a hay barn.
  • "The saints enlighten me!" he thought. "It is well I was knighted for
  • this morning's matter; this doth me little honour."
  • And thereupon, still holding Joanna, he began to run.
  • The silence of the night was now shattered by the shouts of the men of
  • Tunstall, as they galloped hither and thither, hunting fugitives; and
  • Dick broke boldly through the underwood and ran straight before him like
  • a deer. The silver clearness of the moon upon the open snow increased,
  • by contrast, the obscurity of the thickets; and the extreme dispersion
  • of the vanquished led the pursuers into widely divergent paths. Hence,
  • in but a little while, Dick and Joanna paused, in a close covert, and
  • heard the sounds of the pursuit, scattering abroad, indeed, in all
  • directions, but yet fainting already in the distance.
  • "An I had but kept a reserve of them together," Dick cried, bitterly, "I
  • could have turned the tables yet! Well, we live and learn; next time it
  • shall go better, by the rood."
  • "Nay, Dick," said Joanna, "what matters it? Here we are together once
  • again."
  • He looked at her, and there she was--John Matcham, as of yore, in hose
  • and doublet. But now he knew her; now, even in that ungainly dress, she
  • smiled upon him, bright with love; and his heart was transported with
  • joy.
  • "Sweetheart," he said, "if ye forgive this blunderer, what care I? Make
  • we direct for Holywood; there lieth your good guardian and my better
  • friend, Lord Foxham. There shall we be wed; and whether poor or wealthy,
  • famous or unknown, what matters it? This day, dear love, I won my spurs;
  • I was commended by great men for my valour; I thought myself the
  • goodliest man of war in all broad England. Then, first, I fell out of my
  • favour with the great; and now have I been well thrashed, and clean lost
  • my soldiers. There was a downfall for conceit! But, dear, I care
  • not--dear, if ye still love me and will wed, I would have my knighthood
  • done away, and mind it not a jot."
  • "My Dick!" she cried. "And did they knight you?"
  • "Ay, dear, ye are my lady now," he answered, fondly; "or ye shall, ere
  • noon to-morrow--will ye not?"
  • "That will I, Dick, with a glad heart," she answered.
  • "Ay, sir? Methought ye were to be a monk!" said a voice in their ears.
  • "Alicia!" cried Joanna.
  • "Even so," replied the young lady, coming forward. "Alicia, whom ye left
  • for dead, and whom your lion-driver found, and brought to life again,
  • and, by my sooth, made love to, if ye want to know!"
  • "I'll not believe it," cried Joanna. "Dick!"
  • "Dick!" mimicked Alicia. "Dick, indeed! Ay, fair sir, and ye desert poor
  • damsels in distress," she continued, turning to the young knight. "Ye
  • leave them planted behind oaks. But they say true--the age of chivalry
  • is dead."
  • "Madam," cried Dick, in despair, "upon my soul I had forgotten you
  • outright. Madam, ye must try to pardon me. Ye see, I had new found
  • Joanna!"
  • "I did not suppose that ye had done it o' purpose," she retorted. "But I
  • will be cruelly avenged. I will tell a secret to my Lady Shelton--she
  • that is to be," she added, curtseying. "Joanna," she continued, "I
  • believe, upon my soul, your sweetheart is a bold fellow in a fight, but
  • he is, let me tell you plainly, the softest-hearted simpleton in
  • England. Go to--ye may do your pleasure with him! And now, fool
  • children, first kiss me, either one of you, for luck and kindness; and
  • then kiss each other just one minute by the glass, and not one second
  • longer; and then let us all three set forth for Holywood as fast as we
  • can stir; for these woods, methinks, are full of peril and exceeding
  • cold."
  • "But did my Dick make love to you?" asked Joanna, clinging to her
  • sweetheart's side.
  • "Nay, fool girl," returned Alicia; "It was I made love to him. I offered
  • to marry him, indeed; but he bade me go marry with my likes. These were
  • his words. Nay, that I will say: he is more plain than pleasant. But
  • now, children, for the sake of sense, set forward. Shall we go once more
  • over the dingle, or push straight for Holywood?"
  • "Why," said Dick, "I would like dearly to get upon a horse; for I have
  • been sore mauled and beaten, one way and another, these last days, and
  • my poor body is one bruise. But how think ye? If the men, upon the alarm
  • of the fighting, had fled away, we should have gone about for nothing.
  • 'Tis but some three short miles to Holywood direct; the bell hath not
  • beat nine; the snow is pretty firm to walk upon, the moon clear; how if
  • we went even as we are?"
  • "Agreed," cried Alicia; but Joanna only pressed upon Dick's arm.
  • Forth, then, they went, through open leafless groves and down snow-clad
  • alleys, under the white face of the winter moon; Dick and Joanna walking
  • hand in hand and in a heaven of pleasure; and their light-minded
  • companion, her own bereavements heartily forgotten, followed a pace or
  • two behind, now rallying them upon their silence, and now drawing happy
  • pictures of their future and united lives.
  • Still, indeed, in the distance of the wood, the riders of Tunstall might
  • be heard urging their pursuit; and from time to time cries or the clash
  • of steel announced the shock of enemies. But in these young folk, bred
  • among the alarms of war, and fresh from such a multiplicity of dangers,
  • neither fear nor pity could be lightly wakened. Content to find the
  • sounds still drawing farther and farther away, they gave up their hearts
  • to the enjoyment of the hour, walking already, as Alicia put it, in a
  • wedding procession; and neither the rude solitude of the forest, nor the
  • cold of the freezing night, had any force to shadow or distract their
  • happiness.
  • At length, from a rising hill, they looked below them on the dell of
  • Holywood. The great windows of the forest abbey shone with torch and
  • candle; its high pinnacles and spires arose very clear and silent, and
  • the gold rood upon the topmost summit glittered brightly in the moon.
  • All about it, in the open glade, camp-fires were burning, and the ground
  • was thick with huts; and across the midst of the picture the frozen
  • river curved.
  • "By the mass," said Richard, "there are Lord Foxham's fellows still
  • encamped. The messenger hath certainly miscarried. Well, then, so
  • better. We have power at hand to face Sir Daniel."
  • But if Lord Foxham's men still lay encamped in the long holm at
  • Holywood, it was from a different reason from the one supposed by Dick.
  • They had marched, indeed, for Shoreby; but ere they were half-way
  • thither, a second messenger met them, and bade them return to their
  • morning's camp, to bar the road against Lancastrian fugitives, and to be
  • so much nearer to the main army of York. For Richard of Gloucester,
  • having finished the battle and stamped out his foes in that district,
  • was already on the march to rejoin his brother; and not long after the
  • return of my Lord Foxham's retainers, Crookback himself drew rein before
  • the abbey door. It was in honour of this august visitor that the windows
  • shone with lights; and at the hour of Dick's arrival with his sweetheart
  • and her friend, the whole ducal party was being entertained in the
  • refectory with the splendour of that powerful and luxurious monastery.
  • Dick, not quite with his good-will, was brought before them. Gloucester,
  • sick with fatigue, sat leaning upon one hand his white and terrifying
  • countenance; Lord Foxham, half recovered from his wound, was in a place
  • of honour on his left.
  • "How, sir?" asked Richard. "Have ye brought me Sir Daniel's head?"
  • "My lord duke," replied Dick, stoutly enough, but with a qualm at heart,
  • "I have not even the good fortune to return with my command. I have
  • been, so please your grace, well beaten."
  • Gloucester looked upon him with a formidable frown.
  • "I gave you fifty lances,[3] sir," he said.
  • [3] Technically, the term "lance" included a not quite certain
  • number of foot soldiers attached to the man-at-arms.
  • "My lord duke, I had but fifty men-at-arms," replied the young knight.
  • "How is this?" said Gloucester. "He did ask me fifty lances."
  • "May it please your grace," replied Catesby, smoothly, "for a pursuit we
  • gave him but the horsemen."
  • "It is well," replied Richard, adding, "Shelton, ye may go."
  • "Stay!" said Lord Foxham. "This young man likewise had a charge from me.
  • It may be he hath better sped. Say, Master Shelton, have ye found the
  • maid?"
  • "I praise the saints, my lord," said Dick, "she is in this house."
  • "Is it even so? Well, then, my lord the duke," resumed Lord Foxham,
  • "with your good-will, to-morrow, before the army march, I do propose a
  • marriage. This young squire----"
  • "Young knight," interrupted Catesby.
  • "Say ye so, Sir William?" cried Lord Foxham.
  • "I did myself, and for good service, dub him knight," said Gloucester.
  • "He hath twice manfully served me. It is not valour of hands, it is a
  • man's mind of iron, that he lacks. He will not rise, Lord Foxham. 'Tis a
  • fellow that will fight indeed bravely in a mellay, but hath a capon's
  • heart. Howbeit, if he is to marry, marry him in the name of Mary, and be
  • done!"
  • "Nay, he is a brave lad--I know it," said Lord Foxham. "Content ye,
  • then, Sir Richard. I have compounded this affair with Master Hamley, and
  • to-morrow ye shall wed."
  • Whereupon Dick judged it prudent to withdraw; but he was not yet clear
  • of the refectory, when a man, but newly alighted at the gate, came
  • running four stairs at a bound, and, brushing through the abbey
  • servants, threw himself on one knee before the duke.
  • "Victory, my lord," he cried.
  • And before Dick had got to the chamber set apart for him as Lord
  • Foxham's guest, the troops in the holm were cheering around their fires;
  • for upon that same day, not twenty miles away, a second crushing blow
  • had been dealt to the power of Lancaster.
  • CHAPTER VII
  • DICK'S REVENGE
  • The next morning Dick was afoot before the sun, and having dressed
  • himself to the best advantage with the aid of the Lord Foxham's baggage,
  • and got good reports of Joan, he set forth on foot to walk away his
  • impatience.
  • For some while he made rounds among the soldiery, who were getting to
  • arms in the wintry twilight of the dawn and by the red glow of torches;
  • but gradually he strolled farther afield, and at length passed clean
  • beyond the outposts, and walked alone in the frozen forest, waiting for
  • the sun.
  • His thoughts were both quiet and happy. His brief favour with the duke
  • he could not find it in his heart to mourn; with Joan to wife, and my
  • Lord Foxham for a faithful patron, he looked most happily upon the
  • future; and in the past he found but little to regret.
  • As he thus strolled and pondered, the solemn light of the morning grew
  • more clear, the east was already coloured by the sun, and a little
  • scathing wind blew up the frozen snow. He turned to go home; but even as
  • he turned, his eye lit upon a figure behind a tree.
  • "Stand!" he cried. "Who goes?"
  • The figure stepped forth and waved its hand like a dumb person. It was
  • arrayed like a pilgrim, the hood lowered over the face, but Dick, in an
  • instant, recognised Sir Daniel.
  • He strode up to him, drawing his sword; and the knight, putting his hand
  • in his bosom, as if to seize a hidden weapon, steadfastly awaited his
  • approach.
  • "Well, Dickon," said Sir Daniel, "how is it to be? Do ye make war upon
  • the fallen?"
  • "I made no war upon your life," replied the lad; "I was your true friend
  • until ye sought for mine; but ye have sought for it greedily."
  • "Nay--self-defence," replied the knight. "And now, boy, the news of this
  • battle, and the presence of yon crooked devil here in mine own wood,
  • have broken me beyond all help. I go to Holywood for sanctuary; thence
  • overseas, with what I can carry, and to begin life again in Burgundy or
  • France."
  • "Ye may not go to Holywood," said Dick.
  • "How! May not?" asked the knight.
  • "Look ye, Sir Daniel, this is my marriage morn," said Dick; "and yon sun
  • that is to rise will make the brightest day that ever shone for me. Your
  • life is forfeit--doubly forfeit, for my father's death and your own
  • practices to meward. But I myself have done amiss; I have brought about
  • men's deaths; and upon this glad day I will be neither judge nor
  • hangman. An ye were the devil, I would not lay a hand on you. An ye were
  • the devil, ye might go where ye will for me. Seek God's forgiveness;
  • mine ye have freely. But to go on to Holywood is different. I carry arms
  • for York, and I will suffer no spy within their lines. Hold it, then,
  • for certain, if ye set one foot before another, I will uplift my voice
  • and call the nearest post to seize you."
  • "Ye mock me," said Sir Daniel. "I have no safety out of Holywood."
  • "I care no more," returned Richard. "I let you go east, west, or south;
  • north I will not. Holywood is shut against you. Go, and seek not to
  • return. For, once ye are gone, I will warn every post about this army,
  • and there will be so shrewd a watch upon all pilgrims that, once again,
  • were ye the very devil, ye would find it ruin to make the essay."
  • "Ye doom me," said Sir Daniel, gloomily.
  • "I doom you not," returned Richard. "If it so please you to set your
  • valour against mine, come on; and though I fear it be disloyal to my
  • party, I will take the challenge openly and fully, fight you with mine
  • own single strength, and call for none to help me. So shall I avenge my
  • father, with a perfect conscience."
  • "Ay," said Sir Daniel, "y' have a long sword against my dagger."
  • "I rely upon Heaven only," answered Dick, casting his sword some way
  • behind him on the snow. "Now, if your ill-fate bids you, come; and,
  • under the pleasure of the Almighty, I make myself bold to feed your
  • bones to foxes."
  • "I did but try you, Dickon," returned the knight, with an uneasy
  • semblance of a laugh. "I would not spill your blood."
  • "Go, then, ere it be too late," replied Shelton. "In five minutes I will
  • call the post. I do perceive that I am too long-suffering. Had but our
  • places been reversed, I should have been bound hand and foot some
  • minutes past."
  • "Well, Dickon, I will go," replied Sir Daniel. "When we next meet, it
  • shall repent you that ye were so harsh."
  • And with these words, the knight turned and began to move off under the
  • trees. Dick watched him with strangely-mingled feelings, as he went,
  • swiftly and warily, and ever and again turning a wicked eye upon the lad
  • who had spared him, and whom he still suspected.
  • There was upon one side of where he went a thicket, strongly matted with
  • green ivy, and, even in its winter state, impervious to the eye. Herein,
  • all of a sudden, a bow sounded like a note of music. An arrow flew, and
  • with a great, choked cry of agony and anger, the Knight of Tunstall
  • threw up his hands and fell forward in the snow.
  • Dick bounded to his side and raised him. His face desperately worked;
  • his whole body was shaken by contorting spasms.
  • "Is the arrow black?" he gasped.
  • "It is black," replied Dick, gravely.
  • And then, before he could add one word, a desperate seizure of pain
  • shook the wounded man from head to foot, so that his body leaped in
  • Dick's supporting arms, and with the extremity of that pang his spirit
  • fled in silence.
  • The young man laid him back gently on the snow and prayed for that
  • unprepared and guilty spirit, and as he prayed the sun came up at a
  • bound, and the robins began chirping in the ivy.
  • When he rose to his feet, he found another man upon his knees but a few
  • steps behind him, and, still with uncovered head, he waited until that
  • prayer also should be over. It took long; the man, with his head bowed
  • and his face covered with his hands, prayed like one in a great disorder
  • or distress of mind; and by the bow that lay beside him, Dick judged
  • that he was no other than the archer who had laid Sir Daniel low.
  • At length he, also, rose, and showed the countenance of Ellis Duckworth.
  • "Richard," he said, very gravely, "I heard you. Ye took the better part
  • and pardoned; I took the worse, and there lies the clay of mine enemy.
  • Pray for me."
  • And he wrung him by the hand.
  • "Sir," said Richard, "I will pray for you, indeed; though how I may
  • prevail I wot not. But if ye have so long pursued revenge, and find it
  • now of such a sorry flavour, bethink ye, were it not well to pardon
  • others? Hatch--he is dead, poor shrew! I would have spared a better; and
  • for Sir Daniel, here lies his body. But for the priest, if I might
  • anywise prevail, I would have you let him go."
  • A flash came into the eyes of Ellis Duckworth.
  • "Nay," he said, "the devil is still strong within me. But be at rest;
  • the Black Arrow flieth nevermore--the fellowship is broken. They that
  • still live shall come to their quiet and ripe end, in Heaven's good
  • time, for me; and for yourself, go where your better fortune calls you,
  • and think no more of Ellis."
  • [Illustration: _"But be at rest; the Black Arrow flieth nevermore"_]
  • CHAPTER VIII
  • CONCLUSION
  • About nine in the morning, Lord Foxham was leading his ward, once more
  • dressed as befitted her sex, and followed by Alicia Risingham, to the
  • church of Holywood, when Richard Crookback, his brow already heavy with
  • cares, crossed their path and paused.
  • "Is this the maid?" he asked; and when Lord Foxham had replied in the
  • affirmative, "Minion," he added, "hold up your face until I see its
  • favour."
  • He looked upon her sourly for a little.
  • "Ye are fair," he said at last, "and, as they tell me, dowered. How if I
  • offered you a brave marriage, as became your face and parentage?"
  • "My lord duke," replied Joanna, "may it please your grace, I had rather
  • wed with Sir Richard."
  • "How so?" he asked, harshly. "Marry but the man I name to you, and he
  • shall be my lord, and you my lady, before night. For Sir Richard, let me
  • tell you plainly, he will die Sir Richard."
  • "I ask no more of Heaven, my lord, than but to die Sir Richard's wife,"
  • returned Joanna.
  • "Look ye at that, my lord," said Gloucester, turning to Lord Foxham.
  • "Here be a pair for you. The lad, when for good services I gave him his
  • choice of my favour, chose but the grace of an old, drunken shipman. I
  • did warn him freely, but he was stout in his besottedness. 'Here dieth
  • your favour,' said I; and he, my lord, with a most assured impertinence,
  • 'Mine be the loss,' quoth he. It shall be so, by the rood!"
  • "Said he so?" cried Alicia. "Then well said, lion-driver!"
  • "Who is this?" asked the duke.
  • "A prisoner of Sir Richard's," answered Lord Foxham; "Mistress Alicia
  • Risingham."
  • "See that she be married to a sure man," said the duke.
  • "I had thought of my kinsman, Hamley, an it like your grace," returned
  • Lord Foxham. "He hath well served the cause."
  • "It likes me well," said Richard. "Let them be wedded speedily. Say,
  • fair maid, will you wed?"
  • "My lord duke," said Alicia, "so as the man is straight--" And there, in
  • a perfect consternation, the voice died on her tongue.
  • "He is straight, my mistress," replied Richard, calmly. "I am the only
  • crookback of my party; we are else passably well shapen. Ladies, and
  • you, my lord," he added, with a sudden change to grave courtesy, "judge
  • me not too churlish if I leave you. A captain, in the time of war, hath
  • not the ordering of his hours."
  • And with a very handsome salutation he passed on, followed by his
  • officers.
  • "Alack," cried Alicia, "I am shent!"
  • "Ye know him not," replied Lord Foxham. "It is but a trifle; he hath
  • already clean forgot your words."
  • "He is, then, the very flower of knighthood," said Alicia.
  • "Nay, he but mindeth other things," returned Lord Foxham. "Tarry we no
  • more."
  • In the chancel they found Dick waiting, attended by a few young men; and
  • there were he and Joan united. When they came forth again, happy and yet
  • serious, into the frosty air and sunlight, the long files of the army
  • were already winding forward up the road; already the Duke of
  • Gloucester's banner was unfolded and began to move from before the abbey
  • in a clump of spears; and behind it, girt by steel-clad knights, the
  • bold, black-hearted, and ambitious hunchback moved on towards his brief
  • kingdom and his lasting infamy. But the wedding party turned upon the
  • other side, and sat down, with sober merriment, to breakfast. The father
  • cellarer attended on their wants, and sat with them at table. Hamley,
  • all jealousy forgotten, began to ply the nowise loth Alicia with
  • courtship. And there, amid the sounding of tuckets and the clash of
  • armoured soldiery and horses continually moving forth, Dick and Joan sat
  • side by side, tenderly held hands, and looked, with ever growing
  • affection, in each other's eyes.
  • Thenceforth the dust and blood of that unruly epoch passed them by. They
  • dwelt apart from alarms in the green forest where their love began.
  • Two old men in the meanwhile enjoyed pensions in great prosperity and
  • peace, and with perhaps a superfluity of ale and wine, in Tunstall
  • hamlet. One had been all his life a shipman, and continued to the last
  • to lament his man Tom. The other, who had been a bit of everything,
  • turned in the end towards piety, and made a most religious death under
  • the name of Brother Honestus in the neighbouring abbey. So Lawless had
  • his will, and died a friar.
  • * * * * *
  • Transcriber's Notes
  • Obvious typographical errors have been corrected, and hyphenation made
  • consistent within the text. Common contractions have been closed up
  • (e.g. 'tis rather than 't is). Where this would lead to two apostrophes
  • together, the space has been retained (e.g. y' 'ave). The oe ligature
  • has been replaced by oe. All other spelling and punctuation has been
  • left as in the original text.
  • Italics are marked with underscores _like this_.
  • All illustrations in the text are marked with the caption "_Copyright by
  • Charles Scribner's Sons_." For ease of reading, this has been removed and
  • placed here. Where full-page illustrations fall within a paragraph, they
  • have been moved to the end of the preceding paragraph.
  • This text contains three footnotes, marked in the text as [1], [2] and
  • [3]. The footnotes follow the paragraphs to which they refer.
  • End of Project Gutenberg's The Black Arrow, by Robert Louis Stevenson
  • *** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BLACK ARROW ***
  • ***** This file should be named 32954-8.txt or 32954-8.zip *****
  • This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
  • http://www.gutenberg.org/3/2/9/5/32954/
  • Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Anne Grieve and the Online
  • Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
  • Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
  • will be renamed.
  • Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
  • one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
  • (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
  • permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
  • set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
  • copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
  • protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
  • Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
  • charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
  • do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
  • rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
  • such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
  • research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
  • practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
  • subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
  • redistribution.
  • *** START: FULL LICENSE ***
  • THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
  • PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
  • To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
  • distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
  • (or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
  • Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
  • http://gutenberg.net/license).
  • Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic works
  • 1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
  • and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
  • (trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
  • the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
  • all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
  • If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
  • terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
  • entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
  • 1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
  • used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
  • agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
  • things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
  • even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
  • paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
  • and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works. See paragraph 1.E below.
  • 1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
  • or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
  • collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
  • individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
  • located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
  • copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
  • works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
  • are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
  • freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
  • this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
  • the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
  • keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
  • 1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
  • what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
  • a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
  • the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
  • before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
  • creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
  • Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
  • the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
  • States.
  • 1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
  • 1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
  • access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
  • whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
  • phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
  • Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
  • copied or distributed:
  • This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
  • almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
  • re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
  • with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.net
  • 1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
  • from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
  • posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
  • and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
  • or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
  • with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
  • work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
  • through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
  • Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
  • 1.E.9.
  • 1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
  • with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
  • must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
  • terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
  • to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
  • permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
  • 1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
  • work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
  • 1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
  • electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
  • prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
  • active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License.
  • 1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
  • compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
  • word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
  • distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
  • "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
  • posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.net),
  • you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
  • copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
  • request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
  • form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
  • 1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
  • performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
  • unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
  • 1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
  • access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
  • that
  • - You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
  • the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
  • you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
  • owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
  • has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
  • Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
  • must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
  • prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
  • returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
  • sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
  • address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
  • the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
  • - You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
  • you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
  • does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License. You must require such a user to return or
  • destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
  • and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
  • Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  • - You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
  • money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
  • electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
  • of receipt of the work.
  • - You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
  • distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  • 1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
  • forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
  • both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
  • Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
  • Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
  • 1.F.
  • 1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
  • effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
  • public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
  • collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
  • "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
  • corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
  • property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
  • computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
  • your equipment.
  • 1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
  • of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
  • liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
  • fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
  • LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
  • PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
  • TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
  • LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
  • INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
  • DAMAGE.
  • 1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
  • defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
  • receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
  • written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
  • received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
  • your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
  • the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
  • refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
  • providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
  • receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
  • is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
  • opportunities to fix the problem.
  • 1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
  • in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
  • WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
  • WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
  • 1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
  • warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
  • If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
  • law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
  • interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
  • the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
  • provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
  • 1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
  • trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
  • providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
  • with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
  • promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
  • harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
  • that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
  • or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
  • work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
  • Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
  • Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
  • Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
  • electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
  • including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
  • because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
  • people in all walks of life.
  • Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
  • assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
  • goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
  • remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
  • and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
  • To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
  • and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
  • and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
  • Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
  • Foundation
  • The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
  • 501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
  • state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
  • Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
  • number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
  • http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
  • Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
  • permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
  • The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
  • Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
  • throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
  • 809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
  • business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
  • information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
  • page at http://pglaf.org
  • For additional contact information:
  • Dr. Gregory B. Newby
  • Chief Executive and Director
  • gbnewby@pglaf.org
  • Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
  • Literary Archive Foundation
  • Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
  • spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
  • increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
  • freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
  • array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
  • ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
  • status with the IRS.
  • The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
  • charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
  • States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
  • considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
  • with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
  • where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
  • SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
  • particular state visit http://pglaf.org
  • While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
  • have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
  • against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
  • approach us with offers to donate.
  • International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
  • any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
  • outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
  • Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
  • methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
  • ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
  • donations. To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
  • Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  • works.
  • Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
  • concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
  • with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
  • Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
  • Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
  • editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
  • unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
  • keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
  • Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
  • http://www.gutenberg.net
  • This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
  • including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
  • Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
  • subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.